With a controversial plan to allow doping in a major athletic competition, Aron D’Souza hopes to usher in an era of “superhumans.” There are several hurdles left to clear.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KRAĆE bundice od umjetnog krzna i dugi teddy kaputi ponovno su veliki trend ove sezone, a Zara, sudeći prema popularnosti na društvenim mrežama, ima modele koji su postali pravi hit. Posebno se ističu njihove kratke bunde u klasičnim crnim, sivim i smeđim nijansama, koje su preplavile TikTok i oduševile ljubitelje mode.
Ovi komadi nisu samo estetski privlačni već su i izrazito praktični, jer nude toplinu i udobnost tijekom hladnijih dana. Njihova popularnost iz sezone u sezonu proizlazi iz njihove svestranosti – lako se kombiniraju s trapericama za ležeran dnevni izgled, ali i s elegantnijim komadima za večernje prilike.
Dva modela još stignete uloviti
Dok su mnogi modeli Zarinih bundica već rasprodani, dvije popularne verzije tek stižu u hrvatske trgovine i još uvijek ih stignete ugrabiti prije nego što ih zadesi ista sudbina. Prvi model je srednje dugačka bundica od umjetnog krzna u elegantnoj tamnosmeđoj nijansi.
Posebnu notu sofisticiranosti daje joj skriveni remen s efektom kože i zlatnom kopčom, koji naglašava struk i čini ovaj komad idealnim za svečane, ali i svakodnevne kombinacije.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Drugi model je kraća bundica od umjetnog krzna u profinjenoj sivoj nijansi, s kopčanjem na skrivene gumbe sprijeda. Sličan model Zara je nudila i prošle godine, a očigledno ga je, zahvaljujući njegovoj velikoj popularnosti, odlučila ponovno uvrstiti u ovogodišnju kolekciju.
Uključite obavijest da vam ne promaknu
Obje ove jakne možete vidjeti u nastavku. Ako ih želite, preporučujemo da se predbilježite za dobivanje obavijesti o njihovom dolasku u trgovinu i reagirate brzo, jer jedno je sigurno – potražnja je velika.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
It’s not every day that Dawn Staley, coach of South Carolina, the No. 1-ranked women’s basketball team, walks into a Southern California gym. Staley, in town ahead of Sunday’s game between South Carolina and UCLA at Pauley Pavilion, dropped by Harvard-Westlake on Saturday night to see Etiwanda take on Ontario Christian in a matchup of The Times’ No. 1 and No. 2 girls teams.
Of course, Staley has interest in Ontario Christian sophomore All-American Kaleena Smith and freshman standouts Sydney Douglas and Tatianna Griffin. And there’s also players on Etiwanda, the two-time defending state champions.
Kaleena Smith of Ontario Christian launches a shot in front of Etiwanda’s Aliyahna Morris.
(Craig Weston)
Ontario Christian (3-0) made an early-season statement as the team of the future with a 74-66 victory over the Eagles (2-1) to win the Harvard-Westlake tournament. Douglas scored 23 points, Smith had 20 points and Griffin added 12 points. Grace Knox led Etiwanda with 30 points and Aliyahna Morris had 16. Ontario Christian’s pressure defense combined with balanced scoring left Etiwanda behind by as many as 16 points.
It was a Smith step-back three in the second quarter that had Staley turning to one of her assistants in the bleachers with a big grin.
“I love her,” Smith said. “She’s come to my games.”
Ontario Christian first-year coach Aundre Cummings said, “It means a bunch because she has been such an advocate for the women’s game. To see a legend like her support this is a blessing.”
Boys basketball
Chatsworth 60, Etiwanda 54: The Chancellors (4-0) continue to impress as the No. 1 team from the City Section. Alijah Arenas finished with 29 points.
Brentwood 94, Westlake 74: AJ Okoh contributed 26 points and was named tournament MVP at Simi Valley. Shane Frazier added 24 points and Shalen Sheppard 16.
Mira Costa 74, Tesoro 55: The Mustangs won the Ocean View tournament. Eneasi Piuleini had 23 points and earned tourney MVP honors.
St. John Bosco 81, Francis Parker 40: The No. 1-ranked Braves opened with an easy home victory. Brandon McCoy scored 25 points and Elze Harrington added 20 points. Christian Collins had 16 rebounds.
Harvard-Westlake 65, Westchester 39: The Wolverines (3-0) completed their first week unbeaten. Nik Khamenia had 15 points.
San Juan Hills 62, Trabuco Hills 48: Mason Hodges scored 25 points and earned MVP honors at the Santa Ana tournament.
Birmingham 48, Oakwood 41: Mandell Anthony had 22 points in the Patriots’ season opener.
Heritage Christian 81, Legacy 49: Tae Simmons had 36 points and 19 rebounds and Dillan Shaw added 22 points and 11 rebounds for Heritage Christian.
Simi Valley 59, Crescenta Valley 57: Joaquin Aleman had 26 points for Simi Valley.
Dominguez 61, Valley Christian 60: Sophomore Rueben Brown had 20 points for Dominguez.
Los Osos 81, Crenshaw 50: Jalen Washington led Crenshaw with 21 points.
Redondo Union 76, Rancho Cucamonga 69: Chace Holley contributed 22 points and Chris Sanders 20 points for Redondo Union. Aaron Glass had 27 points for Rancho Cucamonga.
Chaminade 56, Liberty 55: Jonas Thurman scored 17 points for 3-0 Chaminade.
Sherman Oaks Notre Dame 85, Saugus 55: Lino Mark had 27 points and NaVorro Bowman added 18 points for the 3-0 Knights.
Viewpoint 63, Arleta 42: Wesley Waddles had 20 points and 11 rebounds for Viewpoint (3-0).
JSerra 80, San Tan 59: Jarne Eyenga had 18 points for JSerra (1-2).
La Habra 76, Anaheim Canyon 63: Acen Jimenez completed an impressive first week with a 32-point performance for La Habra. Brandon Benjamin scored 27 points for Canyon.
The Indian Cybercrime Coordination Centre (I4C) and Department of Telecommunication (DoT) have blocked at least 17,000 WhatsApp accounts used by cyber criminals from South East Asia, it was announced on Thursday.
In a post on X social media platform, CyberDost, a cyber-safety handle maintained by the Ministry of Home Affairs, informed that it aims to disrupt offshore criminal networks and strengthen India’s digital security.
“I4C, in collaboration with DoT, has successfully blocked 17,000 WhatsApp accounts used by cyber criminals from South East Asia. The initiative aims to disrupt offshore criminal networks and strengthen India’s #DigitalSecurity,” CyberDost posted.
In May this year, the Ministry of Home Affairs set up an inter-ministerial committee in reaction to a big rise in transnational organised cybercrime coming from Southeast Asian countries like Cambodia, Myanmar, and Laos-Philippines.
About 45 per cent of cyber-financial frauds in India come from places in Southeast Asia. These crimes have become more complicated and bigger, which costs the victims a lot of money.
The I4C has taken many steps to damage the infrastructure that hackers use.
Its investigation showed that cybercriminals trick people into giving them money by offering investment chances, games, dating apps, and fake trading platforms.
Notably, Indian teens and young adults have been tricked into going to Cambodia to find work, only to be forced to commit cybercrimes there.
Indian citizens who were protesting in a Cambodian city were arrested, and steps were taken to send them back home and keep them safe.
I4C focuses on tackling all the issues related to cybercrime for the citizens, which includes improving coordination between various Law Enforcement Agencies and the stakeholders, driving change in India’s overall capability to tackle Cybercrime and to improve citizen satisfaction levels.
The Indian Cybercrime Coordination Centre scheme was approved on October 5, 2018.
Since its roll out, it has worked towards enhancing the nation’s collective capability to tackle cybercrimes and develop effective coordination among the law enforcement agencies.
Kolkata, the City of Joy, is filled with wondrous eateries and landmarks, giving the city a unique charm. Here are the things you need to.
As a first-timer in Kolkata, the city of joy, there’s much to see. Kolkata exudes an old-world charm, steeped in nostalgia, culture and good food. Redditor @shikhar95s asked on the subreddit r/Kolkata What are some things that a person visiting for the first time Kolkata must do? The responses were rich and covered all the must-try aspects of Kolkata, capturing the essence of the city.
Victoria Memorial is one of the iconic landmark of Kolkata.(Shutterstock)
ALSO READ: Kashmir, Goa and Kolkata are the best food destinations: Godrej Food Trends Report 2024
Food
Kolkata is the hub for foodies, from great street food to authentic Bengali dishes.
Redditor @rickysanchez_ shared their personal favourite places for non-vegetarian places:
Authentic Bengali food: 6 Ballygunge Place, Babu culture, Kasturi Restaurant, Bhooter Raja Dilo Bor
Kolkata Biryani (with Aloo/potato): Arsalan Park Circus, India Restaurant Khidirpore, Kareem’s Park street / Saltlake, Shimla Biryani Ruby
Sweets: Any branch of Balaram Mallick Radharaman Mallick and Kamdhenu Sweets Outlet
Fried snacks: North Kolkata’s Allen’s Kitchen, Mitra Cafe Shovabazaar
There is also a unanimous recommendation for Kolkata’s famous puchka.
ALSO READ: Jet lagged after a long trip? Study explains what your body might be going through
Travel
Kolkata has a timeless energy, so it’s only obvious to visit the iconic landmarks along with the underrated ones. Redditor @rickysanchez_ suggested, “For places to visit: I would start with Parkstreet, Victoria Memorial, Maidan, then towards Ganga (babughat). But since it’s very hot out there, please take care and stay indoors as much as possible.” While redditor @Uday_shaw recommended an off-beat, underrated gem. “Visit Rabindra Sarovar lake at early morning or at evening. Location – 2min from Rabindra Sarovar metro station…..It is the hidden gem of Kolkata….Must try..!!!”
Word of caution
Kolkata can get really humid, leaving many first-timers shocked by the increased sweating. Many Redditors recommend avoiding the months of April to June to steer clear of the peak heat. Redditor @FragmentOfAbyss advised, “Carry 1 to 1.5 liters of water with you, and an umbrella. Make sure to keep tissues and handkerchiefs too. It’s quite hot and humid here currently, so avoid going out from 11 a.m. to 5 p.m. Pack super breathable tees and loose pants in cotton or linen.”
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Reddit suggests what should you do if you are visiting Kolkata for the first time; from food to travel
If you’ve got your eye on one or two new PC games on Steam this weekend, then we would recommend waiting just a few more days before opening your wallet.
Unless a game on your wishlist is currently reduced in price, it’s worth waiting until the Steam Autumn Sale, which begins in just a few days time.
Featuring big discounts on hundreds of games, the annual Steam Autumn Sale has a November 27 start date and a 6pm GMT UK launch time.
A highlight of the PC gaming calendar, the major Steam sale runs until December 4. It will be followed the equally huge Steam Winter Sale on December 19.
While Valve is yet to announce any of the discounts coming to the Autumn sale, chances are if it’s on your wishlist, it will be discounted.
Even relatively new releases tend to receive discounts during the major sales, which means we could get money off anything from Black Myth Wukong to Shadow of the Erdtree.
Daily Express will be back later this week with a full countdown to the Steam Autumn Sale, including early discounts announced by Valve.
In the meantime, Steam users can still grab discounts on games like Quiet Place: The Road Ahead, Victoria 3 and Disney Dreamlight Valley.
That’s on top of a cut price deal for Diablo 4 expansion Vessel of Hatred, which is currently reduced to just £26.24.
To coincide with the Las Vegas Grand Prix this weekend, the Codemasters developed F1 24 is also reduced in price.
Better yet, you can play F1 24 it for free to see if you like it, or at least you can if you hurry.
From now until 8pm GMT UK time on November 24, F1 24 is free to download and play on PS5, PlayStation 4, Xbox Series X, Xbox One and PC via Steam.
Anybody who plays F1 24 this weekend will also be pleased to hear that EA Sports is giving users Double Podium Pass XP, which makes it quicker and easier to unlock in-game rewards.
Likewise, all players whether on the limited trial or not, will also receive a free Champions Livery, which is designed by artist “Lefty Out There” and is said to be inspired by Max Verstappen.
If you’ve ever tried to buy a Rolex, you’ll know that you can buy any Rolex except the one you actually want. No matter how nicely you ask, your spot on the waiting list is unlikely to ever come up if you haven’t bought a Rolex previously through the authorised dealer.
It’s a similar story over at Ferrari. If you want a limited-edition Ferrari, or even a 12-cylinder Ferrari, you’re unlikely to get your hands on one until you’ve owned some of the less sought-after models from Italy’s famous prancing horse brand.
But, there’s a hack a lot of buyers are now using to have their Maranello sponge cake and eat it too.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
The Ferrari Approved program effectively restores a Ferrari to its original factory condition after a 201-point inspection at a Ferrari dealer, before it’s then sold as a Ferrari Approved vehicle through the brand’s dealer network.
Speaking to CarExpert at a recent event in Maranello, Ferrari’s head of pre-owned vehicles, Andreas Scioletti, said that some of the brand’s best supercar customers commenced their journey through Ferrari Approved.
“We are considering pre-owned at the same level [as buying a new Ferrari],” he said.
“It’s a complex algorithm. It takes into consideration several aspects. If you own, if you buy pre-owned, of course you have relevance in the algorithm. We consider the overall picture, because you can even buy new and then sell immediately, so yes there are several different behaviours we consider.”
“Some of our best customers started a journey with pre-owned. Sure, if you consider the fact that most of our cars have already been sold, the only way you have to buy the car is if you want to buy a car that is already out of production or that is a limited series that you cannot buy.
“The only way you can have access is pre-owned. So we take into consideration, but in different way, according to the history of the customer,” said Mr Scioletti.
Effectively, instead of needing to own a Roma or two, then a 296 GTB and then an SF90 to buy a 12 Cilindri, you could in theory buy a Ferrari Approved SF90, then a Ferrari Approved 812 Competizione to open the door to a more exclusive brand-new Ferrari down the track.
Yes, it’s certainly a first-world problem, but it’s also a great alternative to cycling through cars you may not necessarily want to get the one that you truly desire.
Petrol Diesel Price Today In India. Check city-wise rate table now
Petrol and diesel prices on November 22
Petrol, Diesel Prices Today On November 24, 2024: Oil marketing companies (OMCs) update petrol and diesel prices daily at 6 am, maintaining consistency despite the inherent volatility of these commodities. These revisions align with changes in global crude oil prices and currency exchange rate fluctuations, keeping consumers informed about the latest fuel costs.
Petrol Diesel Price Today In India (Check city-wise rate table below)
Check city-wise petrol and diesel prices on November 24
City
Petrol Price (Rs/litre)
Diesel Price (Rs/litre)
Delhi
94.72
87.62
Mumbai
103.44
89.97
Chennai
100.75
92.56
Kolkata
104.95
91.76
Noida
94.81
87.93
Lucknow
94.65
87.76
Bengaluru
102.86
88.94
Hyderabad
107.41
95.65
Jaipur
104.88
90.36
Trivandrum
107.25
96.13
Bhubaneswar
100.97
92.46
In India, fuel prices have remained unchanged since May 2022, following a reduction in fuel taxes by the central government and several states.
Fuel prices are updated daily at 6 a.m. by oil marketing companies (OMCs), based on fluctuations in global crude oil prices. The government regulates these prices through mechanisms like excise taxes, base pricing, and price caps.
Factors Influencing Petrol and Diesel Prices in India
Crude Oil Prices
As the primary raw material for petrol and diesel production, crude oil prices directly impact the cost of these fuels.
Exchange Rate
India’s reliance on crude oil imports means that the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the US dollar significantly affects fuel prices.
Taxes
Both central and state governments impose taxes on petrol and diesel, which vary across states, leading to differences in fuel prices nationwide.
Freight and Local Charges
Freight costs, value-added tax (VAT), and other local taxes contribute to regional price variations across states.
Refining Costs
The process of converting crude oil into petrol and diesel adds to the final cost. Refining expenses depend on factors such as crude oil type and refinery efficiency.
Demand for Fuel
Market demand also plays a role—higher demand for petrol and diesel can push prices upward.
News business » economy Petrol, Diesel Fresh Prices Announced: Check Rates In Your City On November 24
XRP’s price surged massively following Gary Gensler’s announcement that he will step down as SEC Chairman in January 2025. This revelation has sparked speculation about whether the XRP-SEC lawsuit could come to an end before Gensler’s departure.
A social media user speculated that Gary Gensler and the SEC might offer a settlement before he leaves, in an attempt to avoid looking like total losers, or to at least make it seem like they had a win.
However, former SEC lawyer Marc Fagel responded, saying that the SEC has already won half of the case. He doubts the same commissioners who voted to appeal the other half would change their stance now. While it’s possible, he finds it unlikely and reassured that the case won’t get dismissed.
He wrote, “They already won half the case. I don’t know why the same commissioners who voted to appeal the other half would reverse course now. Possible, but seems unlikely.”
Conclusion: What’s Next For Ripple And XRP?
XRP has reached $1.5, with an increase in trading volume. Analysts are bullish, with some predicting a price surge to $2 in the near term. XRP is currently showing strong bullish momentum, and the launch of an XRP exchange-traded fund (ETF) in the U.S. could push its price even higher.
The recent rise is also fueled by new developments, such as the listing of physical XRP across major European exchanges. Ripple’s CEO, Brad Garlinghouse, has expressed optimism about the future of XRP, especially with Donald Trump’s potential Treasury Secretary pick, Scott Bessent, which could further benefit XRP’s outlook.
According to lawyer Jeremy Hogan, the Ripple vs. SEC case could be resolved by spring or early summer 2025. Gensler’s exit may speed up the process and lead to a more favorable regulatory environment for XRP.
The Indian Institute of Management Bangalore (IIM-B) has refuted accusations alleging there was caste discrimination.
The institute in its official statement said, “The Institute has long prioritised nurturing an inclusive work environment, one that promotes the growth and development of all our stakeholders who come from diverse backgrounds, including SC/ST and OBC communities.”
Furthermore, it denied claims of caste discrimination in recruitment, and said, “Since 2019, over 10 new faculty members from reserved categories (SC/ST/OBC) have joined the institute.”
Earlier on Wednesday, IIMB was accused of caste discrimination, with protesting associations alleging that the institution has specifically targeted faculty members who raised concerns about diversity and inclusion on campus, according to a joint statement issued by the groups.
Protestors sought full implementation of reservation policies at the institute, with specific reference to the lack of roster maintenance.
Additionally, they demanded adherence to constitutional mandates for reservation in admission, recruitment, and promotion for students, faculty, and staff belonging to Scheduled Castes (SC), Scheduled Tribes (ST), and Other Backward Classes (OBC).
Other key demands included the establishment of dedicated grievance redressal cells for SC, ST, and OBC communities, and commitment to creating a safe and inclusive environment for all stakeholders at IIM-B.
The demonstration was organised by the All-India OBC Students Association (AIOBCSA), Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Association of Engineers (BANAE), and the OBC Federation of India at Freedom Park on November 20. The organisations further announced plans to escalate their concerns to the President of India, the Prime Minister, and the Union Education Minister.
Also read: IIM Bangalore introduces online BBA programme
If you love video games, chances are you’ve given Street Fighter a go. It’s a perennial favorite among gamers, and one that often gets universal acclaim among crowds. The Yoga Flame Edition Arcade cabinet from Arcade 1Up is a re-creation of a cabinet I spent countless days and countless coins playing. It comes with multiple editions of Street Fighter 2, the defining beat-em-up, and several other great retro games. Now, even after Amazon’s Black Friday sale, it’s down to $399, a mighty $100 off from its usual $499, and I urge you to pick it up if you can.
My wife is always trying to one-up me on Christmas and birthdays when it comes to who can get the best present. Normally, we’re about equal when it comes to great gifts, but this year, she outdid me in every way. She gave me a taste of what it was like to be a kid again, without the pressures of adulthood — and it is glorious.
While the cabinets are a little smaller than you might remember from being a kid, there is no denying the excitement you get when the Street Fighter 2 theme music plays and you press that Ready Player 1 button. It’s intoxicating and never fails to make me smile. The light-up marquee adds to the magic and, I admit, I leave the machine on and the music playing in the room all the time. It makes me happy to walk into a room and hear that sound. I even added some Govee light bars to the back so it has dancing neon lights while I play.
James Bricknell/CNET
Assembly was pretty simple, and I was able to do it myself without too much trouble. Be careful of the screen as you install it, though. There’s plenty of room in the back for a keyboard that you might want to add if you’re into modding. There are interesting avenues you can go down if you want to expand the cabinet’s capabilities.
Right now, the only mod I’ve done is adding these cool new knobs. The original ones are fine, if a little small, but I wanted round, shiny balls like the machines of my youth. It was a great buy, and standing shoulder to shoulder next to friends and family, frantically mashing at the buttons, completes that retro feeling.
Watch this: How to Hack Amazon Prime Day: Shopping and Deals Advice
Arcade1Up has more than just the Street Fighter Cabinet on sale right now, and I wish I had the money to get them all. Even the ones that aren’t on sale make me giddy. I’m still saving for the Time Crisis cabinet. It will be mine one day. It will…
I agree that $400 is a lot of money, and you could do something similar with a Rasberry Pi and some emulator software, but it wouldn’t be as good, and it wouldn’t feel the same. Trust me.
CNET is always covering a wide array of deals on tech products and much more. Start with the hottest sales and discounts on the CNET Deals page, and sign up for the CNET Deals Text to get daily deals sent straight to your phone. Add the free CNET Shopping extension to your browser for real-time price comparisons and cash-back offers. And peruse our gift guide, which includes a full range of ideas for birthdays, anniversaries and more.
The anxiety-reducing drug, Clonazepam, has been recalled after a potentially “life-threatening” label mix-up, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) said.
According to a release from the federal agency, Endo Inc. announced a voluntary recall of 16 lots of Clonazepam Orally Disintegrating Tablets.
The pharmaceutical company said the immediate recall came after it was discovered that 16 lots of the anxiety drug were mislabeled with the incorrect strength and National Drug Code (NDC) on them. The company said the labeling error was made by a third-party packager.
As a result, children and adults prescribed Clonazepam could face “life-threatening” side effects, the FDA warned.
‘I’M A PHARMACIST, AND I WOULDN’T TAKE THESE 3 VITAMIN SUPPLEMENTS’
The recalled products were distributed to pharmacies nationwide in cartons containing 60 tablets packed into 10 blister strips of six tablets.(FDA)
The mislabeling of the drug could result in “significant sedation, confusion, dizziness, diminished reflexes, ataxia, and hypotonia,” the FDA said.
“There is reasonable probability for significant, possibly life-threatening, respiratory depression especially for patients with concomitant pulmonary disease, patients who have prescribed dosing near maximal dosing, and patients also taking other medications that could cause additional respiratory depression,” the FDA said.
Endo Inc. noted that, as of Nov. 21, there have not been any reports of adverse effects from the product recall.
The company said the labeling error was made by a third-party packager. (FDA)
The following table, provided by the FDA, details the lots being added to the voluntary recall, including lot product description and NDC number:
Potential Product Description / NDC Number
Lot #
Clonazepam ODT, USP (C-IV) 2mg / 49884-310-02
550176501
550176601
Clonazepam ODT, USP (C-IV) 0.125mg / 49884-306-02
550174101
Clonazepam ODT, USP (C-IV) 0.25mg / 49884-307-02
550142801
550142901
550143001
550143101
550143201
550143301
550143401
550147201
550147401
Clonazepam ODT, USP (C-IV) 1mg / 49884-309-02
550145201
550175901
550176001
550176201
Individuals with unused prescribed tablet cartons of Clonazepam Orally Disintegrating tablets bearing the above lot numbers have been advised to discontinue use of the product.
BREAST CANCER VACCINE UPDATE FROM CLEVELAND CLINIC: ‘A NEW ERA’
In the event that a patient inadvertently took an incorrect dose rather than the intended dose, they are advised to consult a physician, the FDA said.
Consumers with questions about the recall can contact Inmar Inc., the company handling the recalls, by telephone at 855-589- 1869 or by email at [email protected].
Signage is seen outside the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) headquarters in White Oak, Maryland.(REUTERS/Andrew Kelly/File Photo)
Clonazepam tablets treat seizures and can also be used to treat panic disorder, according to the Cleveland Clinic.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“It works by helping your nervous system calm down,” the Cleveland Clinic said. “It belongs to a group of medications called benzodiazepines.”
Sarah Rumpf-Whitten is a breaking news writer for Fox News Digital and Fox Business.
If you are reading this, you are probably new to the world of alcohol or maybe someone who’s tried a sip and wondered, “How do people enjoy this stuff?” For many, the first experience with alcohol can be less pleasant. Because, honestly, it’s an acquired taste. The good news is that you don’t have to force yourself to handle the sharp and bitter taste of alcohol. With a little creativity and mixing, you can easily enhance the notes of your drink! Are you someone who is looking for ways to make their drinks taste better? Then look no further! These 7 hacks will make sure you go from “yuck” to “yum” in no time!
Also Read: 5 Telltale Signs Your Bartender Isn’t Making Your Cocktails Properly
Photo Credit: iStock
Here Are 7 Easy Hacks to Enhance the Taste of Alcohol:
1. Mix It With Juices
Why settle for the stingy taste of alcohol when you can easily make it taste fruity? Mixing alcohol with fresh fruit juices like orange, pineapple, or cranberry can easily turn it into a tropical delight! Think of a vodka cranberry or a rum pineapple. Sounds delicious, right? The sweetness and tang of the juice mask the bitterness of the alcohol, making it perfect for first-timers. Pro tip: experiment with different concoctions and find your own perfect mix!
2. Fizz It Up
If you like your drinks fizzy, soda can be your alcohol plus one! A dash of an aerated drink, ginger ale, or tonic water can mellow out the intensity of alcohol without overpowering it. Want a refreshing vibe? Go for soda water with a twist of lemon. The bubbles will add a fun texture while masking the strong taste of alcohol.
3. Add Fresh Fruits Or Herbs
Who said only restaurant-style cocktails can taste and look amazing? At home, you can play bartender too. While preparing your drink, toss in some muddled strawberries, mint leaves, or citrus slices. Not only will these add a burst of flavour, but they also make your drink look straight out of a Pinterest board. This trick works great for people who enjoy subtle flavours but also want to tone down alcohol’s strong taste.
4. Smoothen It With Cream
If fruity and fizzy aren’t really your style, why not make your drink creamy? Coconut cream, almond milk, or even good old coffee creamers can completely transform your drink. Have you ever tried Irish cream? The delicious, creamy, coffee-like taste? That’s the vibe we are looking for! The rich and smooth texture of the cream will tone down the sharp taste of alcohol, making every sip feel like dessert!
Photo Credit: iStock
5. Ice To The Rescue
Here’s something you should know: alcohol tastes less sharp when it’s cold. So, add a handful of ice cubes or chill your drink in the fridge beforehand, and you’ll notice the difference immediately. When your drink is cold, the strong smell and taste reduce significantly. If you feel a bit fancy, try making flavoured ice cubes with mint, berries, or citrus. As they melt, they will add extra flavour to your drink.
6. Sweeten It Up With Syrups
Let’s just agree that sweet flavours are much better than bitter. So, a little sweetness goes a long way. Add a spoonful of honey, sugar syrup, or maple syrup to your drink and watch your drink transform! If you are feeling a bit adventurous, try flavoured syrups like caramel, vanilla, or hazelnut. Trust us, your drink will go from meh to a “cocktail with a kick.”
7. Choose Light Options
Honestly, not every alcoholic drink will make you go nuts. In the beginning, you can always choose lighter options like flavoured vodkas or wines. They are beginner-friendly and usually have a mild taste. Some popular cocktails are sangrias, cosmopolitans, or a simple gin and tonic. These drinks will give you a buzz without burning your throat!
Also Read: Amp Up Your Mocktail Game With These 5 Easy-To-Make Garnishes This Weekend
Can you think of any other additions to mask the taste of alcohol? Let us know in the comments below.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-11-23/Xi-s-APEC-G20-attendance-state-visits-to-Peru-Brazil-a-success-FM-1yLpTGR2Ywg/img/260f2ce51b274988a80904fed400478a/260f2ce51b274988a80904fed400478a.png' alt='Chinese President Xi Jinping delivers a speech at the Session II of the 19th G20 Summit on Reform of the Institutions of Global Governance in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, November 18, 2024. /Xinhua'
Chinese President Xi Jinping returned to Beijing on Saturday morning after attending the 31st APEC Economic Leaders’ Meeting and the 19th G20 Summit and paying state visits to Peru and Brazil, which was hailed as a journey of friendship, unity, cooperation and pioneering across mountains and seas by the Chinese foreign ministry.
Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi, also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, made the remarks when briefing the accompanying journalists at the end of the trip.
During the 11-day trip from November 13 to 23, 2024, President Xi attended nearly 40 bilateral and multilateral events and signed more than 60 cooperation documents, which not only promoted the healthy and stable development of major-country relations, but also led the Global South to unite and strengthen itself, Wang said.
The trip also enriched new practices of building a community with a shared future for mankind and broke new ground in major country diplomacy with Chinese characteristics, Wang noted.
We give Honest Paws Well CBD Oil Tincture for Cats a rating of 4.8 out of 5 stars.
Quality: 4.9/5
Effectiveness: 4.8/5
Ingredients: 5/5
Value: 4.6/5
Save 25% off a new subscription, or 12% off a one time purchase at Honest Paws with code CATSTER25!
Are you a cat owner who is CBD-curious? With so many pet CBD options out there—and most of them marketed for dogs—it can be overwhelming to find the right product for your cat.
Honest Paws, a company that has been producing quality pet CBD products since 2016, understands your pain. And that’s why they created their cat-specific Well CBD Oil Tincture. This certified organic, full-spectrum CBD oil is designed to support the sensitive system of felines while providing all the wonderful benefits of CBD for overall health.
Me and my kitty, Makoa, having been testing this CBD for the last three weeks and we’ve already seen some impressive results. Keep reading to find out if this cat CBD product is worth the purchase and to see my full Honest Paws Well CBD Oil Tincture for Cats review.
Overview
Product Type:
CBD oil
Best Suited For:
Cats of all ages and sizes
Price Range:
Higher end
Concentration:
4.2mg per ml
Oil type:
Full-spectrum organic hemp oil
Carrier oil:
MCT
Dose:
1 ml per day
Flavor:
Unflavored
Administration:
Direct, on treat, or in food
Our Experience
Save 25% off a new subscription, or 12% off a one time purchase at Honest Paws with code CATSTER25!
My one-year-old cat, Makoa, is no stranger to CBD oil. He has helped me test numerous CBD products over his short life. We’ve found plenty that helped calm him down and some good options for supporting his immune system.
I was excited to test this product from Honest Paws because, not only is it made just for cats, but it is marketed to support overall kitty health.
Makoa suffered from numerous respiratory infections when he was a kitten, leaving him with a goofy eye and a propensity for repeat infections. I was hopeful that the Well CBD Oil Tincture for Cats could help strengthen his immune system while reducing inflammation to keep these repeat episodes at bay.
For the last three weeks, I have been adding this tincture to his breakfast each day. In that time, I’ve noted many things I like about this product as well as a few downsides.
What I Like
As I researched this oil, I found a number of things to love about it.
For one, it is USDA-certified organic. The hemp they use comes from organic hemp farms in the USA, which means you don’t have to worry about exposing your cat to pesticides or other chemical impurities.
Another thing I like about Honest Paws is that they use full-spectrum hemp oil in their tinctures. Unlike CBD isolate, these oils have a host of helpful compounds that enhance the effects of CBD, including minor cannabinoids.
Of course, full-spectrum products also contain THC, which can be problematic for pets. Luckily, Honest Paws ensures all of their oils fall under the 0.3% max THC content that vets recommend. In fact, third-party lab tests have confirmed that their cat oil only contains about 0.011% THC.
All the great compounds in this product are protected by MCT oil. MCT is a great carrier oil option for cats because it is easy to digest and highly palatable thanks to its neutral flavor.
Given the pure, quality ingredients used in this product, I felt safe giving it to Makoa every day. He happily eats it up along with his breakfast each morning. Given the large dose recommended and the lack of added flavors, I didn’t even attempt to put this on a treat or give it to him directly.
I first noticed results about two weeks in. The discharge from his eyes seemed to decrease and has continued to improve over the last week. His temperament has also changed, with more cuddling sessions and fewer issues with sudden aggression, which he is prone to.
These benefits came without any drawbacks. The oil hasn’t caused any noticeable side effects and, despite his sensitive tummy, he hasn’t had any diarrhea or other digestive issues from the added oil.
Where I See Room for Improvement
There is plenty to like about this product, but I also encountered a few drawbacks.
First, the concentration of CBD is fairly low. There is only 4.2 mg of CBD per dropper. This means that, to get a therapeutic dose for a 10-pound cat, you would need to give more than one dropper full. Since cats can be finicky about eating oily things, this could cause some issues.
Even at the recommended dose of one dropper, you’re still adding a decent amount of oil to your cat’s diet. My cat had no problem eating it all when I mixed it with his food, but there is no way I could have dripped that much onto a treat if I needed something more enticing.
One minor complaint I have is that the pipet for this product is made of plastic. This isn’t horribly problematic, but oils like hemp can break down plastic over time. And, given the price point on this product and the quality of it, I would have it to have a glass dropper.
That said, plastic droppers are a safer option if you plan to squeeze the oil straight into your cat’s mouth. I would also point out that the low concentration of this product does make it an easier option to dose smaller cats and those who only require a minimal amount of CBD.
Overall, I’ve been very pleased with this product and the results I’ve seen so far. I think it’s an especially great option for owners looking to give a low daily dose of CBD to support their cat’s overall health.
Pros & Cons
Pros
USDA certified organic
US grown hemp
Full-spectrum with minor cannabinoids
Made for cats
Neutral flavor
Cons
Low concentration
Plastic dropper
Higher price point
Key Features
Save 25% off a new subscription, or 12% off a one time purchase at Honest Paws with code CATSTER25!
Full-Spectrum Oil
In addition to CBD, the full-spectrum hemp oil in Honest Paws Well CBD Oil Tincture for Cats contains many minor cannabinoids, including CBDV, CBDA, CBG, and CBC. The amount of additional cannabinoids in this product is impressively high compared to most of the oils I’ve tested in the past.
These lesser-known hemp compounds are beneficial for a few reasons. First, they help enhance the effects of CBD via the “entourage effect.” And secondly, they each have their own unique effects on the body.
For example, CBG has been shown to increase cognitive function and focus while helping the body relax. And CBC is a potent anti-inflammatory and may even be more effective than CBD in combating depression.
Pure Ingredients
In addition to full-spectrum hemp oil, the only other ingredient you’ll find in this product is organic MCT oil. Honest Paws doesn’t include any flavorings or other additives. Given how picky cats can be about what they eat, I believe this choice was intentional.
MCT oil has a nice neutral flavor that is easily overshadowed by the natural flavor of your cat’s food. This makes it very easy to add Well CBD Oil Tincture for Cats to your kitty’s meals without them noticing.
I’ve found that it blends especially well with canned food, but I’ve also successfully given it to my cat by mixing it with his dry kibble and a little water.
How to Use
To make dosing as easy as possible, Honest Paws crafted this tincture to have a low concentration. This makes it possible for them to recommend a simple one-dropper dose for cats of all sizes.
Each dropperful contains 4.2 mg of CBD. Most vets recommend a dose of 1 to 5 mg per 10 pounds, with the lower end considered a maintenance dose and the higher end a therapeutic dose.
You can certainly adjust the amount you give your cat depending on their size and needs. The dropper has measurement markers to help you accurately give the right amount. Although, these can be tricky to see since they are the same color as the pipette.
You can give this CBD oil directly to your cat or put it on their food.
About Honest Paws
Save 25% off a new subscription, or 12% off a one time purchase at Honest Paws with code CATSTER25!
Honest Paws has been providing daily well-being to pets by combining science and nature since 2016.
Manufacturing:
Made in the USA with offices in Boulder, Colorado
Sourcing:
US-grown hemp
Guarantee:
30-day money-back guarantee
Subscriptions:
15% discount plus free shipping
Other Products:
CBD treats, multivitamins, probiotics, and more
Is Honest Paws Well CBD Oil Tincture for Cats a Good Value?
This CBD oil is a bit higher priced than comparable products, considering the lower concentration of CBD. However, it does contain more minor cannabinoids than many products and is USDA-certified organic. Additionally, when you subscribe to receive auto-shipments, you’ll save 15% off every order, putting the price in line with the competition.
How We Tested
I used the same testing protocol for this CBD oil as I have on the dozen or so CBD products I have tested in the past.
I started by doing thorough research on the brand and the oil itself. I read through the third-party lab tests, noting the purity and concentrations of various compounds. I also spent time digging into the extraction processes and ingredient sourcing.
From there, I began my hands-on testing by adding this oil to my cat’s breakfast every day for the last 3 weeks. I noted how well he accepted the supplement, any negative reactions I saw, and changes in his behavior and health. I continued these notes through the full three-week test.
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
What does this CBD oil help with?
This full-spectrum product is great for general wellness. It supports the immune system and cognitive health while promoting calm.
Is this just for cats?
The concentration of CBD and the ingredients used in this product make it a great choice for cats. Honest Paws also sells some dog-specific products with concentrations and ingredients tailored to their needs.
What if my cat won’t eat it?
If your cat won’t eat their food once this product is added, try reducing the dose and slowly increasing it as they get used to it. If this doesn’t work, you may be better off trying Honest Paws’ cat CBD soft chews.
This quality oil brings all the benefits of CBD in a package tailored to the needs and tastes of felines. It is made with only organic ingredients and contains a full spectrum of cannabinoids to support immune, cognitive, and overall health.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
AMERIČKI modni brend Tombogo, poznat po inovativnim i multifunkcionalnim proizvodima, iznenadio je lansiranjem nečeg posve neočekivanog. Umjesto nekog novog odjevnog komada ili modnog dodatka, predstavili su mini kameru – PocketCam.
PocketCam, smještena u prozirno kućište s retro štihom, dolazi s prilagođenim korisničkim sučeljem koje podsjeća na ekrane uređaja iz ranih 2000-tih. Ova kompaktna kamera omogućuje snimanje fotografija i videozapisa u 1080p rezoluciji te dolazi s 25 filtera koji svakom snimku mogu dodati jedinstven vizualni stil.
Stane u torbu ili čak i džep
Uz to, PocketCam uključuje ugrađeni MP3 player i pet igara, što je čini praktičnim suputnikom za one koji žele spojiti kreativnost i zabavu u svakodnevnom korištenju. Nadalje, kamera je lagana i dovoljno mala da stane u torbu ili čak i džep.
Njezine dodatne funkcionalnosti uključuju širokokutnu leću, mogućnost zuma do osam puta te podršku za memorijske kartice do 32 GB (kartica se kupuje zasebno). U paketu dolaze traka za nošenje, USB-C kabel za punjenje te priručnik za korištenje.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
“Nostalgična”
“PocketCam je ljubavno pismo digitalnoj nostalgiji, osmišljeno za kreatore koji žele svestran alat koji potiče samoizražavanje i istraživanje”, izjavio je Tommy Bogo, dizajner i osnivač brenda, u priopćenju za medije. “Htjeli smo stvoriti više od kamere – iskustvo koje spaja radost otkrivanja i kreativne mogućnosti prošlosti i sadašnjosti.”
PocketCam je privukao pažnju mnogih na društvenim mrežama. “Ovo je zakon, rekli bi u 90-ima”, “Zanima me kako fotografije izgledaju”, “Svi žele biti milenijalci”, “Ludo”, “Ovo je potreba”, “Baš fora”, “Opsjednuta sam”, “Treba mi”, “Kupljena”, “Nostalgično”, samo su neki od komentara na Instagramu.
Cijena PocketCam kamere iznosi 170 eura, a detalje možete pogledati na službenoj stranici brenda ovdje.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The Lewis brothers, senior Mark and sophomore Nolin, are contributors in the Sherman Oaks Notre Dame basketball program. And they are proud of their connection to UCLA basketball Hall of Famers Ann and David Meyers. They are their grandnephews.
Mark started several games last season. Nolin received the Hunter Greene Award for Black Excellence. Both have top grade-point averages and want to be doctors like their father. They find ways to be valuable participants in many school activities away from basketball.
“Mark and Nolin are the ideal that every student athlete should aspire to be and that every coach wants in their program,” coach Matt Sargeant said. “They are team-first, talented players that excel in the classroom and exhibit quality character traits at all times and in all interactions with all people. Their bond is a joy to be around and their enthusiasm for the game and for life inspires me on a daily basis.” …
The future looks bright for sophomore running back Edward Rivera of South East. He’s the nephew of former All-City running back Robert Lewis and finished the season with 1,843 yards rushing and 22 touchdowns. …
The City Section and Southern Section cross-country finals will be held Saturday morning at Pierce College and Mt. San Antonio College, respectively. Then teams and individuals will move on to the state championships Nov. 30 at Woodward Park in Fresno. …
Brayden Burries of Eastvale Roosevelt began his senior season on Thursday with a 47-point performance against Orange Vista. Burries is considered the No. 1 uncommitted senior player in California. …
The retirement of football coach Lorenzo Hernandez at Garfield after 24 years as head coach takes away one of the City Section’s most experienced coaches. He developed the program into a top-10 team season after season.
Nokia on Thursday announced a five-year expansion of its multi-year agreement to supply Microsoft Azure with data centre routers and switches.
Nokia’s data centre networking portfolio will enhance the scalability and reliability of Azure data centres around the world. The partnership will grow Nokia’s global footprint to over 30 countries and strengthen its role as a strategic supplier for Microsoft’s worldwide cloud infrastructure.
As part of the expansion, Nokia will supply its 7250 IXR-10e platform to deliver multi-terabit-scale interconnectivity within Microsoft’s data centres.
Nokia will also continue to deliver its custom developed management top of rack switch that is used extensively throughout the Azure network, said the company
The Nokia SONiC-based data centre routers and switches will be deployed both in greenfield locations and used in support of Microsoft’s migration from 100GE to 400GE connectivity within existing facilities.
“As a result of this new deal, Nokia will further increase the scalability and reliability of Microsoft Azure data centres around the world. This win affirms Nokia’s commitment to being a strategic supplier for tier one hyperscaler companies, and highlights that our multi-year strategic investments and approach have put us on the right trajectory,” said Vach Kompella, SVP and General Manager of IP Networks business at Nokia.
This will enable Microsoft to meet increasing traffic demands for years to come with Nokia’s exceptional networking performance and reliability. Deployment of the Nokia 7250 IXR-10e will begin in February.
David Maltz, Technical Fellow and Corporate Vice President, Microsoft Azure Networking, said as leaders in the advancement of cloud compute, we are continuously expanding our global footprint to support the massive growth in compute workloads. “Over the past six years, we have worked with Nokia’s engineers to develop their routers running SONiC to rapidly advance our expansion at the quality our customers demand,” he added.
Travel can be stressful in the best of times. Now add in the high-level anxiety that seems to be baked into every holiday season and it’s clear that travelers could use some help calming frazzled nerves.
Experts share tips on how to deal with holiday travel stress.(Pexels)
Travel pros say there is plenty you can do ahead of time to make for a happier and less-stressful holiday journey.
Make a list and check things off
A week before you leave, write down things you need to bring and tasks you need to do before the trip.
“This can include essential packing items, as well as simple tasks like cleaning out old food from the fridge or watering the plants,” says Jess Feldman, special projects editor at Travel and Leisure magazine. “The key is to leave the list out for the entire week before you go. I cross the to-dos off throughout the week, and it helps me feel extremely prepared, lessening the stress every time.”
Carry your comfort zone with you
Noise-canceling headphones can go a long way toward blocking out annoyances during travel, although if you use them you should keep an eye on display boards or your phone for any flight or gate changes.
Spotify, YouTube and other sites offer music playlists with names like “Relaxing Chill Out Calming Music for Airports” and “Perfect — Music Travel Relax.” Or try “Music for Airports,” a groundbreaking album that launched the ambient music genre in 1978.
It’s also good to carry extra medications, a change of clothes, a toothbrush and a phone-charging cable, just in case.
Bringing along some snacks or a sandwich from home can feel comforting and be a great alternative to pricey airport offerings.
“I tend to pack for worst-case scenarios, such as flight delays and cancellations. This includes bringing things to do of course, like more than one book, knitting materials, or a few extra downloaded movies,” Feldman says. For longer journeys, she might bring a meal in a Tupperware container.
Stay hydrated
To counter the dry air on flights, bring along an empty water bottle (fill it after you go through security ) and a small pouch with lip balm and travel-size moisturizers.
Hallie Gould, editor in chief of Byrdie, a digital site for beauty care, recommends “loading up on skin hydration before your flight. That means drinking extra fluids and applying moisturizing skin products to boost hydration, so you’re covering your bases inside and out.”
And don’t forget your hair.
“Just as the low humidity on the airplane is dehydrating for your skin, it can also dry out your hair. If possible, use a deep conditioner before your trip,” Gould says.
Get app-y and know the rules
“Every airline has different requirements when it comes to the boarding process, paying for perks in advance, or seat upgrades,” Feldman says. “It’s best to understand all of the above before getting to the airport so that you are not taken off guard.”
Having the airline’s app lets you know about gate changes, flight delays or cancellations sooner and allows you to more quickly find alternative flights or connections if needed.
Give yourself the gift of extra time
Security lines can be much longer — and slower — than expected, and so can the walk through a large airport. So giving yourself plenty of extra time can reduce stress. The general rule of thumb is to arrive at the airport two hours before departure for domestic flights and three hours before international flights.
If you’re too early, you can always explore the airport shops and lounges or settle in with a good book somewhere.
“I always confirm whether or not there is a lounge I have access to in my departing gate ahead of time,” Feldman says. But even without lounge access, she says, “I like to know what the restaurants and waiting areas (near) the gate are like.”
Try to identify the source of your anxiety
“If you have a sense of why you are feeling stressed, it can help to figure out ways to reduce that stress,” says Lynn F. Bufka, head of practice for the American Psychological Association. “So if you’re feeling overwhelmed, are there things that you can outsource? Is there someone in your family who can help with parts of the planning?”
Recognize that crowds, bad weather and canceled flights are beyond your control.
And some people just don’t like to travel far or to fly.
“If it’s fear, like fear of flying, it’s important to know that it can be treated, and that treatment can really improve the quality of your life,” Bufka says.
Prepare to welcome yourself home
A little extra time tidying your home and making sure you have some easy-to-prepare food ready in the freezer or pantry will make for a much more welcoming return.
“Always, always, always clean your space before leaving for a trip. You are inevitably going to feel a bit off after a long travel day, and coming home to an unorganized space will make it so much worse,” Feldman says.
Wash the sheets, take out out the trash, put away clothes, clean the countertops. “Arriving home to a neat and tidy space is the best homecoming, especially after a long time away,” she says.
A full list of book gift recommendations for this year. (Image: Getty)
Looking for the perfect gift this holiday season?
Books offer a timeless and thoughtful option that suits every taste and occasion.
Whether it’s an inspiring novel, a captivating memoir, or a beautifully illustrated coffee table book, the gift of reading can spark creativity, widen the horizons and offer lasting memories.
From historical epics to incisive memoirs and thrilling fiction, here are our top picks for books to gift this Christmas.
READ MORE: Check your old books as certain editions could be worth up to £100,000
Pick out the best books as gifts this Christmas. (Image: Getty)
A Voyage Around the Queen by Craig Brown (Fourth Estate, £25)
The veteran satirist follows bestselling books on The Beatles and Princess Margaret with this gloriously entertaining tome on everything you never knew you never knew about the late Queen, and why you wanted to after all.
Writing in the Daily Express, Christopher Wilson described Brown as “a royal nut and obsessive collector of lesser-known gems about the woman who still casts a long shadow over our nation, two years after her death.
“Brown paints Elizabeth’s astonishing life in a very different way to conventional writers – and we get much closer to learning what she was REALLY like”. You don’t have to be a fan of the Royal Family to love this book.
Street-Level Superstar: A Year with Lawrence by Will Hodgkinson (Nine Eight Books, £22)
Perhaps the greatest pop star who never made it, Lawrence (Hayward) from Felt, Denim and other nearly-great bands, remains a gloriously eccentric English oddball.
Journalist Will Hodgkinson’ account of a year in his company is hilariously funny and deeply poignant simultaneously. Addiction, self-sabotage and homelessness. But also the joy of music and creativity. Perhaps the most surprising read of the year.
Paris ‘44: The Shame and the Glory by Patrick Bishop (Viking, £25)
Veteran foreign correspondent turned bestselling historian, Bishop’s latest book brilliantly examines the liberation of the City of Light after four hard years of Nazi occupation.
Told through the eyes of everyone involved (with cameos from Picasso, Ernest Hemingway and J D Salinger among others), Paris ‘44 captures the heady days of freedom, and the undercurrent of vengeance that surged through the streets of Paris in the wake of the German withdrawal.
One of the best non-fiction books of the year.
Wild: A Life of Paul Gauguin by Sue Prideaux (Faber, £30)
As well as a blockbuster new biography of the French artist, the first in years, Prideaux’s book is a work of historical detective and forensic reexamining of his reputation, dispelling as it does several unpleasant myths about Gauguin; namely that he was a predatory sex-tourist who spread venereal disease among young Tahitian women.
In fact, as the extraordinary discovery of several of his teeth, subsequently DNA-tested, proves there was no sign he has ever been treated for syphilis with any contemporary treatments. Not just a cracking story but an entire reappraisal.
Unleashed by Boris Johnson (Harper Collins, £30)
The highly anticipated memoir, Unleashed captured Boris Johnson’s trademark humour, wit, and larger-than-life personality as he recounted his turbulent political career, from Brexit to the coronavirus pandemic.
While undeniably entertaining and self-assured, the book provides an uneven blend of candour and self-justification, leaving readers both charmed and questioning its historical perspective. For fans of Johnson’s rhetorical style, this is a lively, if polarising, addition to the political memoir canon.
Midnight and Blue by Ian Rankin (Orion, £25)
The 25th outing for John Rebus sees the now retired veteran detective banged up in HMP Edinburgh, his appeal against his conviction for attempted murder stalled, and killing time by investigating the suspicious death of a fellow inmate.
Surrounded by men he has put away, there’s nowhere more dangerous for an ex-cop than prison. Some 37 years after his first appearance in Knots and Crosses, Rankin’s Rebus remains one of the best-drawn and most exciting characters in crime fiction.
The Peacock and the Sparrow by IS Berry (No Exit Press, £9.99)
Ex-CIA insider IS Berry’s debut novel, set during a floundering agent’s whirlwind last mission to Bahrain, marks another triumph in the recent revival of the spy novel (see also Mick Herron, David McCloskey and Charles Cumming).
A gripping take on modern espionage. No wonder it won the prestigious Edgar Award 2024 for the year’s best first novel and a host of other gongs. Berry is a writer to watch.
Death At The Sign of the Rook by Kate Atkinson (Doubleday, £22)
The return of Atkinson’s private eye Jackson Brodie, played on screen by Jason Isaacs, was a cause for celebration among fans. And Death At the Sign of the Rook – 20 years after his debut in Case Histories was described by Stephen King as “not just the best novel I read this year, but the best mystery of the decade” – was as brilliant as ever.
Atkinson writes beautifully, her plots are deliciously complex and filled with the most marvellous coincidences or, as Brodie describes them, “explanations waiting to happen”. Her take on a country house murder has everything down to its snooty dowager chatelaine, Lady Milton. A must-read.
The Waiting by Michael Connelly (Orion, £22)
Another writer who, like Sir Ian Rankin, just keeps getting better, Michael Connelly (a die-hard baseball fan) once again takes the ball and knocks it out of the park. His latest novel stars Renee Ballard and his veteran detective Harry Bosch, with some help from Harry’s cop daughter Maddie, solving one of LA’s most notorious murders: the Black Dahlia case.
We described The Waiting as “Another gloriously compelling read, the work of a master storyteller whose creativity and workrate are unrivalled in modern crime fiction”. Amazon Prime’s Bosch may be ending after a record 10 series, but look out for a new Ballard drama coming to the same streaming service next year.
To order any of these books, visit expressbookshop.com or call Express Bookshop on 020 3176 3832. Free UK P&P on orders over £25
Hyundai has added a couple of new off-road focused packages to its popular Santa Fe seven-seat large SUV.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the Santa Fe Hybrid Calligraphy AWD
There are two versions available – XRT Adventure, and XRT Peak – and they are packages that your Hyundai dealership can add to your new car pre-delivery.
If you opt for them before you drive your new Santa Fe home, you also get a full five-year, unlimited-kilometre manufacturer-backed warranty on the parts fitted, which can’t be said for other options you might add post-delivery.
In this review you’ll find out what the XRT treatments bring, whether they’re worth the money, and how the XRT-equipped Santa Fes differ from the many ute-based large off-road SUVs you might otherwise be considering.
How does the Hyundai Santa Fe compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Hyundai Santa Fe against similarly sized vehicles.
Hyundai
Santa Fe
How much does the Hyundai Santa Fe cost?
You can apply the XRT packages to any all-wheel drive version of the new fifth-generation Santa Fe launched recently, which makes sense since it would be silly to add them to the entry-level front-wheel drive variant.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid FWD
$55,500
2025 Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid AWD
$58,500
2025 Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid Elite AWD
$65,000
2025 Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid Calligraphy AWD seven-seat
$75,000
2025 Hyundai Santa Fe Hybrid Calligraphy AWD six-seat
$75,500
While Santa Fe XRT is a standalone model variant in the US, Hyundai Australia says its XRT packages were developed by a local engineering team in collaboration with the Hyundai America Technical Centre in California, and that they were tested both on- and off-road, including steep unsealed climbs and rocky and sandy descents.
There are two XRT packages to choose from. The XRT Adventure Option Pack costs $6900 and the XRT Peak Option Pack costs $9900. So neither of them comes cheap and the price of the range-topping Santa Fe Hybrid Calligraphy with XRT Peak Option Pack, as tested here, is a cool $84,900 plus on-road costs.
However, both XRT packs bring serious suspension and wheel/tyre upgrades as a minimum, and pricing for each of them includes both parts and labour, as well as the same five-year factory warranty as the Santa Fe itself when fitted by a Hyundai dealership at the time of purchase.
To see how the Hyundai Santa Fe stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool.
What is the Hyundai Santa Fe like on the inside?
It’s no different to the standard versions of the new Santa Fe – and that may be a problem for some of you who might want some unique interior branding or highlights to make you feel better about the extra money you’ve spent.
Having said that, there’s no mistaking the XRT treatment from the outside and, who knows, special XRT-badged seat covers or the like may become available at some point. Hyundai also offers a host of useful interior accessories for the new Santa Fe, including:
All-in-one mats (carpet and rubber, front seats and middle row): $390
Cargo barrier (behind second-row seats): $1162
Cargo liner for five-seat layout: $189
Cargo liner for seven-seat layout with lining on third-row seats: $249
There are plenty of other bits you might want to add too, but given there are no XRT-specific cabin extras at this stage, you can read our impressions of the classy new Santa Fe’s interior design, space, practicality and usability in our launch review coverage.
What’s under the bonnet?
At this point in time, the Santa Fe is available only in petrol-electric hybrid form. There is a powerful turbo-petrol engine option coming soon, but the current hybrid-only – or hybrid-electric vehicle (HEV) – range comes with a pretty impressive powertrain.
All-wheel drive variants have an on-demand AWD system that will apportion torque where it’s needed, based on the situation. That is an important difference compared to a ‘proper’ selectable 4WD system incorporating high- and low-range gearing for off-road driving.
This car doesn’t have that capability, but it does have a few terrain modes for unsealed driving, including Mud, Snow and Sand.
Now, there is a price to pay when it comes to the efficiency of this model, considering the more off-road focused tyres and heavier wheels, the extra weight of the other additional gear, and the fact that it will be less aerodynamic than the standard vehicle.
As a result, I was unsurprised to see a higher on-test fuel consumption number this time around – 8.6 litres per 100km across a mix of on- and off-road testing, which is still fairly impressive for a big seven-seat wagon.
To see how the Hyundai Santa Fe stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool.
How does the Hyundai Santa Fe drive?
On-road
First, as with our original review of the new Santa Fe, we need to call out the safety systems. On-road, they’re frustrating. The driver monitoring camera system is too eager to interrupt, and the speed-sign recognition and warning system is a painful thing to live with, if you know the speed limits in your usual driving areas.
They both default back on each time you restart and, unlike in the Tucson, there’s no ‘mute’ button to quickly shut it all up. Hopefully that rolls out soon over-the-air.
Otherwise, we were impressed with the way the Santa Fe XRT handled itself on-road.
There’s a notable difference compared with the standard model, as you’d expect with raised suspension and bigger, chubbier tyres.
The standard model drives pretty nicely, but the XRT-fettled SUV has a more purposeful feel on the sealed stuff, with more softness over sharp edges due to the extra tyre sidewall, and a more rigid and solid feel over larger bumps.
The steering feels a bit different, too. It isn’t quite as direct – that’s typical of an off-road focused tyre – but the Pirelli Scorpion A/T rubber still has a good amount of purchase on the road. Some other tyres that are this aggressive can squeal and squelch in mixed driving, but these are pretty grippy and very quiet.
I was impressed that it didn’t have much more tyre noise at all legal driving speeds.
And the powertrain? Well, to me it felt like the system was using its petrol engine more during my testing than I recall the standard car doing. That’s not surprising, given the fact it has to work harder to turn those wheels, and it’s up higher in the air so the aerodynamics aren’t as good.
Add to that the roof-rack and platform fitted to the Peak version, in addition to the bonnet protector and visor package on the window-tops, and wind noise is a bit more noticeable, too.
Off-road
Before we get to my driving impressions, here’s how XRT package-equipped models differ from regular Santa Fes in terms of the important off-road angles:
Santa Fe
Santa Fe XRT
Approach angle
17 degrees
19 degrees
Breakover angle
17 degrees
19 degrees
Departure angle
20 degrees
22 degrees
Ground clearance
177mm
210mm
That’s 33mm or close to 1.5 inches of extra ride height, plus two degrees of extra approach and departure angle, but I’m glad the XRT has an underbody skid plate, because it really doesn’t have enough clearance to deal with seriously rutted off-road tracks.
For the most part, I was in the Mud Terrain driving mode (there is also Snow and Sand) for the off-road part of this test in the Blue Mountains, where I’ve also driven seven-seat models like the Ford Everest, and let me tell you – this is not like a ute-based ladder-frame SUV.
The monocoque design means it doesn’t have the sort of suspension travel to really deal with the type of deeply rutted trails that other off-road SUVs can deal with easily. It doesn’t have the same level of articulation, so you will see wheels cocked as you go over offset and uneven terrain.
But I have to say, the powertrain and the traction and stability control system worked really well to apportion the torque seamlessly to the wheel that had the most grip.
Sure, it would spin tyres a bit before it figured out there wasn’t any traction, but once it managed to push the grunt where it needed to go, it got out of a few situations that would have seen a standard SUV get well and truly stuck.
The skid plate copped a hiding on this test, and that’s what it’s designed to do. But the lack of more ground clearance limits the capability of this SUV and it just can’t go as far into the bush as a higher-riding off-roader.
However, as an overland SUV – the sort of vehicle that you drive for hours on end, where the journey and the scenery are more important than trying to push the limits of your vehicle off-road – it’s a superb option that will be far better on corrugated gravel outback roads, the odd firetrail and even sloping and/or wet grass than any standard Santa Fe.
It has a terrific rough-road ride, and handles sharp-edged bumps and bigger lumpy sections with ease. I hit some mud splashes with hard bedrock underneath, and it remained composed and comfortable at all times.
One advantage of the Santa Fe’s standard surround-view camera system is that it comes in handy at low speeds off-road.
There were multiple instances where I hit the camera button to see what was ahead of the vehicle (of course, I got out and walked any treacherous bits before taking the car through them!), and the Calligraphy’s auto braking system also pulled me up a few times when the sensors detected I was going to hit a stump or rocky outcrop.
The hybrid powertrain also offered a strong amount of urge in slower-speed situations, and it continued to move between EV mode or having the petrol engine kick in to assist, depending on throttle inputs and available traction levels.
And while the brakes were honest and easy to judge in slow-speed moments, the hill descent control system didn’t play ball when asked to. Some of these systems can be temperamental, I know that from experience, so it was a good thing I never got into any unnervingly steep situations, and riding the brake did the job.
What do you get?
Here’s a reminder of the standard equipment levels in all grades of the Santa Fe.
Santa Fe Hybrid highlights:
20-inch alloy wheels
LED headlights
Auto high-beam
Proximity entry with push-button start
Electronic parking brake with auto hold function
3 x drive modes – Eco, Sport, My Drive
3 x multi-terrain drive modes – AWD only
Dual-zone climate control
10-way power-adjustable driver’s seat
Obsidian Black cloth upholstery
Leather-wrapped steering wheel
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
12.3-inch infotainment touchscreen
Over the air (OTA) software updates
Apple CarPlay, Android Auto – wireless, wired
Wireless smartphone charger
Surround-view camera system
6-speaker sound system
Heated front seats
Power tailgate
Rear privacy glass
Full-size alloy spare wheel
Santa Fe Hybrid Elite adds:
Silver exterior highlights
Remote Smart Parking Assist
Black leather seats
Suede headlining
10-way power-adjustable passenger seat
Heated steering wheel
Bose premium audio system – 12 speakers
Dual wireless smartphone charger
Bluelink connected services
Auto-dimming rearview mirror
Santa Fe Hybrid Calligraphy adds:
Unique 20-inch wheels
Glass sunroof
Head-up display
Digital camera rearview mirror
Black Ink Nappa leather upholstery
Relaxation function – front seats
Memory function – front seats, mirrors
Heated outboard second-row seats
Ventilated front seats
UV-C sanitisation tray
UV and infrared insulated windscreen, front windows
The Calligraphy is also offered with a six-seat layout with second-row electrically adjustable captain’s chairs, which might offer a more plush experience but may limit practicality somewhat.
To see how the Hyundai Santa Fe stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool.
Options
There are currently two off-road focused XRT packages on offer and they can be applied to any all-wheel drive variant in the range.
XRT Adventure Option Pack ($6900) adds:
17-inch off-road wheel and tyre package
Pirelli Scorpion A/T Plus tyres
Satin black alloy wheels
Mudflaps
Underbody skid plate
Off-road suspension kit
New front struts, springs and hubs
New rear dampers, springs and hubs
30mm increase in ride height
XRT Peak Option Pack ($9900) adds:
17-inch off-road wheel and tyre package
Pirelli Scorpion A/T Plus tyres
Satin black alloy wheels
Mudflaps
Underbody skid plate
Off-road suspension kit
New front struts, springs and hubs
New rear dampers, springs and hubs
30mm increase in ride height
Integrated black side steps with 200kg maximum loading capacity
Hyundai genuine roof racks (80kg load capacity evenly distributed across two bars)
Roof platform with dual channels on each plank, outer edge channels
Dark-tinted ‘stylevisors’
Is the Hyundai Santa Fe safe?
Surprisingly, the Hyundai Santa Fe is yet to be tested by ANCAP or Euro NCAP even after having been on sale for months now.
Standard safety features across the range include:
Autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Pedestrian, Cyclist detection
Junction assist
Adaptive cruise control with stop and go
Blind-spot assist
Blind Spot View Monitor
Driver attention warning
Forward attention warning
Leading vehicle departure alert
Evasive steering assist function
Intelligent speed limit assist
Lane Following Assist
Lane keep assist
Parking Collision Avoidance Assist
Rear cross-traffic assist
Rear occupant alert
Safe exit assist
Front, rear parking sensors
Surround-view monitor – 360 camera
The Santa Fe has full airbag coverage for the third-row occupants. In fact, it has 10 airbags: dual front, driver’s knee, front centre, front side, second-row side and full-length curtain airbags.
How much does the Hyundai Santa Fe cost to run?
As mentioned, if you buy a brand-new Santa Fe, you get a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty, and if you get either XRT pack fitted straight away, the warranty extends to those extras too.
The Santa Fe Hybrid has an eight-year/160,000km warranty for high-voltage components like the e-motor and lithium battery.
Servicing intervals are 12 months/10,000km, which is a bit more needy than some rivals. There is also a roadside assistance program that renews every time you service your car with Hyundai.
Service interval
Price
12 months/10,000km
$459
24 months/20,000km
$459
36 months/30,000km
$569
48 months/40,000km
$459
60 months/50,000km
$459
Total
$2405
To see how the Hyundai Santa Fe stacks up against its rivals, use our comparison tool.
CarExpert’s Take on the Hyundai Santa Fe
I have no doubt there’s a market for this model, which looks great and does enhance capability in mild off-road conditions, but potential buyers should be mindful of the limitations of a monocoque SUV like this in comparison to a body-on-frame 4×4 wagon.
It’s not as capable as a ute-based off-road SUV, or a purpose-built four-wheel drive, when it comes to the rough stuff. But for families that go camping regularly, or those who appreciate open-road and outback touring, it could be a great choice.
Interested in buying a Hyundai Santa Fe? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
For a Rs 10 lakh income, the new tax regime saves Rs 25,900 in taxes. However, the old regime benefits more if deductions are maximised
Taxpayers should make the right choice based on their income, expenses and investment plans. (Representative/Shutterstock)
In the budget for the financial year 2024-25, the central government introduced changes to the new tax regime, including an increase in the standard deduction by Rs 25,000 to Rs 75,000 and revisions to the tax slabs. However, the old tax regime remains unchanged, allowing taxpayers to continue benefiting from various deductions and exemptions.
For individuals earning an annual income of Rs 10 lakh, determining the more advantageous regime requires careful consideration.
Under the old tax regime, taxpayers can avail themselves of various sections, such as 80C (up to Rs 1.5 lakh), 80D (health insurance premium) and the standard deduction (Rs 50,000).
If your annual income is Rs 10 lakh, the new tax regime reduces the tax liability by Rs 25,900. However, if you are able to take maximum advantage of the deductions available in the old regime, then it can be beneficial for you. Taxpayers should make the right choice based on their income, expenses and investment plans. The new system is simpler, but the old system offers the benefit of more exemptions.
News business New Tax Regime vs Old Tax Regime: Which One Should You Choose For Rs 10 Lakh Annual Income?
Bitcoin (BTC), the world’s largest cryptocurrency by market cap, is making waves in the crypto market with its impressive performance. Amid this bullish sentiment, a prominent crypto expert posted on X (formerly Twitter) today, November 23, 2024, highlighting that Bitcoin whales have made significant purchases over the past four trading days.
Whales Buys 40,000 Bitcoin
In a post on X, the expert noted that crypto whales have purchased a significant 40,000 BTC, worth $3.96 billion, from cryptocurrency exchanges. Upon examining this notable purchase, it appears that Whales started acquiring as BTC broke out of a consolidation zone.
This notable acquisition hints at bullish market sentiment and potential buying opportunities.
Is it Worth Buying Bitcoin At the Current Level?
For anyone wondering if it is worth buying BTC at this level, the answer lies in the fact that whales and institutions have made significant purchases in recent days. These include acquisitions by MicroStrategy, Genius Group, and others, as reported by CoinPedia.
Bitcoin Technical Analysis and Upcoming Levels
According to expert technical analysis, BTC appears bullish and is on its way to reaching $100,000. Recently, it broke out of a small consolidation phase and since then, its price has climbed steadily and reached a new all-time high of $99,588.
Source: Trading Volume
However, to sustain this upward momentum, there is a strong possibility that BTC could experience a minor price correction.
Additionally, the asset is currently trading above the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) on the daily time frame, signaling an uptrend. Meanwhile, BTC’s Relative Strength Index (RSI) indicates a potential price correction in the coming days.
Mixed Sentiment From On-Chain Metrics
As of now, traders appear confused as there has been no significant formation of new positions or liquidations recorded in the past 24 hours. Data from the on-chain analytics firm Coinglass reveals that Bitcoin’s open interest has dropped by 1.45% during this period.
Meanwhile, its Long/Short ratio currently stands at 1.03, indicating strong bullish sentiment among traders.
Current Price Momentum
Currently, BTC is trading near $98,870 and has registered a gain of over 1.45% in the past 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume dropped by 35%, indicating lower participation from traders compared to the previous day.
The Indian Institute of Technology (Indian School of Mines) Dhanbad has signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with sentra.world, a Bangalore-based sustainability startup specializing in decarbonizing industrial manufacturing, to carry out research that is aimed at decarbonizing the iron and steel industry of the country.
According to a media statement, the collaboration focuses on the application of biochar—an environmentally friendly alternative to coal—within the steel manufacturing process.
This research will involve characterizing biomass from over 10 Indian states and developing conversion processes to produce high-quality biochar suitable for all steel applications like coke making, sintering, sponge iron production etc.
Also read: IIM-B says no discrimination even as protestors allege caste discrimination
This research targets the utilization of approximately 720 tonnes of surplus biomass available across the country, including agricultural residues such as parali (rice husk), forest residues like bamboo, agri-processing waste such as sugarcane bagasse, and invasive species like babool. The initiative aims to curb stubble burning, a major contributor to air pollution, while providing farmers with an additional income stream by monetizing agricultural waste.
With the Indian steel sector contributing 8-12 per cent of the nation’s total greenhouse gas emissions, the adoption of biochar could reduce emissions by up to 40%.
“This innovative industry collaboration is pivotal for advancing towards Amrit Kaal as envisioned by our Hon’ble Prime Minister and achieving net-zero emissions by 2070,” said Professor Sagar Pal, Dean R&D, IIT (ISM) Dhanbad, in the statement.
Also read: ISB sets up Centre of Excellence for Aerial and Water Robotics jontly with IIIT-Delhi, DRIIV
“With over 50 customers actively seeking avenues for carbon footprint reduction, this partnership marks a significant milestone in decarbonizing hard to abate sectors in thecountry” , said Vikas Upadhyay, Co-founder of sentra.world.
The outcomes of this research are expected to drive product standardization, improve sustainability, and set a global benchmark for innovation in the steel industry.
More people than ever are using earplugs, not only to help protect their hearing and sleep better when traveling but also to get better clarity when listening to live music. That’s why we’re recommending these Vibes high-fidelity earplugs for just $19. A 20% discount has been applied at Amazon in time for Black Friday, with an additional 5% available to claim by ticking the on-page coupon box.
Available in a clear design — blue, green and orange can be purchased for $25 — the Vibes earplugs utilize attenuating filters to lower the volume via “filter-specific frequencies” as opposed to canceling noise directly. The transparent shell design makes them nearly invisible to any onlookers and a handy hard portable case is included to keep them safe when on the move.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
CNET senior editor James Bricknall shared their thoughts after having hands-on with the earplugs: “I’ve been using these for a few weeks now, and they are fantastic at blocking out extraneous noise. I watched a concert this Halloween, and the Vibes brought the volume down to an enjoyable level without making the music dull.”
Why this deal matters
While that $10 discount might not seem huge at first glance, this is the cheapest price we have on record for the Vibes earplugs. Already hugely popular, more than 75% of the stock has been claimed – so don’t delay if you are interested. Like all Black Friday sales, when they’re gone, they’re gone. This is a cheap way to protect your ears alongside enhancing music that you can use time and time again, all for under $20.
Why not get your Christmas shopping done early? Here are 22 great gifts for $50 or less featuring Apple AirTags, Oral-B toothbrushes, Ninja blenders and more.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Spending the holidays around family and friends can stir up a lot of emotions.
And when festivities also incorporate lots of indulgent foods, it can be challenging to control emotional eating.
While the holidays are portrayed as a joyous season, it may not be the case for some, noted Dr. Brian Licuanan, a board-certified clinical psychologist in California.
AS ELECTION NEARS, STRESS EATING NEEDS A SHARP EYE: ‘IT’S DESTRUCTIVE BEHAVIOR’
“For a lot of people out there, this … part of the year is very emotionally distressing,,” he said in an interview with Fox News Digital.
“They could have had a past loss, or maybe they had a fallout in a marriage … maybe they’re navigating a medical condition.”
People tend to cope with stress through “comfort eating,” a psychologist said.(iStock)
Holidays can be a time of loneliness for those without family, Licuanan noted, as well as a “tumultuous” period for people who struggle with substance abuse.
“Comfort eating” is one way that people tend to cope with stress, he said.
5 WAYS TO SNEAK CDC’S HEALTHIEST VEGETABLE INTO YOUR DIET
“When stress levels increase, we [look] to soothe that,” he said.
“During the holiday season, when food is in abundance, it makes it a little bit more difficult.”
The holidays can heighten stress levels, isolation and depression for some, an expert cautioned.(iStock)
5 ways to curb emotional eating
Serena Poon, a certified celebrity nutritionist and longevity wellness expert in California, offered the following ways to rein in emotional eating during the holidays.
1. Acknowledge emotions and practice mindfulness
Recognizing the root causes of emotional cravings and practicing mindful habits can help with temptations, according to Poon.
“Suppressing emotions can lead to physical manifestations, as emotions are how our body communicates with us,” she told Fox News Digital during an interview.
ULTRA-PROCESSED FOODS MAKE UP 60% OF AMERICA’S DIET, WHO’S AT BIGGEST RISK
“Studies have shown that chronic stress can increase levels of cortisol, which not only amplifies cravings for sugary or comfort foods, but also impacts hormonal balance, gut health and even immunity,” Poon added.
The expert suggested trying a grounding exercise, like yoga or breath work, during times of stress.
Staying “emotionally resilient” can help support mental and physical health longevity, according to a wellness expert.(iStock)
Overindulging now and then doesn’t equate to failure, according to Poon.
“Practice self-compassion and focus on resetting at your next meal,” she advised.
“After a large holiday dinner, drink water, take a walk and plan a balanced breakfast with protein and fiber to reset your body and mindset.”
2. Set clear intentions
Being decisive about how to act at a gathering, whether socializing or eating, can help curb emotional impulses.
“For example, focus on having meaningful conversations or savoring one favorite dessert rather than sampling everything,” Poon suggested. “Setting intentions creates mindfulness and empowers decision-making.”
THESE 6 ‘HEALTHY’ FOODS WON’T HELP YOU LOST WEIGHT, NUTRITIONIST WARNS
For example, “If mashed potatoes are your weakness, decide beforehand that you’ll enjoy one serving guilt-free while prioritizing vegetables and protein on your plate,” she went on.
“This approach encourages mindful indulgence and reduces guilt.”
Experts encourage people to reach first for high-protein and high-fiber options at the dinner table.(iStock)
3. Stay hydrated and slow down
Dehydration can often be mistaken for hunger, according to Poon, who recommends drinking water throughout the day to help curb “unnecessary cravings.”
“Begin your holiday dinner with a salad or vegetable soup before indulging in heavier dishes,” she suggested. “Pair it with a glass of water or herbal tea.”
As dehydration can often be mistaken for hunger, experts recommend drinking water throughout the day to help curb cravings.(iStock)
Poon also suggested pausing and taking three slow, deep breaths when cravings strike.
“If you feel drawn to the dessert table out of habit, pause and breathe deeply for a moment to assess whether it’s hunger or stress that’s motivating you,” she advised.
“Put your fork down between bites, chew thoroughly, and focus on the flavors and textures of your food.”
“This simple act activates the parasympathetic nervous system, calming stress and allowing for more intentional food choices.”
Getting into the habit of eating slowly and mindfully allows the body to register fullness as you enjoy your food, Poon added.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Put your fork down between bites, chew thoroughly, and focus on the flavors and textures of your food,” she advised.
“This not only enhances your experience, but also helps to regulate appetite.”
4. Introduce non-food celebrations or healthy alternatives
The holidays don’t have to revolve around just food, Poon noted.
Instead, she encouraged exploring non-food rewards and activities like decorating, playing games, volunteering or spending quality time with loved ones.
Creating lower-calorie dishes for the holidays will lead to less guilt, experts suggest.(iStock)
Poon also suggested bringing healthier versions of traditional holiday dishes, like mashed cauliflower instead of potatoes or low-sugar sweets.
“Swapping traditional recipes for healthier options can help balance indulgence with nutrition,” she said.
5. Prioritize sleep and self-care
Sleep deprivation can increase the hunger hormone (ghrelin) and decrease leptin, the satiety hormone, which can make cravings harder to resist, Poon mentioned.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Aim for quality, restorative sleep,” she suggested. “Poor sleep has been linked to increased caloric intake and cravings for high-fat, high-sugar foods.”
For more Health articles, visit foxnews.com/health
“By cultivating a mindful approach to eating, integrating gratitude and self-care, and addressing the root causes of emotional cravings, you can enjoy the holiday season with balance and joy.”
Emotional eating is not about perfection, the expert said, but about “creating a sustainable, compassionate relationship with your body and emotions.”
Licuanan encouraged Americans to take this time to “reconnect with people.”
“Get back to those relationships and connections that you really value,” he said.
If you’re a big-time foodie like us, going for a drive is incomplete without grabbing something delicious to eat. It doesn’t matter whether you’re hungry or not; eating food in the car is simply fun! No, we’re not talking about eating while driving, but the common practice of grabbing fast food via a drive-thru, eating homecooked food from a tiffin packed for a road trip, or parking your car near a roadside shop for a quick, hot, and fresh snack.
Have you ever felt that some foods somehow taste a whole lot better when you eat them in a car instead of at home or a restaurant? Why is that? Well, one reason could be that you get to enjoy hot and fresh food minutes after placing your order. The car also works as a great location, giving you a refreshing new view that you can change every time. It works perfectly in all seasons-summer, winter, or monsoon. What’s more, you get to enjoy yummy food with your close friends or family members, without any distractions like TV, constant chores, or an impending pile of dishes.
Check Out 7 Tasty Foods That Taste Even Better In A Car:
1. Chicken Snacks
Photo: iStock
Those who enjoy chicken may relate to the fact that their favourite tandoori or fried snacks-chicken tikka, fried chicken, nuggets, kebabs, chops, etc.-taste even more delicious when eaten in a car. Pair these with fresh green chutney and some raw onion slices, and you have the best meal right in your lap.
2. Momos
Steamed, fried, or tandoori, no matter what your favourite momos are, they always taste better in the car compared to ordering in at home. Packing momos in containers for home delivery often makes them soggy. Put on your favourite music and enjoy lip-smacking momos straight from the momos shop and back in your car.
3. Burgers
Photo: iStock
Drive-thrus are exciting in their own special way. You get to simply pick your order and eat it in your car, without the need to step out. Grabbing some burgers from a McDonald’s drive-thru, along with fries and coke, has been a popular trend across the globe for years.
4. Fried Aloo and Soft Poori
Eating a homecooked meal from a tiffin while travelling has its special charm. One popular dish many people like to carry is fried masala aloo with lots of puris. You can simply place some aloo pieces on the puri, roll it up, and enjoy the delicious combo while basking in a wonderful view from your car window.
Also Read: Video Of Parents Eating Junk Food In Car Before Picking Kids Leaves Internet Divided
5. Paranthas
Another handy and delicious dish people often pack for the road is paratha. Parathas are easy to eat and remain fresh for long. Whether stuffed with boiled potatoes or paneer and masala, soft parathas with some aam ka achaar make everyone forget those packaged foods.
6. Desi Chinese Dishes
Photo: iStock
We all know of a “Chinese Food Van” around our neighbourhood, serving hot and spicy Indo-Chinese dishes such as chilly potatoes, chowmein, spring rolls, chilly chicken, and different flavours of hot soups. Many people park their cars around the van-turned-shop and have the food delivered straight to their car.
7. Ice Cream
This list is incomplete without a people-favorite dessert: ice cream. Many people often go for that “ice cream drive,” catching some fresh air and grabbing an ice cream cup or cone for a sweet and happy end to their day.
Are there any more foods you think taste better in a car? Share them with us in the comments section.
Chinese President Xi Jinping on Thursday night met with Crown Prince of Morocco Moulay Hassan during a transit in Morocco’s Casablanca as he travels back to China from Brazil where he attended the 19th G20 Summit in Rio de Janeiro and paid a state visit to.
Xi was welcomed by the crown prince at the airport and they had a cordial talk.
She parties with Ivanka Trump and has turned Tesla products into fashion accessories on social media. Assuming these are political statements may be incorrect.
We give the Litter-Robot 4 a rating of 4.6 out of 5 stars.
Features: 5/5
Quality: 5/5
Variety: 4/5
Value: 4.5/5
Litter-Robot gives you the upper hand on cleaning cat litter. As a matter of fact, the Litter-Robot 4 takes your hands entirely out of the equation.
A multi-cat household like mine (and likely yours) calls for numerous trays to ensure each cat has a clean litter to use daily. As many cat parents know, cats and their litter habits can be a rather demanding job to keep up with. The cats will usually let you know your litter cleaning isn’t up to snuff with accidents elsewhere in the home.
The Litter-Robot 4 automatically empties the used litter into the sealed tray below, leveling clean litter for the next use. Beyond handling the least enticing portion of cat ownership, Litter-Robot by Whisker is a one-stop shop for all things litter and cat-related.
Their well-thought-out design, sleek presentation, spare parts, and cat care accessories make Litter-Robot by Whisker a leading robotic cat litter company in the industry. If you have cats or kittens or are considering adding a furry feline to your home, the Litter-Robot 4 will elevate your cat-owning experience.
About Whisker
Whisker began 20 years ago, in the same way many innovative and effective inventions started: out of necessity. When Founder Brad Baxter welcomed two cats into his home, he quickly realized that litter and all the associated cleaning, sweeping, litter tracking, smell, and other undesirable cons needed a solution.
Whisker, an American company, assembles the Litter-Robot 4 (and prior models) in Juneau, Wisconsin.
Litter trays and the accompanying mess are typically tucked away in a corner or spare bathroom in the home. The Litter-Robot 4 can be positioned in a central room without the common complaints associated with litter trays, so whether you’re in a spacious 4-bedroom home with multiple cats or a small 500 sqft. apartment housing one kitten, the Litter-Robot 4 fits comfortably into any space, just as Founder Brad Baxter had envisioned when he designed the product 20+ years ago.
Litter-Robot 4 Overview
We know the idea of never scooping litter again is enticing, but here is a list of some other relevant information before you purchase the Litter-Robot 4.
Shipping
The Litter-Robot 4 ships within 1-3 days from the warehouse to your door shortly after. Litter-Robot 4 ships within the USA, Canada, UK, Germany, France, Netherlands, Italy, and Ireland.
Set-Up
When the Litter-Robot 4 arrives at your door, the box contains the assembled Litter-Robot 4 with the power cord and manual inside. The plug inserts to the back of the Litter-Robot 4. Once the Litter is powered on, a step-by-step manual guides you through the App connect process. Fill the globe with your chosen litter, ensure the entire light feature is blue, and you’re all set!
Specs
The litter-robot as a whole 4 stands 75 cm (29.5”)
The base is 56 cm (22”)
The globe is 40 cm (15.7”) wide and 40 cm (15.7”) tall.
In Summary
Pros
Sleek, appealing design
Easy to clean
Odor trapping
Useable in multi-cat household
Safety sensors
Key Features
Litter-Robot 4 Available Accessories
LitterHopper – The Litter Robot removes the cleaning portion from your daily chore list. The LitterHopper attaches to the back of your Litter-Robot to ensure optimal litter levels – whether you’re home or away.
Litter-Robot LitterTrap Mat – The LitterTrap Mat is designed to fit the base of your Litter-Robot, and its sturdy mesh traps any rogue piece of tracked litter at the base before walking around your home.
OdorTrap Packs – The smell of the litter is substantially reduced due to the Litter-Robot’s design; however, to eliminate any wayward odor, Whisker offers OdorTrap packs to capture smells from the tray of your Litter-Robot.
Auto-sensing Pause When a Cat Enters
The Litter-Robot’s safety feature ensures cats are not stuck or jammed during the cleaning cycle. When a cat passes into the globe, the cycle will automatically pause. This includes a cat peeking their head in without stepping into the globe.
Litter Trapping Step
The Litter-Robot’s deep grooves on the step trap any stuck litter on the paws when the cat exits the globe after use. The step is quickly emptied when the tray is removed.
Is the Litter-Robot 4 a Good Value?
The Litter-Robot 4 carries a higher price tag but remains similar to others on the market. With any significant purchase, the cost-benefit ratio must lean toward benefit to make it reasonable.
The Litter-Robot 4’s design components, including the sealed litter tray, litter trapping step, easily removable bags, and available accessories, all make the Litter-Robot 4 a good value.
Payment plans are also available.
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
What if I’m unhappy with the Litter-Robot 4 or my cat refuses to use it?
Whisker’s 90-day trial period takes the pressure off this purchase. If you or your cat aren’t satisfied with the Litter-Robot 4, clean the Litter-Robot and return it in its original packaging for a refund.
What if my Litter-Robot 4 breaks?
Each Litter-Robot comes with WhiskerCare Warranty, which covers your Litter from top to bottom for an entire year, with an extended warranty available for purchase.
Does the Litter-Robot 4 help with cats who spray high when peeing or track litter from regular trays?
Yes, to both! This is due to the globe’s design. When a cat enters the box, they turn to face the entrance, ensuring their pee is destined for the impenetrable lining in the globe. Tracking litter occurs when dirty litter sticks to a cat’s paws on their way out of the tray. The automatic cleaning function, globe shape for burying, and step remove the opportunity for most litter tracking opportunities.
Our Experience With The Litter-Robot 4 by Whisker
As a multi-cat household, often oscillating between kittens to adult cats, I have had my fair share of introducing newcomers to their litter trays. Usually, we set a separate litter tray in the main areas of our home to encourage regular use before transferring the trays into our basement out of sight. With Whisker’s Litter-Robot 4, the cat litter can remain accessible for all our cats year-round in our main area, which ultimately prevents any accidents around the home.
Each of my five cats, all introduced to this litter box as adults, have adjusted well to the Litter-Robot 4 and are phasing out of the litter trays in the basement. An interesting note: each cat, from my large fluff ball Toby to our sleek calico Annie, jumps into the Litter-Robot 4 from the ground but uses the step on the way out; this is fantastic for trapping any litter on paws. If you still find bits and pieces find their way onto your floor, Whisker also sells a catch mat for the front of your Litter-Robot.
When introducing my cats to the Litter-Robot 4, I stopped the automatic cycling to allow small bits of dirty litter to remain in the box, so each cat recognized this fancy robotic contraption as the new and improved litter option. I would encourage each new user to try this option while first introducing your cat to the Litter-Robot.
I have used other smart cat litter boxes, which the cats eventually got used to. However, I was shocked to see the Litter-Robot 4 was used after the first night. I suspect this is due to the tiny lights that automatically illuminate the bowl when it senses dim light or darkness. The small LEDs are pointed directly into the bowl with a soft yellow hue, so the lights would not be excessive even if the Litter-Robot 4 sat in a bedroom or bathroom.
So, we’ve determined it’s great for cats, but to give the Litter-Robot 4 another accolade, the auto-sensing cleaner, and sealed tray stop any wandering dog nose from finding itself submerged in kitty litter – a perk we are all thankful for.
The large light display (and light information guide that sits nearby) informs me at a glance when the Litter-Robot requires a cycle, has stopped mid-cycle, needs to be reconnected, or any other issue. With a busy household, this is easily my favorite function. If I miss the blinking lights, the Whisker App will also deliver important maintenance information directly to my smartphone – another win!
I find the Litter-Robot’s sleek design to be functional in most spaces around the home, keeping in mind that the bowl needs to rotate to clean, so keeping it away from the wall is a must.
Now that I’ve enjoyed not cleaning cat litter as much, I’ve had more time for snuggling the five felines who call my home their home. I won’t ever go back to conventional litter trays!
Conclusion
Litter-Robot’s thoughtful and constantly evolving design stands out in the robo-litter world.
The Litter-Robot 4’s top-selling advantage of never scooping litter again makes it an easy decision when determining whether to purchase an automatic cleaning litter box.
We should spend our time cuddling the furry friends who have purred their way into our hearts instead of cleaning dirty litter!
Asset JGT, a joint venture between JGT Living Spaces — a CGH Earth Group company with over seven decades of experience in the hospitality industry — and Asset Homes has begun construction of its first project, Anandamalika, in Kochi.
The announcement was made by Asset Homes brand ambassadors Prithviraj and Asha Sarath.
The project will have only 21 super luxury apartments of 3 and 4 bedrooms with an area ranging from 3733 to 3958 sq ft.
Joseph Dominic, MD, JGT Living Spaces said Anandamalika will be the first apartment project in the State to provide concierge and housekeeping services.
Asha Sarath unveiled the logo of Asset JGT’s second project, Swapnamalika, by handing over to Architect Cyril. Jose Dominic, Susanna Muthoot and others were present.
Sunil Kumar V of Asset Homes said that the joint venture with JGT, a part of the CGH Group will focus on the construction of super luxury residential projects. The high quality and experience gained by the companies in both sectors will be reflected in the projects implemented by the joint venture.
Also read: Provident Housing announces launch of ‘Provident Bayscape’ in Chennai
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JENNIFER Lopez još je jednom potvrdila svoj status modne ikone, ovaj put noseći hit model čizama, koje su posebno osvojile generaciju Z. Riječ je o kestenjasto smeđim Ugg čizmama s platformom, koje su postale must-have komad među mladima širom svijeta, pa tako i u Hrvatskoj.
U svom ležernom zimskom izdanju, slavna pjevačica i glumica demonstrirala je kako nositi ove popularne čizme. Osim čizama koje su glavni fokus outfita, Lopez je odabrala oversized pleteni džemper krem boje i široke traperice balon kroja. Outfit je upotpunila luksuznom Hermes Birkin 25 torbom od aligatorske kože.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Trend koji osvaja i hrvatsku modnu scenu
Jennifer već godinama nosi čizme ovog brenda, a popularnost ovih čizama nije zaobišla ni Hrvatsku, gdje su postale omiljeni izbor mnogih žena. Viđamo ih na ulicama u raznim kombinacijama jer su svestrane i mogu se nositi uz gotovo svaki outfit. Savršene su za hladne dane, a njihova udobnost i moderan izgled čine ih nezaobilaznim modnim komadom.
Ako vam se sviđa ovaj ležerni look, pronašli smo slične komade koje nosi.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
On Friday night, the team announced it had hired Chris Woodward to be its new first base coach, bringing back the former Texas Rangers manager for his second stint on Dave Roberts’ staff.
Woodward served as the Dodgers’ third base coach from 2016 to 2018, before being hired in Texas.
After posting a 211-287 record in four seasons with the Rangers, who fired him at the end of the 2022 season, Woodward returned to the Dodgers as a senior advisor before the 2023 campaign in their player development department.
Ever since, Woodward has interacted with the Dodgers’ major-league team and minor-league farm system, particularly with infielders throughout the organization.
In his new role, Woodward will take over as the Dodgers’ infield and base-running coach. Third base coach Dino Ebel, who used to oversee the infield, will now take over outfield coaching responsibilities.
Woodward replaces former first base coach Clayton McCullough, who was hired as the Miami Marlins’ manager last week.
“We are thrilled to have Chris Woodward back on the coaching staff,” general manager Brandon Gomes said in a statement. “He has been a staple to this organization, helping us to back-to-back NL pennants and was a key cog to our success last season. Chris will be an invaluable part to the team moving forward.”
Niven stars as a British Air Force pilot on his way home from a bombing mission when his aircraft is badly damaged. Before bailing out, he radios Kim Hunter’s Allied operator to share his final moments. Yet after surviving, he finds her back home, and they fall in love. That is before Marius Goring’s divine messenger arrives to take the pilot to heaven, as it turns out he shouldn’t have survived the plane crash after all.
A Matter of Life and Death is on BBC Two this Saturday at 12:35pm and will be streaming on BBC iPlayer for a limited period afterwards.
Porsche is well known for progressively rolling out sportier versions of its already cars and SUVs, but it has given mixed signals as to whether it’ll do the same with the new Macan Electric.
Speaking with media, Jörg Kerner – vice president for the Macan product line at Porsche AG – said there are currently “no plans” to further expand the Macan Electric lineup when asked about the potential for more focused T and GTS versions.
“I think the Turbo is [already] a big stretch between daily usable and usable on the track… in this car you can see what we did for performance,” Mr Kerner said.
“At the moment we have four models, and I think the spread is okay. So at the moment, these are the models, and I think the Turbo is out of range for every competitor.”
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Previous Macan GTS
However, Thomas Rothfuss – director for the Macan line – left the door open for additional variants of the new electric Macan in the future.
“[If you] look at the combustion version [of the Macan], we are quite famous for bringing many, many different versions to have the best offer for any kind of customer. I think there will be something more in the future.”
The outgoing Macan T and Macan GTS are based on the four-cylinder Macan and six-cylinder Macan S respectively, and bring performance upgrades like a lowered, more rigid chassis with optimised tuning for better handling and response.
Darker exterior accents and sportier interior trimmings headline the aesthetic and equipment enhancements to both variants too, each getting their own look and feel to distinguish themselves.
The Macan Electric lineup has already grown from two models to four since the new-generation SUV was first revealed.
Following the initial duo of the Macan 4 and Macan Turbo, Porsche announced a further two variants in July – a single-motor entry-level ‘Macan’, and a Macan 4S to slot between the 4 and Turbo. The new base trim is the first time the Macan nameplate has been available with two-wheel drive.
Regardless, all versions of the Macan EV draw from a 100kWh (gross) battery pack with over 600 kilometres of range on the Economic Commission for Europe (ECE) standard in compliance with ADR 81/02, based on the more lenient NEDC test cycle.
Claimed combined WLTP range is between 516km and 613km in the Macan 4 and 518-591km in the Macan Turbo.
All four variants of Macan Electric available globally are already on sale in Australia, with prices starting from $128,400 before on-road costs. Vehicles will land in Porsche Centres around the country on December 7.
Debuting the new Premium Platform Electric (PPE) co-developed with Audi, the second-generation Porsche Macan features an 800-volt electrical architecture.
The new Macan measures 4784mm long, 1938mm wide and 1622mm tall on a 2893mm wheelbase – 58mm longer, 11mm wider and 1mm taller than the outgoing base Macan on an 86mm longer wheelbase.
There’s an 84L storage cavity under the bonnet, while boot space at the rear measures 540L – the latter expanding to 1348L with the rear seats folded. Porsche also claims a maximum towing capacity of 2000kg.
Porsche says the new Macan has a drag coefficient of 0.25, thanks in part to the Porsche Active Aerodynamics system which includes an adaptive rear spoiler, active cooling flaps on the front air intakes, air curtains below the headlights, and flexible covers on the fully sealed underbody.
Stay tuned to CarExpert for our Australian launch drive of the all-new Porsche Macan Electric at 8:00am Wednesday, December 4
MORE: 2025 Porsche Macan lineup doubles in Australia MORE: Everything Porsche Macan
This approval allows Roshni to enhance her ownership in key entities controlling HCL Technologies
HCL Tech
The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Sebi) has granted Roshni Nadar, Chairperson of HCL Technologies, an exemption from making an open offer in relation to her proposed indirect acquisition of shares and voting rights in the company.
This approval allows Roshni to enhance her ownership in key entities controlling HCL Technologies, a strategic move aimed at facilitating smoother succession planning within the Nadar family.
As per Sebi’s order, Roshni Nadar will acquire a 47% stake in two promoter entities, Vama Sundari Investments and HCL Corporation, from her father, Shiv Nadar, the founder of HCL. These entities together hold a combined 44.34% stake in HCL Technologies. After the transaction, Roshni’s ownership in these entities will rise to 57.33%, while Shiv Nadar’s stake will decrease to 4%.
Sebi clarified that while this transaction involves an indirect acquisition of shares and voting rights in HCL Technologies, the exemption from the open offer requirement is granted because the transfer is a non-commercial transaction between immediate relatives and complies with inter-transfer norms under takeover regulations.
The overall promoter group’s stake in HCL Technologies will remain unchanged at 60.82%, and the public shareholding, currently at 38.98%, will remain unaffected.
The regulator has instructed the promoters to complete the transaction within one year and submit a report within 21 days after its completion. The exemption applies solely to the open offer requirement and does not waive compliance with insider trading or listing disclosure obligations.
This transaction is part of a larger succession plan within the Nadar family to ensure the continuity of leadership at HCL Technologies. Sebi also emphasized that the deal will not impact public shareholders or market dynamics.
News business » markets Sebi Approves Roshni Nadar’s Family Share Transfer in HCL Tech for Seamless Succession Planning
With notable gains in recent days, Ripple’s native token, XRP, has crossed the $1.5 level for the first time since 2021. However, based on its price action and performance, it appears that the XRP price rally is likely to continue in the coming days until it reaches the next resistance level of $2.
XRP Vs BNB: The Battle For 5th Position
Following its recent price surge, XRP’s market cap is now close to that of Binance Coin (BNB). It appears poised to soon overtake BNB and become the world’s fifth-largest cryptocurrency. At press time, XRP’s market cap stands at approximately $91.42 billion, while BNB’s is at $91.76 billion—just $34 million more than XRP.
Source: Coinmarketcap
The potential reasons behind XRP’s notable rally include its bullish price action, the recent resignation announcement of Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Chair Gary Gensler, positive market sentiment, significant acquisitions by whales in recent days, and other contributing factors.
XRP Technical Analysis and Upcoming Level
According to expert technical analysis, XRP has successfully broken out of a strong resistance level at $1.38. Following this development, the altcoin appears poised for a significant rally in the coming days. Based on recent price action, there is a strong possibility that XRP could soar by 35% to reach the $2 level.
Source: Trading View
Currently, the altcoin is trading above the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) on the daily timeframe, indicating that the asset is in an uptrend. However, its Relative Strength Index (RSI) suggests a potential price correction in the coming days, as it is in the overbought zone.
Bullish On-Chain Metrics
In addition to technical analysis, on-chain metrics further support the altcoin’s positive outlook. According to the on-chain analytics firm CryptoQuant, XRP’s exchange reserves continue to decline, indicating that more investors are accumulating the token. This signals a bullish trend and a potential buying opportunity.
Source: CryptoQuant
Meanwhile, traders have also shown strong interest in the altcoin. According to recent data from Coinglass, XRP’s open interest (OI) has surged by 32% in the past 24 hours and 12% in the past four hours. This growing OI indicates aggressive participation from traders following the recent breakout.
Current Price Momentum
At press time, XRP is trading near $1.60 and has registered a gain of over 27% in the past 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume has surged by 80%, indicating increased participation from traders and investors amid a bullish outlook.
IIT Madras Pravartak Technologies Foundation is partnering with Codenatives, a US-based IT company, to offer Salesforce B2C Commerce Developer training program for professionals. It will be in online mode and have a duration of 70 hours of instructor-led sessions spread across eight weeks besides another 130 hours of hands-on practice, offering a comprehensive learning experience, says a release.
Also read: Adani group denies US authorities allegations of bribery
E-commerce continues to evolve rapidly, driven by advancements in technology and SaaS platforms like Salesforce Commerce Cloud (SFCC). Market analysts predict global e-commerce sales will reach $7.96 trillion by 2027, reflecting an annual growth rate of 7.6 per cent, underscoring the demand for skilled SFCC developers.
Registrations will commence on Friday, the release said.`
Salesforce B2C Commerce Cloud Training covers topics like sandbox setup, SFRA introduction, and cartridge configuration, the release said.
Also read: Bitcoin hits record $97,000 as crypto seeks direct line to Trump
Codenatives is a company based in Cupertino, California, specializing in customer-centric, technology-based solution services. With a global network of expert consultants, Codenatives delivers impactful solutions tailored to clients’ unique needs. Its India division also provides expert consultation on e-commerce platform selection, legacy system migration, and custom platform development, ensuring businesses choose the best solutions for their needs, the release said.
Apple made its official entry into the streaming wars in November 2019. Apple TV Plus debuted weeks before Disney Plus, putting both streaming services in the competitive spotlight. At $5 a month, Apple TV Plus is the lowest-priced premium, ad-free streaming platform around, but it still packs high-end features like 4K resolution, HDR and mobile downloads — as well as some of Hollywood’s biggest stars, such as Jennifer Aniston, Jason Momoa, Tom Hanks and Samuel L. Jackson.
One of the youngest streamers in the game, Apple TV Plus produces high quality, award-winning content. Its feature film CODA earned an Oscar, making it the first streaming service to win Best Picture. While the popular comedy show Ted Lasso has garnered multiple honors, other releases such as The Morning Show, Pachinko, The Tragedy of Macbeth and Severance showcase how Apple TV Plus invests in premium content.
Best Black Friday Streaming Service Deals
Save money all year long with Black Friday deals on all of the top streaming services.
See now
The platform now has more than 60 original exclusive TV shows and movies and began streaming its first live sports events with Friday Night Baseball for Major League Baseball’s 2022 season. But in some ways, the service is still an underdog. The number of titles on the streamer is tiny compared to Netflix, Disney Plus or HBO Max, in part because Apple TV Plus has almost no back catalog of shows and movies.
Whether the service is worth $5 a month for you — or less, depending on whether you get it for free with a new Apple device or a discount as part of Apple’s Apple One bundle — depends on how excited you are to watch those originals. Its biggest breakout hit so far has been Ted Lasso, the Jason Sudeikis dramedy about an American football coach who gets hired to coach an English Premier League soccer team. Shows like Mythic Quest, Severance and Schmigadoon! have also garnered critical praise, but few have made cultural waves the way that, say, The Mandalorian did for Disney Plus.
Watch this: MLB Games Coming to Apple TV in Friday Night Baseball
All original content, nothing familiar to binge
Apple’s current slate of original shows and movies includes comedies, dramas, documentaries and talk shows. At launch in 2019 it had only nine titles on the whole platform, with a strategy that seemed to be focused on keeping it small and high-quality. Its marquee drama, The Morning Show, which stars Reese Witherspoon, Jennifer Aniston and Steve Carrell, had a huge, $300 million reported budget.
Ted Lasso, a fish-out-of-water sports dramedy, has been one of Apple TV Plus’ most popular shows.
Apple
For a while, that was the closest the platform had to a real breakout — until Ted Lasso premiered in August 2020 and made the title character the world’s midwestern sweetheart. Though Apple doesn’t report viewership data, Deadline reported that Ted Lasso became the most-watched show on the platform in 2021 across all top 50 countries and that it greatly increased subscriptions. Other originals at launch included the postapocalyptic thriller See starring Jason Momoa, the alternative retelling of the space program For All Mankind and the Hailee Steinfeld-starring comedy Dickinson about poet Emily Dickinson.
New additions include the sci-fi spectacle Foundation, book adaptation The Last Days of Ptolemy Gray, historical drama Pachinko and the genre-bending series Severance. You’ll find a few selections for kids, like Snoopy in Space, Luck, Amber Brown, and Hello, Jack! The Kindness Show but the catalog is definitely more adult-oriented.
Though you won’t find a treasure trove of blockbuster films on the service, Apple Original Films partners with the studio A24 for theatrical and streaming productions. For example, The Tragedy of Macbeth debuted in movie theaters in December 2021 and landed on Apple TV Plus the following January. During Apple’s Peek Performance event in March, the company announced a slate of new upcoming films and series. Viewers can soon watch Killers of the Flower Moon from Leonardo DiCaprio and Martin Scorsese; the star-studded Argylle, featuring Henry Cavill, Dua Lipa and Samuel L. Jackson; and the Christmas comedy Spirited, starring Will Ferrell and Ryan Reynolds.
Most Apple TV Plus series initially premiere a few episodes at once, followed by one new episode each week to keep you hooked. But sometimes the service drops a full season in one go, similar to Netflix. Ultimately the platform is hurt by its lack of a back catalog — especially compared with NBC’s streaming service, Peacock, which has a free tier with 13,000 hours of shows that include bingeable favorites like Parks and Recreation and 30 Rock.
Apple’s strategy appears to be shifting. The company started acquiring older movies and TV shows to round out the service, but this remains very limited. So far, all we have is the 1980s Jim Henson TV series Fraggle Rock, as a complement to its own new series of shorts based on the show. But there hasn’t been any other news about what an expanded back catalog will look like, or how it’ll compare to those of competitors.
After adding Friday night games from Major League Baseball to its service earlier this year, the company seems to be leveling up its live sports offerings. In June, Apple struck a 10-year deal with Major League Soccer to stream matches on the Apple TV app. The catch? Only selected games will be available for Apple TV Plus subscribers.
Read more: Best TV Shows on Apple TV Plus
Severance scored 14 Emmy nominations this year.
Apple TV Plus
Top-tier features at a low price, but no Android phone or tablet support
You can’t really beat Apple TV Plus in terms of the features. Its originals are available in 4K, HDR, Dolby Vision and Dolby Atmos sound. Like Netflix, it’s completely ad-free. You can share your subscription with up to five other people on your Apple Family plan and stream on up to six devices at once. You can download all shows to your mobile device to watch offline as well. It’s available in 100 countries.
You can watch Apple TV Plus on any Apple device (iPhone, iPad, Apple TV or Mac), via AirPlay or SharePlay. You can also watch on your PC, Roku devices, Amazon Fire TV devices, Samsung, Panasonic, LG and Vizio smart TVs, as well as on the web at tv.apple.com.
Device support is narrower than most other major services, however. Apple TV Plus isn’t available on any mobile devices except for iPhones and iPads, so owners of Android phones and tablets are out of luck. Since launch, Apple has added support for the PlayStation and Xbox — and it does support some Android-powered TV devices, namely Chromecast with Google TV and Sony smart TVs.
Read more:New to Apple TV Plus? Here Are 9 of Its Coolest Hidden Features
Small selection, small price
Besides offering first-rate content, Apple TV Plus is attractive due to its low monthly price. For less than the cost of your average McDonald’s combo meal, you can access every title on the platform for $5 per month. There are also a few ways to use the service for free.
New users can hop on a free seven-day trial or try out the service for free for 30 days with an Apple One bundle. The Apple One package allows you to have up to six Apple services depending on your account type. Additionally, if you purchase a new Apple device, you can receive Apple TV Plus free for three months, as long as you redeem the offer within 90 days. And if you have a T-Mobile Magenta wireless plan, the service is included for free for one year.
With the $5 monthly subscription to Apple TV Plus, up to six people can stream from one account and you can hold watch parties on FaceTime. Content is what will hold your attention, but compared to the world’s other top streaming services like Netflix and Disney Plus, the price is right.
Streaming Services Compared
Apple TV Plus
Netflix
HBO Max
Disney Plus
Hulu
Amazon Prime Video
Monthly price
$5
Starts at $10
$10 for basic with ads, $15 for ad-free
$8
Basic $7 with ads, ad-free Premium for $13, Live TV for $70
$9 (or included with $120-per-year Prime membership)
Marvelous Mrs. Maisel, The Boys, Reacher, The Wheel of Time
Mobile downloads
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
4K HDR available
Yes
Yes (on Premium plan)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of streams:
6
1 (2 for Standard, 4 on Premium)
3
4
2 (Unlimited with Live TV $9.99 add-on)
2
A confusing app experience
Apple TV Plus differs from other streaming services in that it doesn’t live in its own app. Instead, you’ll find the service inside the Apple TV app, alongside programming from other video subscriptions, as well as Apple iTunes movie and TV rentals and purchases.
In practice we found this arrangement confusing. When you enter the Apple TV app, the format is similar to other streaming services, letting you search by movies, TV shows, sports or kids. Though Apple TV Plus content is highlighted at the top of the screen, you’ll see Apple TV originals mixed in with a ton of content available a la carte to buy, as well as stuff from other streaming services. At first glance, it looks like Apple TV comes with all of these shows and movies — until you click on them and are taken to a purchase page.
You have to click on the Apple TV Plus “channel” to actually see the streaming service’s offerings, which is a little confusing.
Sarah Tew/CNET
To see only Apple TV Plus content, you’ll have to scroll to the Channels section of the app and click Apple TV Plus, which you’ll find alongside others like Showtime, Starz and many others.
Within the channel, you’ll see every show, but navigation isn’t perfect. You’ll find the following categories: latest originals, book adaptations, entire seasons, drama and comedy series, feature films, nonfiction series, kids and family… and that’s it. No search bar, and no bar across the top where you can scroll between TV shows, movies and kids’ programs that are strictly the Apple TV Plus brand, as you typically see with other streaming services. However, if you’re using a mobile device such as an iPad or iPhone, there’s an “Originals” icon at the bottom of the screen you can click to find branded content in that category.
You’ll find the latest available trailers in the Coming Soon section, which is nice to give you an idea of what to look forward to. You’ll also see a section called More From the Stars of Apple TV Plus, with black-and-white tiles of some of the big names on the platform (like Tom Hanks and Denzel Washington). Clicking one of those will take you to the Apple TV Plus show you can watch them in, as well as all of their other shows and movies on other platforms. Sort of handy, but ultimately not doing much more than IMDb in terms of connecting you to someone’s body of work — and then asking you to pay for it.
Once you select a show you’ll see a large photo and the option to play the first episode or add it to your list. Underneath this section, you can scroll through the list of episodes for each season with or without having to use the drop-down menu.
The Apple TV Plus voice experience worked best on Apple TV and Roku. When on the home screen of either streaming box, when we said something like, “Watch Defending Jacob,” the device would automatically open the Apple TV app and start the pilot episode, no second action needed. On the Amazon Fire TV stick, the voice command took us to another menu, where we’d have to manually select the show to watch. Otherwise, the experience was very similar across platforms.
Being a part of the Apple ecosystem can enhance your experience with the iPhone version: Under a More to Explore tab, you’ll find show soundtracks and playlists in Apple Music and related books in Apple Books.
Apple TV Plus Originals feature big stars like Tom Hanks.
Sarah Tew/CNET
Should you get Apple TV Plus?
If you’ve bought an Apple device over the past year, or plan to do so once the iPhone 14 is released this fall, you’re eligible for the free trial of Apple TV Plus — and you should definitely take advantage of it. You (or your family) will likely find something you’d like to watch among the original shows and movies.
I’d recommend the free trial to see if any of Apple’s originals strike your interest. (We can confirm that seven days is long enough to finish the first season of Ted Lasso.) If they do, $5 a month really isn’t much to pay for high-quality content — especially when most streaming services like Netflix are implementing price increases.
A U.K. woman is thanking artificial intelligence for saving her life.
Sheila Tooth of Littlehampton, West Sussex, had her breast cancer successfully detected by AI after routine testing came back “normal,” according to a report by SWNS.
Tooth, 68, was told she was clear of breast cancer after her last mammogram was reviewed by two radiologists.
BREAST CANCER VACCINE UPDATE FROM CLEVELAND CLINIC: ‘A NEW ERA’
Her mammogram was then analyzed by an AI system, Mammography Intelligent Assessment, as part of a system being tested by University Hospitals Sussex.
The technology picked up cancer cells in Tooth’s screening that were undetectable by the human eye, according to SWNS.
“I’m deeply grateful for it to have been caught so early,” Tooth told SWNS. “All the staff were amazing — so kind and lovely and very reassuring.”(iStock; SWNS)
Tooth had been previously diagnosed with non-invasive early breast cancer 15 years ago, so she reported feeling “very frightened” about being diagnosed again.
“But I knew that whatever they could see on my scan must have been incredibly small if it wasn’t picked up the first time,” she told SWNS.
4 HIDDEN SIGNS OF BREAST CANCER TO WATCH FOR: ‘YOU KNOW YOUR BODY’
Because the scan picked up the same type of breast cancer early on, Tooth was able to receive a lumpectomy without any further treatment.
She described feeling “grateful” for the AI technology, stating that “it’s extraordinary and I’m amazed.”
Artificial intelligence successfully detected Tooth’s breast cancer early enough to treat it. She described feeling “grateful” for the AI technology, stating that “it’s extraordinary and I’m amazed.”(SWNS)
“When I talk to friends, we just can’t believe this AI can detect what the human eye can’t always see. I just feel so lucky,” she said.
“Being 68, this may have been my last mammogram, so my early cancer might have developed into invasive cancer in my 70s.”
AFTER A BREAST CANCER DIAGNOSIS, HERE ARE 10 IMPORTANT THINGS YOU SHOULD DO, EXPERTS SAY
Dr. Olga Strukowska, a consultant radiologist and director at the West Sussex Breast Screening Program, told SWNS that as AI in health care develops, it should “find its place within the breast screening program.”
“The earlier and more accurately we detect cancer, the better the chance our patients will have a positive outcome,” she said. “Using AI increases accuracy while reducing the number of missed cancers and lowering false positives.”
“My early cancer might have developed into invasive cancer in my 70s,” said Tooth, pictured here.(SWNS)
Dr. Harvey Castro, an ER physician and AI expert in Texas, described Tooth’s story as a “powerful testament to how AI transforms breast cancer detection and saves lives.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Sheila’s story highlights the life-saving potential of combining human expertise with AI assistance,” he told Fox News Digital.
“It’s not about replacing radiologists, but empowering them to deliver the highest standard of care.”
The technology can offer a “second opinion that can lead to earlier diagnoses and better outcomes, especially in cases where cancer is subtle or hard to detect,” Castro went on.
“It’s not about replacing radiologists, but empowering them to deliver the highest standard of care.”
AI acts as a “safety net” in detecting breast cancer, “catching what the human eye might miss,” an expert said.(iStock)
Fox Newsmedical contributor Dr. Nicole Saphier agreed, noting that AI is transforming breast cancer detection by “enhancing our ability to spot subtle abnormalities that might be missed by the human eye.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“With faster and more accurate analysis of mammograms and other imaging, we can diagnose breast cancer earlier, giving patients a better chance for successful treatment and improved outcomes,” she told Fox News Digital.
Although AI is impressive, Saphier emphasized that the “true sweet spot” for accurate cancer diagnosis lies in the “synergy between the trained human eye and AI, where each complements the other’s strengths.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“As we see with most advancements in technology, cost is often a limitation, so it will take convincing insurance companies to cover the additional cost of using AI to enhance cancer detection,” she added.
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
A video is going viral on X (formerly Twitter), featuring a group of boys serving food to people seated in line on the floor mats at a bhandara. What caught people’s attention was the way the boys were serving the plastic and paper glasses and bowls – at a super fast speed in a unique style. Sharing the video, the X user wrote in the caption, “MBBS (Master in Bhandara and Bachelor of Serving),” adding a hilarious pun to it. The video has garnered over 8 lakh views so far. Watch it here:
While another person mentioned, “Patte bicha rha hai (Laying down the cards).”
Patte bicha rha hai ????????— Amit Srivastav (@khansmeme) November 18, 2024
One user commented, “Bhai ka experience top class hai (Brother’s experience is top class).”
Bhai ka experience top class hai— SUPRVIRAT (@ishantraj_) November 18, 2024
Another hilarious comment read, “Bhai (brother), he can train the AI now.”
Bhai he can must train the AI now— sujay anand (@imsujayanand) November 18, 2024
Also Read: Rajnikanth-Style Dosa By A Mumbai Food Stall Goes Viral
However, not all social media users were satisfied with the servers’ technique. They mentioned that the way the cutlery was thrown to the guests was “disrespectful”.
One user wrote, “When you can’t respect the guests, never invite them. And if you can’t learn how to respect, never try to be a host.”
When you can’t respect the guests never invite them. And if you can’t learn how to respect never try to be a Host.— B.Zafar Farooqui (@Badarzafar) November 18, 2024
Another person said, “Tremendously disrespectful to food and the person eating.”
Tremendously disrespectful to food and to the person eating— Save_our_planet (@citizen_uddin) November 20, 2024
Someone mentioned, “Kindly have some manners and serve food gracefully and with respect.”
Kindly have some manners and serve food gracefully and with respect ????— Varun Gupta (@VarunGu27062759) November 20, 2024
What do you think about the lightning-fast speed of serving the guests? Do let us know.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-11-22/China-expands-visa-free-access-to-38-countries-1yJO20bx07C/img/7ce0b12556b24ff5816f0cb55921c397/7ce0b12556b24ff5816f0cb55921c397.png' alt='Shanghai Pudong International Airport, December 15, 2023. /CFP'
China on Friday announced to expand of its visa-free policy to citizens from 38 countries, which is expected to further facilitate cross-border travel and strengthen international connectivity.
Starting November 30, 2024, through December 31, 2025, holders of ordinary passports from countries of Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Malta, Estonia, Latvia and Japan will be eligible to enter China without a visa under a trial program.
Lin Jian, a spokesperson of Chinese Foreign Ministry, revealed the update during a daily press briefing. He also disclosed new changes: exchange visits will now be recognized as a valid reason for visa-free entry and the maximum visa-free stay will be extended from 15 days to 30 days.
Under the new measures, from November 30, 2024, citizens from the 38 eligible countries can enter China without a visa for purposes such as business, tourism, visiting family and friends, exchange programs, or transiting, provided their stay does not exceed 30 days.
Johnson & Johnson has submitted a supplemental Biologics License Application to the FDA for a subcutaneous induction regimen of Tremfya for adults with moderately to severely active ulcerative colitis based on positive Phase III ASTRO trial results.
The information is current and up-to-date in accordance with the latest veterinarian research.
Learn more »
Hi, I’m Dr. Karyn! Read my introduction to learn more about me and meet my five hilarious cats: Clutch, Cyril, Alex, Zelda, and Zazzles.
After thirteen years of working 10-hour days in clinical practice, it has been an absolute treat to indulge my creative side through writing while still being able to help pets and their people navigate the fun and sometimes fraught world of pet ownership. Even more incredible is being able to work from the convenient location of my home, and it is an absolute joy to share my office with my cats.
But do you know what is also a real pain in the butt? Sharing my office with my cats!
Husband and I decided to sidestep the trials and tribulations of having babies, instead (over)filling our home with dependents of the four-legged variety. Sure, they’re always happy to see you, don’t throw tantrums (with the exception of my Chihuahua, Fred), or keep us up all night worrying about what sort of mischief they’re getting up to with their friends, but they also don’t help out with the cleaning, never pick up after themselves, and are always demanding attention.
Office/Cat Room
Who hasn’t had to deal with cat litter on their desk?
Because we have dogs and cats, we decided to turn our spare bedroom into a cat haven; somewhere the cats could go to eat, sleep, and poop, without fear of being harassed by inquisitive canines. When I started to do more work from home, this room also became my office.
Fortunately, neither the cats nor their worldly possessions take up a huge amount of space, so I was able to move my desk and computer in without too much complaint from the feline inhabitants, but I did need to make some adjustments to my preferred office setup. It has also meant getting used to a lot of intrusions, interruptions, and infiltrates in my workspace. And by infiltrates, I mean cat litter. In my keyboard.
Take Cyril, for example. For a large cat, he completely lacks spatial awareness or a sense of personal space. His constant need to be near, next to, or on me led to my first desktop alteration, with the purchase of a computer stand. Not for my computer, but to cover my keyboard as I typed, allowing him to roll about over my typing hands without disrupting my work.
Karyn and Cyril with keyboard platform
Adjusting Expectations
The next adjustment I needed to make was with regard to plants. I have always loved the idea of an indoor jungle, knowing how beneficial it is to work surrounded by oxygen-producing greenery. Of course, with pets in the home, one has to be extremely careful to select plants that are safe for cats. Unfortunately, several of my cats have acquired a penchant for chewing, shredding, and sometimes eating any form of flora that finds its way inside, so while I may not have to worry about toxicity, I still have to deal with the wanton destruction of my indoor vegetation.
Nothing says romance like a scattering of regurgitated rose petals on the bed.
Top image credit: Dikushin Dmitry, Shutterstock
And so, I have to satisfy my desire for an indoor jungle with artificial greenery, succulents, and cactus plants that are just thorny enough to deter inquisitive mouths, but not so sharp and pointy as to be dangerous. At least they are low maintenance!
Sharing an office with cats is also a great motivation for maintaining a clear and clutter-free workspace; if you don’t clear things off your desk, they will either knock them onto the floor, vomit on them, or both. And litter box hygiene is never a problem in our house, not when they are situated 4 ft behind me as I type! And even though I no longer have to worry about the daily detour to the coffee drive-thru, I still get to enjoy my morning caffeine fix from a travel mug…unless I don’t mind sharing.
Cyril lending a helping hand
I DO Love Sharing My Office
Don’t get me wrong, the joys and benefits of sharing my office with my cats FAR outweigh the negatives, and I consider myself extremely fortunate to have such friendly, cuddly, and mostly quiet coworkers who never steal my yogurt from the fridge and are always pleased to see me (even between feeding times!). But it would be great if they would learn to wipe the litter from their feet before walking across my desk!
This article is a part of Dr. Karyn’s series with her five hilarious cats.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SVAKI dizajn je osoban, pa ono što jednoj osobi smeta, drugoj možda neće. Međutim postoje neki detalji koji su toliko loši da čak i dizajnerima stvaraju probleme.
Nekoliko dizajnera je otkrilo za časopis The Spruce koje su to “greške” koje odmah primijete i kako ih možete popraviti.
Akcentni zidovi s tapetama
Mnogi ljudi vole istaknuti jedan zid u sobi. Međutim dizajner Benji Lewis smatra da korištenje tapeta samo na jednom zidu može biti loša ideja.
“Razmislite o tome kako to izgleda”, kaže Lewis. “Obično daje dojam da nemate dovoljno novca za oblijepiti cijelu sobu, a ne da je to zamišljeni cool izgled.”
Prema Lewisu, tapete na samo jednom zidu mogu izgledati neuredno i nedovršeno. No, ako se odlučite za ovaj stil, Lewis dodaje da može biti uspješan ako se pravilno izvede.
“Sve se svodi na uzorak tapeta”, kaže on. “Ako uzorak priča priču i postavlja scenu, jedan zid može izgledati fantastično.”
Generička zidna umjetnost
Dizajnerica Sarah Brady smatra da je generička zidna umjetnost, koja nema osobnosti i originalnosti, pravi problem u interijerima. Posebno joj smetaju natpisi poput “živi, smij se, voli” ili “u ovoj kuhinji plešemo”, koji joj djeluju prenapadno. Nije fan ni ogromnih satova koji se koriste samo da popune prostor, a često ni ne rade.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Kreveti gurnuti u kut
Dizajnerica interijera Lauren Farrell savjetuje da ne stavljate krevet u kut spavaće sobe. Smatra da to može stvoriti klaustrofobičan i neugodan osjećaj. Iako razumije da ponekad raspored male spavaće sobe zahtijeva kompromise, smatra da to rijetko predstavlja najbolju opciju.
Iako neki dizajneri stavljaju krevet u kut kako bi uštedjeli prostor, Farrell ističe da to može negativno utjecati na ostatak prostora. Čak i ako ne možete smjestiti noćni ormarić sa svake strane, preporučuje da povučete krevet malo unazad kako biste stvorili prolaz i ravnotežu u sobi.
Sofe u obliku slova L
Dizajner Benji Lewis nije obožavatelj sofa u obliku slova L. On smatra da ove garniture mogu biti problematične, pogotovo u prostorijama predviđenim za druženje, a ne samo za opuštanje. Ne razumije kako ljudi mogu ugodno razgovarati dok su “stisnuti” u kutu sofe.
Iako su kutne garniture dobre za obiteljsko gledanje televizije, Lewis savjetuje da dobro razmislite prije nego što odaberete jednu. Ističe da ove garniture mogu zauzimati previše prostora i nisu baš udobne za druženja.
Tepisi od vune i umjetnog krzna
Iako mnogi ljudi vole pahuljaste tepihe, posebno u prostorima poput spavaće sobe ili dnevnog boravka, dizajnerica Farrell smatra da su oni prava zamka za prašinu. Po njezinom mišljenju, tepihe je gotovo nemoguće održavati čistima, što ih čini pravim problemom.
Iako su krzneni detalji u prostoru ugodni, osobito tijekom hladnijih mjeseci, Farrell preporučuje da umjesto tepiha razmislite o dekama ili jastucima. Ti komadi se lako mogu prati, a ne skupljaju prašinu kao tepisi koji leže na podu.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
His arrival last December, in the midst of the darkest defensive stretch in school history, was hailed as a potential program-saving moment at USC. At UCLA, where he revived a struggling defense in a single season, his departure was viewed as a disastrous setback, only made worse by the destination.
But almost a full year after defensive coordinator D’Anton Lynn traded one side of the crosstown rivalry for the other, reality seems to have settled somewhere in the middle. USC, at 5-5, didn’t suddenly field one of college football’s best defenses with Lynn at the helm. Nor have the Bruins, at 4-6, bottomed out without him, as first-year coordinator Ikaika Malloe has kept UCLA’s defense afloat just fine.
As Lynn returns to the Rose Bowl this week, on the other sideline this time, both schools seem pretty satisfied with where they stand on defense.
“He’s done a tremendous job at this point,” USC coach Lincoln Riley said of Lynn.
“We had complete confidence,” UCLA’s DeShaun Foster said of Malloe. “This isn’t anything shocking to us about how the defense is playing.”
It wasn’t long after the two rivals faced off last November that Riley zeroed in on Lynn as the focus of his coordinator search. He’d made a compelling case in UCLA’s 38-20 win over USC, having held the Trojans to three rushing yards, the fewest ever from a Riley-led offense. It was a fitting finish to a tremendous debut season in which Lynn transformed a mediocre UCLA defense into one of the nation’s best in a matter of months, a unit that gave up 11 fewer points and 102 fewer yards per game than the year before.
Two weeks later, USC stole Lynn away with one of the biggest contracts ever for a college defensive coordinator. UCLA made its own push to keep him, but former coach Chip Kelly said the Bruins “weren’t in the ballpark from that standpoint.”
It was a significant swing from Riley, who was desperate to iron out the issues that followed him since his days at Oklahoma, where his dedication to defense had been regularly questioned. By the start of his third season at USC, Riley tried to change that tune. Everything, he said in February, would be done “with a defensive mind first.”
“They are passionate about playing elite defense here at SC by any means necessary,” Lynn said.
Meanwhile, the plan at UCLA in light of Lynn’s departure was to not disrupt a defense that already was on an elite path. So after a strong showing in the LA Bowl, Kelly promoted from within, making Malloe, the defensive line coach, his full-time coordinator. When Kelly left for Ohio State in February and Foster took over, he kept Malloe in place.
Malloe kept the scheme largely the same. But maintaining the progress made by Lynn the previous season was made all the more difficult by the fact that UCLA’s defense had been depleted by the NFL draft. The pass rush especially had been picked apart. Others, like standout safety Kamari Ramsey, followed Lynn to USC.
The path since, for both defenses, hasn’t always been linear. Early progress at USC was hampered when it lost arguably the two best players on its defensive front, Eric Gentry and Anthony Lucas, for the season, leaving it dangerously thin on depth, while UCLA struggled through a 1-3 start in which it gave up more than 30 points per game. Neither team has had much luck rushing the passer, either, with USC ranked 111th and UCLA 79th in sacks.
But as the one-year anniversary of Lynn’s departure nears, both schools are undoubtedly on different tracks than they were for their last meeting.
It’s not difficult to quantify that impact at USC, where Lynn has — statistically, at least — lived up to his high billing. USC has gone from 121st in the nation in points given up last season (34.4 per game) to a respectable 42nd (22). The run defense leaped from 119th (186.5 yards per game) to 52nd (132). Missed tackles are down considerably — from nearly 11 per game to an average of eight, and explosive plays have plummeted, as USC went from 124th in 20-plus-yard plays given up to 13th this season.
“Certainly, the progress is real by stats,” Riley said. “But you can just feel the difference right now.”
It’s on the most critical downs where that difference has been felt most at USC — and missed most at UCLA.
On third downs, USC’s defense ranks 22nd in opponent conversion rate (32.6%), down from 109th last year (43.6%), while UCLA fell from 35th (35.5%) with Lynn all way to dead last in college football without him, the only team this season to have opposing offenses convert better than 50% of the time.
USC defensive coordinator D’Anton Lynn walks on the field during a win over Louisiana State in Las Vegas on Sept. 1.
(Jevone Moore / Icon Sportswire via Getty Images)
The same trend bears out in the red zone, where UCLA was the best defense in college football last season at limiting touchdowns. Just 35% of red zone trips under Lynn ended in touchdowns, while 75% of those trips have ended in touchdowns this year. At USC, 69% of red zone trips resulted in touchdowns a year ago, compared to 51% now.
“You can look at the stats and see a pretty massive difference there,” Riley said. “But I don’t think that tells the whole story. I think D’Anton’s been a really consistent leader.”
Nor do stats quite illuminate exactly what Malloe has meant to UCLA’s defense, which was left with mostly spare parts when he took over.
UCLA is giving up nine more points and 45 more yards per game than it did last year under Lynn. But over their past six games, the Bruins actually have given up fewer yards (311) and points (24.6) per game than Lynn’s USC defense over the same span (404 yards, 25.3 points).
“The job Malloe’s done, he’s been able to maximize the whole defense’s potential, putting everybody in spots to make plays,” linebacker Carson Schwesinger said, “so a lot of our success could be attributed to the work that he’s put in.”
Success is ultimately a matter of perspective. But for the man at the center of the conversation, there will be no added meaning Saturday when his old team clashes with his new one. Asked about his return to the Rose Bowl, the unassuming Lynn said only that it was “exciting” and “another big game for our guys.”
He shrugged off any other significance.
“It’s ball at the end of the day,” Lynn said.
But the significance of Lynn’s decision last November isn’t lost on Riley, whose defense has been the steadiest part of the Trojans’ rocky season.
“He’s done everything that we would’ve asked,” Riley said of Lynn. “The culture defensively within our program has really shifted in a lot of ways.”
After a user ‘DogeDesigner’ put out a post about X being the top news app on Apple’s AppStore in India, billionaire Elon Musk said the platform has indeed become number-one for news in India.
Musk had bought X (formerly Twitter) in October 2022, for USD 44 billion.
“X is now the #1 news app on the AppStore in India,” DogeDesigner said in a post on Friday.
Sharing the post, Musk said, “X is now #1 for news in India!”
Golden Chariot luxury tourist train, which is a depiction of the rich cultural heritage of the State of Karnataka is all set to hit the track again this year from December 14 in a new Avatar, said Indian Railway Catering and Tourism Corporation (IRCTC) in a statement on Thursday.
The Golden Chariot, an initiative of the Karnataka State Tourism Board, travels to several World Heritage Sites.(pixabay)
As per the IRCTC officials, the scheduled itinerary for season 2024-25, the first train Pride of Karnataka, will start its journey on December 14 from Bengaluru covering Bandipur, Mysore, Halebidu, Chikmangalur, Hampi, Goa and back to Bengaluru. The journey will be completed in 5 nights and 6 days.
Jewels of South train set to begin journey on December 21
The second train, Jewels of South, will start on December 21 from Bengaluru covering Mysore, Kanchipuram, Mahabalipuram, Thanjavur, Chettinad, Cochin, Chertala and back to Bengaluru. The journey will be completed in 5 nights and 6 days.
On 4th January, 1st February and 1st March Pride of Karnataka Train will again operate, while on 15th February, Jewels of South Train will start its second journey. Golden Chariot offers world-class on-board accommodation with 13 double-bedded cabins, 26 twin-bedded cabins, and 1 cabin for differently abled guests. The train can accommodate up to 80 guests in its 40 cabins.
The train boasts of several on-board features and amenities, such as renovated luxurious cabins with upholstered furniture, elegant drapery and well-maintained attached bathrooms, crockery and cutlery of reputed international brands, and an exquisite range of linen. Smart TVs with a variety of WIFI-enabled subscriptions offering on-board infotainment to the guests, said the statement from IRCTC.
Facilities on Golden Chariot
The train is also well equipped with CCTV cameras and Fire Alarm System for providing the guests with enhanced security. For the on-board recreation and relaxation of the guests, Golden Chariot has a dedicated Spa – Arogya wherein guests can enjoy an array of spa therapies, including Arogya Spa therapies. The spa also has been equipped with modern workout machines for the fitness enthusiasts.
The Golden Chariot has two exquisite restaurants namely Ruchi and Nalapak serving an array of international and local delicacies. Madira, the bar serves choicest of wines, beers and spirits.
The tariff of Golden Chariot luxury tourist train is inclusive of all onboard meals and house wines, guided excursions in air-conditioned buses, monument entry fee and meals at outside venues in accordance with the itinerary. Interested tourists may contact IRCTC through various platforms. Notably, the train was rolled out in 2020, and revamped in 2022 with new amenities post-COVID-19.
Peter Kay has been breaking records all over the country. The Farnworth-born comic embarked on a residency tour in arenas around the country just two years ago, and he’s still going strong.
The comedian – who has starred in various sitcoms including Car Share, Phoenix Nights, and Max & Paddy’s Road to Nowhere – has been playing consistently sold-out shows in venues such as London’s O2 Arena, Manchester’s AO Arena, Sheffield’s Utilita Arena and more.
As a result, the star has just added over 20 shows to the tour, beginning in February 2025 and running through to February 2026.
Speaking out about the new shows, Peter Kay said: “It’s been wonderful doing what I love most, stand-up comedy. Laughter is more important than ever in these challenging times and with the cost of living still at an all-time high, ticket prices for the new dates will start from £35*.” (*Tickets subject to booking fees)
Tickets are out this week, and we’ve got all the information you need on how to get yours.
Tickets for Peter Kay’s new tour dates will be available from Saturday, November 23, 2024, at 10am.
These tickets will be available from a number of online retailers, including Ticketmaster, and will be accessible to everyone.
This means no presale code or link will be needed to get involved.
What’s more, some of these tickets are priced as low as £35 – depending on your seat location and date. That’s a steal considering many of the arena venue tickets usually start at around £50 for much smaller acts.
Considering Peter Kay is such a popular comedian, many of his new tour dates are expected to sell out very quickly.
Although he is playing arenas around the country, his supply has not been able to keep up with the demand thus far.
However, if your ideal dates do sell out, you do have some options.
First and foremost: there are plenty of other dates and locations to choose from. Peter Kay fans are encouraged to check the tour schedule well into the future and grab tickets for another show at another time.
The Skoda Octavia RS has always offered a great mix of everyday usability and practicality, along with a decent turn of pace and smooth handling, so the arrival of a heavily upgraded version is a big deal.
For the latest version, a midlife makeover for the fourth-generation model that launched in 2020, the looks have been tweaked, the infotainment has been improved, and the peak power has been increased by 15kW.
We took the revised RS in wagon form for a good thrash across the Isle of Man, on large sections of the world-famous Snaefell Mountain Course that forms the route of the annual TT event, to find out if it’s still near the top of its class.
How does the Skoda Octavia compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Skoda Octavia against similarly sized vehicles.
Skoda
Octavia
How much does the Skoda Octavia cost?
Pricing for the revised 2025 Skoda Octavia range was announced in October, but only for the entry-level Select liftback and wagon, which arrive in Australia this month. While pricing for the latter remains unchanged at under $44,000 drive-way, the former actually gets a $1000 price cut compared to the base Style liftback it replaces.
Prices for the updated 2025 Skoda Octavia RS range haven’t been announced ahead of its arrival next March. The outgoing Octavia RS with 180kW and a smaller infotainment system is priced at $56,990 drive-away as a liftback and $58,490 drive-away in wagon form.
Model
Drive-away price
2025 Skoda Octavia Select liftback
$41,490 (down $1000 on outgoing Style)
2025 Skoda Octavia Select wagon
$43,990 (unchanged)
2025 Skoda Octavia RS liftback
TBC
2025 Skoda Octavia RS wagon
TBC
We’re hopeful the new RS won’t come with a sticker-price hike, but we’ll wait to see whether Skoda Australia maintains its position as a sub-$60,000 mid-sized performance car bargain.
To see how the Skoda Octavia lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
What is the Skoda Octavia like on the inside?
Wonderful, with a lovely blend of sporty-looking textures and materials, a neat integration of tech, some real visual interest to the dashboard fascia, and more practicality than you could shake a (very big) stick at.
Chief weapon in the armoury of the new RS is the 13-inch infotainment system. This is a vast improvement on what went before, with intuitive menu layouts, swift responses to finger prods and swipe inputs, and a general graphical orderliness that’s easy on the eye.
Of course, if you don’t like it, then both Android Auto and Apple CarPlay can be configured to the main screen wirelessly.
Better still, Skoda insists on retaining physical buttons, so while we can’t say all of your dealings with the settings onboard the Octavia RS will be carried out in a touchscreen-free fashion, it’s reasonably intuitive to use on the move thanks to the bank of shortcut switches above the central air vents, one of which is the drive-mode selector.
For this updated car, there’s also a handy 15-Watt wireless smartphone charging pad in the cubby area of the transmission tunnel, while the look of the 10.25-inch digital instrument panel has been sharpened.
Elsewhere, material quality throughout the Octavia’s passenger compartment is just brilliant, while the racier styling cues of the RS – the contrast red stitching on the sculpted bucket seats and swish door cards, the carbon-look finish to the centre of the dash, and the use of Dark Chrome for all the metallic surfaces – set the cabin off a treat.
And then there’s the space within. There is entire hectares of the stuff.
Rear-seat passenger room is generous almost to a fault, whether you’re in the liftback or the wagon, and even taller guests won’t struggle with knee- or headroom.
Beyond this, the boot of the regular Octavia RS is a colossal 600 litres with all seats in use, rising to 1555 litres with the second row folded away (the backrests are split 60:40), but the wagon is equipped with nothing short of a cave for a cargo bay – 640 litres with all seats occupied, 1700 litres at its maximum.
What’s under the bonnet?
There’s just the one choice: the familiar 2.0-litre four-cylinder turbocharged petrol engine.
This, in a variety of guises, has powered many products in the Volkswagen Group for many years now, and continues to do so with distinction today.
In this Skoda application, it has a matching set of numbers to the latest Volkswagen Golf GTI: 195kW and 370Nm, delivered to the front wheels via a seven-speed DSG dual-clutch automatic transmission and an electronically controlled limited-slip differential.
Specifications
Skoda Octavia RS
Engine
2.0-litre 4cyl turbo petrol
Transmission
7-speed DSG auto
Power
195kW
Torque
370Nm
0-100km/h
6.4 seconds (liftback), 6.5 seconds (wagon)
Top speed
250km/h
Driven wheels
Front, with electronic LSD
Weight
1520-1582kg
Fuel economy (claimed)
6.9-7.1L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
13.1L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
51.5 litres
Fuel requirement
95-98 RON
CO2 emissions
158-163g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6e
Raising the output of the 2.0-litre engine in the Octavia RS from 180kW previously to a new peak of 195kW has trimmed the 0-100km/h times of both body variants by two-tenths of a second. As a result, the liftback can do the sprint in 6.4 seconds and the wagon is just behind at 6.5 seconds.
To see how the Skoda Octavia lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
How does the Skoda Octavia drive?
As long as you remember that the Octavia RS has always been positioned as a rapid yet comfortable and approachable car, rather than an out-and-out terrier of a hot hatch with rigid suspension and a serious attitude problem, then you will adore this big Skoda.
More pertinently, that additional 15kW of power has really liberated an extra dimension to the Octavia RS.
We’ll get the negatives out of the way initially. First of all, there is no manual option any longer, although that’s long been the case in Australia.
This 2.0-litre drivetrain is solely equipped with the seven-speed DSG and that does rob a small degree of driver-car intimacy from the experience when it comes to hurling the RS along a twisting, deserted road – especially as the paddle shifts on the otherwise-splendid three-spoke steering wheel are of the typically stunted and malnourished Volkswagen Group plastic stub type.
See Alfa Romeo’s cars for how you do proper paddle shifts in an affordable performance car.
And if you absolutely push the Skoda to its limits, then you are ultimately going to find its chassis isn’t as honed and polished as something like a Honda Civic Type R’s or Hyundai i30 N’s.
Even though the RS has 15mm-lower, sports-tuned suspension when compared to any other Octavia, it’s still a set-up with a degree more comfort-promoting squidge in it than you’d find on many comparable hot hatchbacks.
Perhaps one key manifestation of this is that with the additional power of the upgraded four-cylinder turbo engine, we had one or two occasions – leathering out of a junction, for instance, or accelerating hard from 50km/h while on a lumpy ascent – where the front wheels were scrabbling desperately for traction, even with all the electronic aids switched on.
There were previously 4×4 versions of the Octavia RS, and this one would be even better with the rear wheels handling some of the grunt as well as the fronts.
In general, however, it’s a super-sweet thing to get on with. It might not be the most thrilling performance car you’ll ever drive, but the Skoda is still seriously capable in the bends, keeping admirable control of its body and its 19-inch wheels, and maximising what grip it has to fantastic effect.
The steering is beautifully judged too, with enough feel, weighting and natural response to make minutely adjusting the Octavia’s stance in corners an involving affair.
That differential makes a difference to traction out of bends, too, and there’s even an enticing noise to the RS thanks to a sports exhaust with a bit more bark than previously.
On the flipside, as an everyday proposition, the RS works as well as any other Skoda Octavia. Or, in other words, it’s one of the most comfortable and relaxing sporty cars you can drive, when you’re not in the mood for a thrash.
There’s an option to fit Dynamic Chassis Control (DCC) adjustable dampers, which our test wagon had, but honestly the standard suspension offers up a fabulous balance of pliancy and control, and as DCC is likely to be a four-figure option it’s just not worth it.
But in terms of the cosseting nature of the ride, the way the car isolates its occupants from wind and tyre noise, and the general discretion of the drivetrain when you’re not on it, the Octavia RS is genuinely first-rate.
What do you get?
Australian specs for the 2025 Skoda Octavia RS ‘Mk4.5’ hasn’t been set in stone yet, but the pre-facelift car was generously equipped – if still capable of being fitted with some expensive and desirable options – and we would expect the same of the updated model.
One of the highlights will be the Matrix LED headlights with the ‘Crystallinium’ detailing, which means those new daytime running lamps up front, featuring signatures that jag sharply down to frame the shape of the radiator grille.
This one feature is going to be the easiest way for an enthusiast to immediately spot they’re looking at the 195kW RS and not the old model. Our European-spec test vehicle was fitted with a wealth of stuff as standard, which we’ve outlined below.
Skoda Octavia RS highlights:
13-inch infotainment touchscreen with navigation
Wireless Smartlink for Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
10.25-inch digital instrument cluster
19-inch ‘Elias’ anthracite alloy wheels
Aluminium pedals
Black headlining
Black vRS sports upholstery with red stitching
Dual-zone air-conditioning
Electric sliding parcel shelf (wagon)
Electrically adjustable and heated door mirrors
Front and rear parking sensors with manoeuvre assist
Front heated seats
Full LED Matrix headlights with AFS (adaptive front light system)
Keyless entry and idle start/stop
LED ambient lighting
LED rear lights with animated indicators
Light and rain sensor
Progressive dynamic steering
Rear privacy glass
Sports suspension (15mm lower than standard Octavia)
Three-spoke leather sports multifunction steering wheel with paddles for DSG
To see how the Skoda Octavia lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
Is the Skoda Octavia safe?
This generation of Skoda Octavia picked up a full five-star ANCAP safety rating when assessed for the 2021 model year, and we’d expect the updated RS to be no less secure than that.
Strong scores for adult occupant protection (92 per cent) and child occupant protection (87 per cent) were bolstered by solid performances in both safety assist (79 per cent) and vulnerable road user protection (73 per cent).
Again, the list below is what was fitted to our European-spec Octavia RS, and we’d hope for something broadly similar in cars for Australia.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Blind spot detection
Curtain and front-side airbags
Driver-knee airbag
e-Call and pro-active services
Front assist (autonomous emergency braking)
Three Isofix positions (front passenger seat, outer two rear seats)
Lane assist plus with narrow lane assist and urban evasive steering support
Predictive cruise control with traffic jam assist
Tyre-pressure monitoring
How much does the Skoda Octavia cost to run?
Skoda Australia’s excellent seven-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty is brought to bear on the Octavia RS, as it is on every other model the company sells.
Running costs
Skoda Octavia RS
Warranty
7 years, unlimited kilometres
Roadside assistance
8 years, 105,000 kilometres
Capped-price servicing
7 years, 105,000 kilometres
Skoda’s servicing package is linked to roadside assistance. If you opt for the capped-price seven-year, 105,000km package with your new Octavia, then every time you take it in for service you get another 12 months of roadside assistance.
One quick note regarding our on-test fuel consumption of 13.1L/100km. That was under some extreme and prolonged duress, the likes of which you’re unlikely to be able to replicate anywhere in Australia outside a racetrack. A more representative and sedate drive the next day in the RS liftback returned a far more acceptable 8.9L/100km.
To see how the Skoda Octavia lines up against the competition, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Skoda Octavia
We have a few minor reservations about the 195kW Skoda Octavia RS, but only a few. There are more outright exciting hot hatches available; there are some front-drive traction issues at the ragged edge; the end of a manual transmission option globally is a shame; and it could probably do with the ‘Smart Dials’ from its bigger Superb and Kodiaq siblings.
However, none of these ‘issues’ are in any way dealbreakers, and beyond that we’re not sure what more you could want from an everyday performance car than what the latest Octavia RS delivers.
It’s fast, assured, comfortable, practical, good to look at, lovely to sit in, and just generally fantastic in all regards. The 2025 updates have simply polished what was already a glittering, rapid road car in the first place.
Interested in buying a Skoda Octavia? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Zomato’s shares have surged more than 112 per cent so far this year.
Zomato posted a net profit of Rs 176 crore in Q2.
Food delivery platform Zomato is set to replace JSW Steel in the 30-share BSE Sensex, with effect from December 23. The stock exchange has also announced the introduction of 43 new stocks in the futures and options (F&O) segment.
Zomato’s shares have surged more than 112 per cent so far this year. On Friday, the stock was down by 0.97 per cent to close at Rs 264.15 apiece on the BSE.
In the latest September 2024 quarter, Zomato’s consolidated revenue from operations rose by 69 per cent to Rs 4,799 crore. Its net profit also jumped to Rs 176 crore, a five-fold jump as against a year ago. Its board also received approval to raise up to Rs 8,500 crore through qualified institutional placement of equity shares, it said in a regulatory filing.
News business Zomato To Enter BSE Sensex Next Month, Replaces JSW Steel
With Bitcoin approaching closer to the $100,000 mark, it has yet again achieved another record on Thursday at $99,500. Most altcoins also outperformed BTC, which is an early sign of capital rotation into smaller, riskier tokens as bitcoin’s pace holds back.
Notably, the $100,000 price point poses a significant resistance level, where investors might take profits on their investments. Still, there’s a chance of BTC rallying to $115,000 by Christmas, backed by broadening stablecoin supply, inflows into ETFs, and bullish options positioning on BlackRock’s spot BTC ETF (IBIT), 10x Research shared in a Friday note.
Altcoins Rally
As the regulatory headwinds look all set to clear, altcoins are also rallying. With Gensler’s exit, it is anticipated that the agency’s new leadership will be more open to approving investment products for smaller tokens and allowing staking for ETFs. XRP led the rally, gaining 33% in 24 hours and Cardano’s ADA rose over 15%. Solana’s native token (SOL) hit an all-time high above $260.
Gary Gensler’s exit from the US SEC on January 20 has sparked bullish momentum across the crypto markets. Under the Biden administration, the SEC has led a crackdown on the industry, which resulted in a record high of 46 enforcement actions last year.
XRP Surges Over Gensler’s Exit News
However, it is now expected that Trump’s new administration will put far fewer resources into policing the industry. Furthermore, the president-elect is also reported to be considering appointing a presidential adviser focused solely on the crypto industry.
XRP is on its way to $2, as it surged around 25% in the past 24 hours, and looks set to keep moving forward fuelled by Gensler’s exit. The rise in the price of XRP comes as part of a broader rally in the crypto market, which currently sees Bitcoin hovering just below $100,000 level.
Ripple vs SEC Case
Gensler’s resignation has also sparked speculations that the SEC might drop its appeal or reach a favorable settlement with Ripple, easing the regulatory uncertainty that has suppressed the token for nearly five years.
Also, a favorable outcome of its legal case with the SEC might lead to the potential launch of XRP exchange-traded funds (ETFs). Notably, 21Shares, Canary Capital, and Bitwise have all filed applications for spot XRP ETFs.
This development if successful, would be enormous for Ripple after its longstanding legal issues within the US which will drive institutional interest in the token. Notably, analysts call for XRP to hit $2 soon before taking a run toward $5, fuelled by the likely positive news regarding its case with the SEC in the coming months.
On the other hand, Threads and Bluesky have seen an astronomical rise in new accounts. Bluesky says its user base is now over 15 million and Instagram head Adam Mosseri of Meta says Threads has now surpassed 275 million monthly active users. That activity falls somewhere between 60% and 65% of activity on X, and it’s only expected to grow.
What does this mean for marketing?
Should you and your brand join Bluesky or build a brand page on Threads?
We asked CMI’s chief strategy advisor, Robert Rose, for his take. Read on or watch this video:
Users are flying the X coop
Call it the great flight from birds to butterflies — the growing migration of celebrities, influencers, and major organizations leaving X for the rising social media platform Bluesky.
Actors, directors, musicians, journalists, and now brands, agencies, and marketing strategies are increasingly turning their backs on X, citing concerns over hate speech, harassment, bots, and controversial artificial intelligence policies under its owner, Elon Musk.
Just last week, the Guardian media group, which includes The Guardian newspaper, joined the exodus, labeling X a “toxic media platform.” Earlier this month, the Berlin Film Festival announced its departure. They join NPR, which left X in April 2023, and brands like 3M, UnitedHealth Group, and Best Buy, which have retained their accounts but haven’t posted in years. And then, there are the brands that have pulled their advertising or quit X altogether, including Apple, IBM, and Disney.
A new independent network, Bluesky, is the refuge for X escapees. In recent weeks, the upstart platform has seen explosive growth, with over 1 million users joining in a single day and total users surpassing 15 million. Its app tops the download charts for both Apple and Google’s app stores.
Threads, Meta’s answer to X, had huge numbers when it launched in 2023, making it the fastest-growing social media network in history. In the last few weeks, it has experienced another surge of new accounts.
Should you expect a resurgence in organic content marketing and branding on these new microblogging, text-focused platforms, just like you had on Twitter back in the day?
Well, no. Let me explain.
I don’t think this activity is all about X.
Is this the start of a new microblogging era?
The days of brands setting up shop on these platforms and trying to create a constant stream of great content that engages, entertains, or educates a large audience for organic traction are gone.
That’s not to say brands should forego customer service channels on these platforms or ignore making their name claims. (On Bluesky, you can use your domain as your handle.)
I also suspect influencers on these recently popular platforms can help with the organic amplification of brand voices.
But in its heyday, the goal of microblogging was to build a channel of news, entertainment, or some harnessed brand voice that attracted engagement, shares, and subscriptions. These channels evolved to become newsfeeds for celebrities, journalists, and others reporting information, and I think that’s where microblogging will stay for at least the short term.
Yes, the big news will be people — mostly people with a bit of a brand — flocking to Bluesky, Threads, and other non-X microblogging sites to communicate directly with their fans. But I see no strong argument for brands to put that level of effort into the same.
Instead, marketers might do better in finding who — the CEO, the CMO, or all the sales folk — can speak through the voice of the brand. On LinkedIn, for example, I see many brands exist to amplify their human voices, reposting what the people are posting.
Could this organic social media, especially microblogging, be the strategy of the future? Possibly. Maybe microblogging will go back to its roots as a way for people to just quickly share and connect with one another.
As for organic social media marketing itself, the focus is on long-form and valuable. Perhaps it is really focused on video platforms like TikTok, Reels, YouTube, and others, where it’s less about connection and collaboration and much more about content consumption.
Social media will certainly be an interesting space to follow.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Tata Technologies Limited has entered into a Memorandum of Agreement (MoA) with the Government of Tripura’s Department of Industries & Commerce to upgrade 19 Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs) across the state. The deal, valued at ₹95.65 crores excluding GST, was signed on November 20, 2024.
The shares of Tata Technologies Limited were trading at ₹936.70 up by ₹3.55 or 0.38 per cent on the NSE today at 11.30 am.
Also read: Goods imported by intermediaries in mobile handset manufacturing to eligible for concessional duty
The project will be executed in two phases over a period of 5 years and 9 months, with the possibility of a 5-year extension. Under the agreement, the upgraded ITIs will introduce six new long-term trades and 23 short-term courses. The Tripura government will construct new infrastructure spanning 13,500 square feet at each ITI to support this initiative.
The deliverable-based domestic contract aims to enhance technical education infrastructure in the northeastern state. The company confirmed that the contract does not fall under related party transactions, and neither the promoter group nor group companies have any interest in the awarding entity.
What is the best internet provider in San Francisco?
San Francisco may be the city of cable cars and diverse cultures, but it also has lightning-fast internet speeds and cheap deals from ISPs. Sonic is CNET’s pick for the best internet service provider in San Francisco. It’s the best internet option for most households because it offers symmetrical speeds thanks to its fiber network, as well as straightforward pricing.However, Sonic isn’t available everywhere in the city. If you’re outside Sonic’s coverage areas, AT&T Fiber, Verizon 5G Home Internet and Xfinity are all solid alternatives, depending on which ISP is available at your address.
Looking for the lowest-priced plans in the area? Xfinity and Astound Broadband tie for the cheapest internet service in San Francisco, both starting at $20 per month. Astound offers the better value — especially since San Fran residents can currently choose any speed between 300 megabits per second and 1,500Mbps, and pay only $20 under Astound’s network.
If you’re hunting for the fastest speeds in the city, you can get speeds of up to 10,000Mbps, which Sonic offers for $50 per month. AT&T Fiber also offers multi-gigabit plans in the Bay Area but speeds max out at 5,000Mbps.
San Francisco internet providers compared
Provider
Internet technology
Monthly price
Speed range
Monthly equipment costs
Data cap
Contract
CNET review score
Astound Broadband Read full review
Cable
$20-$55
300-1,500Mbps
$15 (optional)
None
None
7
AT&T Home Internet Read full review
DSL hybrid
$60
18-100Mbps
None
1.5TB on some plans
None
7.4
AT&T Fiber Read full review
Fiber
$55-$245
300-5,000Mbps
None
None
None
7.4
Google Fiber Webpass Read full review
Fiber
$63-$70
1,000Mbps
None
None
None
7.5
Sonic
DSL/fiber
$50-$60
5-10,000Mbps
$10 (optional)
None
None
N/A
T-Mobile Home Internet Read full review
Fixed wireless
$50-$70 ($35-$50 for eligible mobile customers)
72-245Mbps
None
None
None
7.4
Verizon 5G Home Internet Read full review
Fixed wireless
$50-$70 ($35-$45 with qualifying Verizon 5G mobile plans)
50-1,000Mbps
None
None
None
7.2
Xfinity Read full review
Cable
$20-$80
150-1,200Mbps
$15 gateway rental (optional)
1.2TB on some plans
1 year on some plans
7
Show more (3 items)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
Other available internet providers in San Francisco
Astound Broadband: Also known as Wave, Astound Broadband is a cable internet option available throughout San Francisco. Download speeds start at 300Mbps and top out at 1,500Mbps, and SF residents can currently pick any speed for only $20 per month. Astound offers outstanding values at first glance, all plans offer upload speeds no higher than 50Mbps, which doesn’t match fiber internet standards. Still, the pricing offers good value per megabits per second.
Etheric Networks: Etheric boasts a vast fixed wireless coverage map, with service covering the entire Bay Area and stretching as far south as Salinas. Etheric Networks offers residential internet service through a wireless connection to the company’s hardwired infrastructure. You’ll need to schedule a free site survey at your home to see if Etheric is even an option at your address, and while the company doesn’t post its prices online, a 2021 Etheric blog post explaining why the service costs more than Comcast gives a good indication that it skews on the expensive side.
How many members of your household use the internet?
Google Fiber Webpass: None of the Bay Area metros are Google Fiber cities — for that, you’ll need to head south to Orange County. San Francisco and Oakland are home to scores of buildings equipped with Google Fiber Webpass. This fixed wireless service uses antennas to send a high-speed signal to multi-dwelling buildings like apartment complexes. Speeds up to a gigabit are possible at some addresses for a flat rate of $70 per month or $63 for a yearly plan.
Monkeybrains: Monkeybrains is a local provider of fixed wireless internet services operating in San Francisco since 1998. When you sign up, the company will install an antenna on the roof of your building and run an Ethernet cable into your home — plug in a router, and voila, internet access. Your speeds will depend on the strength of the signal at your address, and you shouldn’t expect anything blazing fast: advertised speeds range between 20 anf 50Mbps. At a flat rate of $35 per month, Monkeybrains might be worth a call if nothing else is available.
Raw Bandwidth Communications: Raw Bandwidth utilizes a mix of internet technologies to get businesses and residential addresses online and even offers private line service with up to gigabit speeds. Residential service is available in much of San Francisco and surrounding areas, but most homes in that coverage map will have to settle for DSL or even dial-up service, making this an outdated option for Bay Area residents. Speeds won’t get any faster than 100Mbps under the best circumstances and will likely be much lower. Still, with no data caps and no prescheduled price increases, Raw Bandwidth might be a good fit for homes requiring basic connectivity for checking email and light browsing.
Unwired: Unwired is another local fixed wireless internet provider, advertising services for residents, business owners and people on the move. The service starts at $55 a month but shoots up to $145 a month. Unwired doesn’t advertise speeds on their website, but users report getting between 6 and 70Mbps on various plans, which isn’t exactly a great value or technically an internet connection, according to the FCC. Still, if you’re on the move or you’re looking for a temporary internet service, Unwired might be just the thing for you.
Satellite internet: Satellite internet from Hughesnet or Viasat is available pretty much anywhere. Still, you shouldn’t expect fast speeds, low latency or value — satellite internet often comes with steep equipment costs, tight data caps and long-term service contracts. Starlink, the satellite internet service from SpaceX and Elon Musk, is your third option. It doesn’t offer the same universal availability as Hughesnet or Viasat and costs $120 per month, plus $349 for the equipment.
T-Mobile Home Internet: For $50 to $70 per month, T-Mobile can connect eligible addresses to the internet over the same wireless airwaves used for mobile connections, including 5G airwaves. The service offers better overall availability than Verizon since it leans on 4G/LTE airwaves as well, but that also means that average speeds are slower, with downloads ranging from 72 to 245Mbps and uploads ranging from 15 to 31Mbps. There are no data caps or contracts with T-Mobile, so it’s an appealing option for rural customers in the coverage map without access to faster fiber or cable plans.
Cheap internet options in San Francisco
If you’re trying to keep your internet bill as low as possible, you won’t need to spend much more than $50 per month with any of San Francisco’s top providers. With Xfinity, available just about everywhere, the cheapest plan available nets you download speeds of up to 150Mbps and upload speeds of up to 100Mbps for just $20 per month during the promo period. Astound Broadband also offers any of its tiers for $20 per month, granting you download speeds up to 1,500Mbps.
What’s the cheapest internet plan in San Francisco?
Show more (3 items)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
How to find internet deals and promotions in San Francisco
The best internet deals and top promotions in San Francisco depend on what discounts are available during a given time. Most deals are short-lived, but we look frequently for the latest offers.
San Francisco internet providers, such as Sonic, Xfinity and Astound Broadband, may offer lower introductory pricing or streaming add-ons for a limited time. Others, including AT&T and Verizon, run the same standard pricing year-round.
For a more extensive list of promos, check out our guide on the best internet deals.
Mike Shaw/Getty Images
How fast is San Francisco broadband?
Although multiple fiber and cable providers cover the Bay Area, San Francisco’s internet speeds are relatively slow. The city ranks 72nd on Ookla’s list of the cities in the US with the fastest internet speeds, a few spots ahead of Los Angeles and Sacramento, and clocks a median download speed of 215Mbps. (Ookla is owned by the same parent company as CNET, Ziff Davis.)
If you’re looking for more speed than the SF average, you have many options and ISPs to choose from. Sonic offers the fastest connection in San Francisco, delivering speeds up to 10Gbps in select areas for $50 per month. If you can’t get Sonic at your address, AT&T Fiber, Xfinity and Astound Broadband also offer gigabit and multi-gigabit plans.
Fastest internet plans in San Francisco
Plan
Starting price
Max download speed
Max upload speed
Data caps
Internet technology
Sonic
$50
10,000Mbps
10,000Mbps
None
Fiber
AT&T Fiber 5000 Read full review
$245
5,000Mbps
5,000Mbps
None
Fiber
AT&T Fiber 2000 Read full review
$145
2,000Mbps
2,000Mbps
None
Fiber
Astound 1500 Read full review
$20
1,500Mbps
50Mbps
None
Cable
Xfinity Gigabit Extra Read full review
$80
1,200Mbps
40Mbps
None
Cable
Astound 1000 Read full review
$20
1,000Mbps
50Mbps
None
Cable
AT&T Fiber 1000 Read full review
$80
1,000Mbps
1,000Mbps
None
Fiber
Xfinity Gigabit Read full review
$70
1,000Mbps
20Mbps
None
Cable
Show more (3 items)
Source: CNET analysis of provider data.
What’s a good internet speed?
Most internet connection plans can now handle basic productivity and communication tasks. If you’re looking for an internet plan that can accommodate videoconferencing, streaming video or gaming, you’ll have a better experience with a more robust connection. Here’s an overview of the recommended minimum download speeds for various applications, according to the FCC. Note that these are only guidelines and that internet speed, service and performance vary by connection type, provider and address.
0 to 5Mbps allows you to tackle the basics: browsing the internet, sending and receiving email and streaming low-quality video.
5 to 40Mbps gives you higher-quality video streaming and videoconferencing.
40 to 100Mbps should give one user sufficient bandwidth to satisfy the demands of modern telecommuting, video streaming and online gaming.
100 to 500Mbps allows one to two users to simultaneously engage in high-bandwidth activities like videoconferencing, streaming and online gaming.
500 to 1,000Mbps allows three or more users to engage in high-bandwidth activities like videoconferencing, streaming and gaming.
For more information, refer to our guide on how much internet speed you really need.
How CNET chose the best internet providers in San Francisco
Internet service providers are numerous and regional. Unlike the latest smartphone, laptop, router or kitchen tool, it’s impractical to personally test every ISP in a given city. What’s our approach? We start by researching the pricing, availability and speed information, drawing on our own historical ISP data, the provider sites and mapping information from the Federal Communications Commission at FCC.gov.
It doesn’t end there: We use the FCC’s website to check our data and ensure we consider every ISP that provides service in an area. We also input local addresses on provider websites to find specific options for residents. We look at sources, including the American Customer Satisfaction Index and J.D. Power, to evaluate how happy customers are with an ISP’s service. ISP plans and prices are subject to frequent changes; all information provided is accurate as of publication.
Once we have this localized information, we ask three main questions:
Does the provider offer access to reasonably fast internet speeds?
Do customers get decent value for what they’re paying?
Are customers happy with their service?
The answers to those questions are often layered and complex, but the providers who come closest to “yes” on all three are the ones we recommend. When selecting the cheapest internet service, we look for the plans with the lowest monthly fee, although we also factor in things like price increases, equipment fees and contracts. Choosing the fastest internet service is relatively straightforward. We look at advertised upload and download speeds and consider real-world speed data from sources like Ookla and FCC reports.
To explore our process in more depth, visit our how we test ISPs page.
What’s the final word on internet providers in San Francisco?
If your home is wired for fiber, you’re in good shape. Along with fast speeds, fiber internet offers some of the best value in broadband, with costs per Mbps that typically fall well below what you’ll get with cable, fixed wireless, DSL or satellite. Service from Sonic costs a flat $50 per month and nets you whatever the best possible speeds are at your address, making it a tremendous value for homes with wiring capable of hitting 10Gbps. Meanwhile, AT&T is more flexible with its fiber service, allowing users to pay less for lower speeds. If fiber isn’t available at your address, sticking with a cable provider like Xfinity or Astound Broadband is your next best option.
Internet providers in San Francisco FAQ
Does San Francisco have fiber internet?
Yes. AT&T is the largest fiber internet provider in the area, with a fiber footprint covering more than a million locations. That includes multi-gig speeds of up to 5Gbps, which AT&T says are available at roughly one-third of fiber-eligible addresses in the area. Sonic offers fiber internet service at select locations in San Francisco too. Similar to AT&T, most of Sonic’s coverage map consists of slower DSL connections.
The San Francisco Bay Area boasts a fairly wide range of internet providers, including fiber plans from AT&T and Sonic, cable plans from Comcast Xfinity and Astound Broadband, and fixed wireless service over 5G and 4G/LTE airwaves from Verizon and T-Mobile. Speeds vary by provider, plan and in some cases, by address, but most homes will have access to gigabit-or-better speeds from one provider or another. At some addresses, AT&T Fiber multi-gig speeds as high as 5 gigabits per second may be an option, and Sonic claims to offer fiber speeds of up to 10Gbps, but speeds like those aren’t available everywhere yet.
No. Google doesn’t offer fiber internet service anywhere in the Bay Area. The company offers its Google Fiber Webpass service at select San Francisco and Oakland locations. Instead of a direct fiber connection, Webpass buildings use a special antenna to receive a high-speed internet signal over the air, with speeds up to a gigabit available in some instances.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
A family in Wisconsin is mourning the loss of their teenage daughter after she died from an allergic reaction — but they have found some comfort in the lives her donated organs have saved.
Hannah Glass, 19, was a freshman at Maranatha Baptist University and had lived with a severe peanut allergy since she was a toddler.
After taking a bite of a brownie that she did not know was made with peanut flour, she experienced an allergic reaction that ultimately led to irreversible brain damage and death.
20 WORST PLACES TO LIVE IF YOU HAVE ASTHMA, PER MAJOR HEALTH ORGANIZATION
The teen’s parents, David and Janean Glass, spoke to Fox News Digital on camera to discuss their tragic loss and to share a cautionary message for other families. (See the video at the top of this article.)
The family first learned of their daughter’s allergy when she was 3 years old, when the child took a bite of a peanut butter cookie and immediately threw up and broke out in a rash.
A family in Wisconsin is mourning the loss of their teenage daughter after she died from an allergic reaction — but they have found some comfort in the lives her donated organs have saved.(Glass family)
“That’s when we knew that we had a serious allergy on our hands,” David Glass said.
All her life, she was careful to avoid peanut butter and carried an EpiPen with her.
When a college friend gave Hannah Glass the brownie, she never suspected it was made with peanut flour. After the first bite, she knew something was wrong. Her throat did not close up as it had in the past — but she immediately threw up and broke out in a rash.
CALIFORNIA WOMAN HAS 100 DIFFERENT ALLERGIES, IS RESTRICTED TO EATING JUST 13 FOODS
The teen called her parents to let them know what had happened. By the time they arrived at her dorm, she had taken allergy medicine and seemed to be feeling better, but then things took a turn.
“She suddenly said, ‘I can’t breathe. I’m hurting everywhere,’” said David Glass.
About an hour after the reaction began, the teenager lost consciousness and her parents called 911.
Hannah Glass, 19, was a freshman at Maranatha Baptist University, where she was studying English education.(Glass family)
“Everything that took place from that moment on was our burden, heartache and grief,” David Glass said.
Paramedics tried to revive the teen, not realizing until they reached the hospital that her right lung had collapsed, leading to a lack of oxygen to the brain.
“If we could help another family avoid feeling this level of pain, we knew we had to do it.”
“Unfortunately, it was too much time with not enough oxygen,” said David Glass. “At that point, the brain was significantly damaged.”
“Although we were hoping and praying and doctors were working and crying right alongside us, the events of that night were unchangeable.”
Lives saved through tragedy
Faced with the painful reality of Hannah’s death, the Glasses began to have discussions about donating their daughter’s organs.
“If we could help another family avoid feeling this level of pain, we knew we had to do it,” David Glass told Fox News Digital.
Hannah Glass, pictured as a baby and as a young girl, was the oldest of four siblings. “Hannah was very determined and dedicated to her future,” her mother told Fox News Digital. (Glass family)
“Keeping her body would in some ways be selfish, because that body could be used to save other people’s lives. That was a sacrifice we were very happy to make, even though it hurt like crazy.”
The day after Hannah’s death, the family was notified that the donated organs had saved four lives.
“During the organ donation process, we also agreed that Hannah’s tissues could be used to help others in a whole myriad of other ways that we are not even aware of,” David Glass added.
‘Humbling’ experience
Shortly after the teen’s death, the hospital held an “honor walk” on Nov. 17. Friends, family and members of the community were invited to line the halls as she was transported through the hospital with her parents and siblings.
Nearly 300 people showed up for the procession.
“She was just amazing and a tremendous blessing, and I am so proud to be able to call her my daughter.”
“It was extremely humbling,” Janeane Glass told Fox News Digital. “I had a difficult time looking at people, but the outpouring of love and support was incredible.”
Afterward, everyone gathered to sing the teen’s favorite hymns and Christmas songs.
“The testimony of people’s love and God’s love for us was heard throughout the whole hospital,” Janeane Glass said.
The hospital printed an image of Hannah Glass’ heartbeat for the family to keep, which is held in Hannah’s and her brother’s hands.(Glass family)
The Glasses shared their deep love and pride in their daughter.
“Hannah was very determined and dedicated to her future,” her mother told Fox News Digital.
“She was very independent and had a leadership personality. From a very young age, all she could think of was going to college.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Hannah Glass had saved enough money to cover her entire college tuition. She was majoring in English education and planned to become a teacher.
Her biggest passion, however, was helping others, her parents said.
One of Hannah Glass’ brothers holds her hand in the ICU. After her death, nearly 300 people showed up for an “honor walk” at the hospital.(Glass family)
“One of the main things we’ve heard from the kids on campus was how much she cared about them,” Janeane Glass said.
“She just had a heart to serve others — and to serve her Lord. She was just amazing and a tremendous blessing, and I am so proud to be able to call her my daughter.”
Hannah Glass’ funeral was held on Nov. 20. “She had a heart to serve others — and to serve her Lord,” her mother told Fox News Digital.(Glass family)
David Glass shared that the family’s faith in God has “given us hope.”
“It’s the hope that there is more to living than just being alive, that we have a soul and the opportunity to live forever with God.”
‘Take it seriously’
To other families who may have a food allergy, the Glasses offer the message to “take it seriously.”
To others with a food allergy, the Glasses offered this message: “Take it seriously. Get it tested, and don’t wait for it to reoccur. Get the EpiPen and be prepared.” Daughter Hannah Glass as a child is shown here. (Glass family)
“Get it tested, and don’t wait for it to reoccur,” David Glass urged. “Get the EpiPen and be prepared.”
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
It’s also important to be cautious and aware of food ingredients, they added, especially when it’s something without a label.
“It’s a scary world, because what most people eat as a treat or a healthy snack could be like poison to the person sitting next to them,” David Glass said.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“Although you can’t live perpetually in fear, the individual or the parents need to be hyper-aware that at some point, they will likely encounter this allergy — and it could be serious.”
Indian food is renowned for its diversity. It offers a variety of dishes, from dals and vegetables to rotis. Roti holds a significant place in the Indian thali, with wheat roti being the most commonly served in Indian homes. While ragi and multigrain rotis have gained popularity, certain rotis are prepared seasonally, such as maize, millet, and jowar rotis. Among these, maize roti, also known as makki ki roti, is especially loved. Traditionally made in Punjabi households, maize roti often features in wedding and party menus. Its delightful taste pairs well with any vegetable. If you’ve tried making missi roti at home but found it challenging to perfect, don’t worry! Today, we’re sharing some simple tips to help you make delicious Punjabi-style missi roti whenever you want. Also Read: Paneer Roti: A Wholesome, Protein-Rich Twist On Classic Roti You’ll Love
Here Are 9 Tips to Make Punjabi-Style Missi Roti
1.The Flour Mix
Missi roti is made using a blend of gram flour and wheat flour. Spices like pomegranate seeds, whole coriander, red chilli, cumin, turmeric, salt, and carom seeds are added for flavour.
2. Optional Add-Ons
Finely chopped onion, green chilli, and fresh coriander can be included for added taste, based on personal preference.
3. Cooking Method
Traditionally, missi roti is cooked in a tandoor. At home, you can roast it on a pan by lightly applying water to the surface.
4. Alternative Roasting Style
You can also prepare it like a paratha by applying ghee on the pan. Serve the hot roti with your favourite vegetable.
5. The Right Proportion of Flour
For perfect missi roti, maintaining the correct ratio of gram flour to wheat flour is essential. Use two cups of gram flour for every one cup of wheat flour. Mix both flours thoroughly before kneading.
6. Prepare the Dough
The dough for missi roti should be slightly stiff. Add water gradually instead of pouring it all at once, as only a small amount is needed to knead this dough.
7. Enhance the Flavour
Add salt and kasuri methi (dried fenugreek leaves) while kneading the dough to elevate the flavour of the roti.
8. Ghee for Softness
Incorporate a little ghee into the flour mixture. This will make the roti soft on the inside and enhance its taste.
9. Keep the Dough Moist
After kneading the dough, smooth it with a bit of oil and cover it with a wet cloth. This prevents the dough from drying out.
Next time you’re making missi roti at home, try these tips for a truly authentic and flavorful experience.
A Chinese military spokesperson on Thursday said the United States is entirely responsible for the Chinese defense minister not meeting his U.S. counterpart in Laos.
Chinese Defense Minister Dong Jun and U.S. Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin were both in Vientiane for the Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN)-Plus defense ministers meetings. The Pentagon earlier told reporters that the Chinese side declined a meeting request by Austin.
The U.S. side cannot undermine China’s core interests on the Taiwan question while engaging with the Chinese military as if nothing is wrong, Wu Qian, spokesperson for the Chinese Ministry of National Defense, said in a statement.
The spokesperson urged the U.S. to immediately correct its mistakes and strive to create favorable conditions for high-level military exchanges between the two sides.
We give PETKIT Purobot Ultra Litter Box a rating of 4.9 out of 5 stars
Features: 5/5
Odor Control: 5/5
Phone App: 4.8/5
Value: 4.8/5
Whether you have multiple cats and are looking for a better way to deal with litter odor or are worried your cat might be hiding their health problems, the PETKIT Purobot Ultra claims it can help.
This intelligent automatic kitty litter box has smart sensors, a camera with facial recognition, triple odor protection, and many more advanced features. All of them are meant to help you keep an eye on your cat’s health while taking the work out of litter box management.
For the last month and a half, I have been testing the PETKIT Purobot Ultra with the help of my eighteen-month-old Domestic Shorthair, Makoa. And I have to tell you, this litter box rules! Find out why and if it might be worth your purchase in my full PETKIT Purobot Ultra review.
Overview
Product Type:
Auto-empty litter box
Best Suited For:
Cats over 3.3lbs, single and multi-cat households
Price Range:
Premium
Contents:
Litter box components, 2 waste bag rings, 1 odor block, and stickers
Specs:
21” wide x 32.2” deep x 24” high, 32 pounds
Options:
White only
Assembly:
10 minutes
Waste Removal:
14+ days for one cat
Litter Type:
Clumping
Our Experience
I’ve tested a number of automatic litter boxes in my time. I’ve seen many wonderful features that make life with unpredictable kitties a little easier. But for the most part, I have been underwhelmed by the odor control these high-tech litter boxes offer.
That may be why the PETKIT Purobot Ultra took me by surprise. I’ve been using this new box for the last six weeks and have yet to smell even a hint of kitty litter. And that’s saying something because my cat, Makoa, is pretty famous for clearing the house with his stinky stools.
Yep, this litter box certainly has a lot to love, but there are also a few places where I see room for improvement.
What I Liked
This box has so many awesome features and functions, but topping my list of things to love is the odor control. I am all about natural litter without added chemicals or fragrances, which means odor control responsibilities in my house fall to litter box management.
Luckily, this box does all that managing itself. It automatically scoops the litter after each use, pushing the clumps of urine and feces into a special waste-bag-lined compartment that is sealed to trap 97.5% of odors. The housing over this compartment and the N60 odor-eliminating block inside remove the remaining odors.
Waste continues to collect in the waste bag until it fills up. The website says it can hold up to 20 days of waste for a single cat. I found that mine fills up about every 16 days or so, but that still translates to very little work on the part of the cat owner.
Once the waste bag is full, you have to initiate packing, which is as easy as pressing a button. The litter box seals the bag all by itself, which means, again, no smells escape. All you have to do is remove the bag and toss it in the trash.
Beyond odor control, this smart litter box has many features.
The attached camera records your cat while they use the bathroom and can be accessed live, swiveling 210 degrees so you can watch your kitty anytime they are near the box. Since my cat sleeps in the same room as his litter box, this has been a super useful feature.
In addition to tracking when and how long your cat uses the litter box, the camera also records the waste as it goes into the waste compartment. This is a huge benefit over most other automatic litter boxes that push clumps out of sight without giving you an opportunity to check for issues. With the PETKIT Purobot Ultra, you can go back and review every potty break to check for diarrhea and other stool and urine issues that might indicate a health problem.
These features helped me identify a period of constipation Makoa was experiencing and get him some relief.
The camera also features facial recognition. This, along with the weight sensors, helps track the potty habits of each cat in multi-cat households, even when they are similar in size.
All this potty data is compiled to track changes in average potty duration, potty times per day, and pet weight. Fluctuations in these metrics can help you identify potential health issues, including kidney stones, kidney disease, constipation, blockages, and more.
Personally, I rely on this data to track potential issues with Makoa’s pica. He has eaten inedible objects in the past that required surgery to remove. By tracking his bathroom habits, I get an early warning about potential blockages so I can take him to the vet before critical issues arise.
Where I Saw Room for Improvement
I have encountered very few issues with this cat box, but there are a couple of areas where I see room for improvement.
Like most cylindrical cat boxes, this one is difficult to fill with litter. You can’t just pour the litter straight from the box because the opening is too narrow.
I’ve had to resort to pouring the fresh litter into a small bowl and then dumping it in. Alternatively, you could pull the cylinder off, tip it up, and pour straight from the box.
The PETKIT Purobot Ultra also doesn’t provide any reminders or warnings about low litter levels. This means you have to track it yourself. This isn’t a big deal, but given how hands-off this litter box is, it can be easy to forget it even exists.
The app associated with this smart litter box is fairly intuitive, but it can take some time to find the many functions. And unlocking all those functions requires a subscription.
If you want all the advanced health trackers, you’ll need to pay a monthly fee. There are enough perks with the Premium and Premium+ subscriptions that I think they’re worth it if you have concerns about your cat’s health or potty habits. PETKIT also offers a cheaper Basic subscription and a free version.
I’ve tried the free and the Premium+ options. The free version provides enough features to get by on, but I can see the Premium+ being worth the expense, depending on your needs.
Overall, the things I love about this litterbox easily outshine the issues. For me, the odor control is so amazing that that feature alone makes it worth the purchase. Considering all the other functions the PETKIT Purobot Ultra offers, I would happily recommend this box to all the cat owners I know.
Pros & Cons
Pros
Unparalleled odor control
Cat facial recognition
Live rotating camera
Hands-free waste packing
Records waste for reviewing
Health insights
Cons
Litter filling is difficult
App could be easier to navigate
Pricier than other options
Key Features
Smart Camera
The smart camera attached to the PETKIT Purobot Ultra is the basis for many of its advanced features.
This camera notifies you each time your cat passes by the litter box and when they use it. The camera angle can be controlled via the app, allowing you to rotate it to view the larger room and keep an eye on your kitty. Each time your cat enters the litter box, the camera automatically adjusts to capture video of them pottying.
Uniquely, the camera will remain trained on the litter as it automatically cleans itself, capturing images of the waste before it’s collected. This is meant to help you identify issues with stool consistency and waste type before the waste is sealed away.
This smart camera also features facial detection to help keep track of each individual cat’s bathroom habits in multi-cat households.
Self-Sealing Waste Department
One of the most ingenious aspects of this litter box is the self-sealing waste compartment.
During cleaning, the box automatically dumps waste clumps into a bag-lined compartment on the back of the unit. This compartment features flaps that automatically seal after each cleaning cycle, locking in 97.5% of odors.
The included N60 deodorizer block removes the remaining odors to keep your house free of litter smells day after day.
This process works so well to contain odors that the litter box smells just as good on day one of a new waste bag as it does 16 days in. Considering how much waste each of these bags can hold, this is an impressive feat.
Hands-Off Operation
The PETKIT Purobot Ultra is one of the least labor-intensive litter boxes I have ever tested. In the last six-plus weeks of using it, I have done almost nothing to maintain it. I’ve added litter a few times and taken out the pre-sealed waste bags three times. Beyond that, I haven’t touched the unit itself.
Because the unit handles all the scooping itself and features a huge waste compartment, the only real labor required of you is to initiate the packing process when the waste bag is full. This literally involves pressing a single button twice.
From there, the PETKIT seals the bag with an internal heat sealer and then pops the compartment open so you can grab it. Once the bag is removed, the box will reset itself, engage a new waste bag from the internal bag ring, and continue maintaining the litter box without any input from you.
About PETKIT
PETKIT was started by twin brothers Weike and Weixue Guo in 2013. Today, it remains one of the most innovative pet technology companies in China with products available around the world.
Manufacturing:
Designed in Shanghai and manufactured in China
Warranty:
1 year
Shipping:
Free shipping on orders over $39
Other Products:
Smart feeders, water bowls, pet fitness trackers, and more
Is PETKIT Purobot Ultra a Good Value?
The PETKIT Purobot Ultra is more expensive than other automatic litter boxes out there, but it also has a lot more features than most. Included in this are some unique functions, like facial recognition and a self-sealing waste bin, that you just won’t find with the competition.
While this smart litter box may require more of an investment than others, we believe it is well worth the price.
How We Tested
I tested the PETKIT Purobot Ultra by using it as the only litter box in my house for six weeks. My cat, Makoa, helped with these tests.
I started by replacing his old litter box with this one, placing it in the same spot to reduce confusion and facilitate a seamless transition. From there, I kept records of his reaction to the box, his willingness to use it, and notes about odors, mess, and other common litter box issues.
I also spent quite a bit of time exploring the associated phone app and the many features available through the different subscription options. Each day during that first week, I compared the records created by the camera with my own notes on Makoa’s bathroom habits to test the unit’s accuracy.
Part of my testing also included keeping track of how often the unit required attention. I compared these notes with the information available on the website as well as with my previous experiences testing automatic litter boxes.
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
Can I use any trash bag for the waste bin?
No, PETKIT utilizes a specially designed waste bag ring to supply up to 200 days’ worth of waste removal per cartridge. This bag ring is necessary to accommodate the automatic sealing and reloading process that makes this litter box so hands-off.
Is this litter box safe for kittens?
Because many of the safety sensors rely on weight, this box should not be used in households with cats under 3.3 pounds. Kittens over this weight can use the PETKIT Purobot Ultra, but it should be set to “kitten mode” for extra safety.
What type of cat litter is this box compatible with?
This litter box requires clumping litter. It comes with two screen sizes to accommodate granule and pellet-type litters. Any clumping litter with pieces shorter than 12 millimeters and skinnier than 3 millimeters will work.
Why is this litter box so big?
The PETKIT Purobot Ultra has a larger footprint than many auto litter boxes due to the enclosed, self-sealing, self-packing waste bin. This large compartment takes up extra space but also provides unparalleled odor control.
Conclusion
For protective cat parents who want to do everything they can to keep an eye on their cat’s health while also reducing odors and litter box maintenance, I cannot recommend the PETKIT Purobot Ultra automatic litter box enough.
This intelligent product takes the labor out of cleaning the litter box while eliminating odors like no other box I’ve tested before. And if that weren’t enough, it also comes with a host of smart features to help you track your cat’s potty behaviors and waste content to spot potential health issues early. Best of all, it can do all this even in multi-cat households.
Provident Housing Ltd, a large-scale community developer, a 100 per cent subsidiary of the Bengaluru-based Puravankara Ltd, will launch its latest residential project, Provident Bayscape, in Chennai on Saturday.
Located on Kelambakkam-Vandalur Road, Provident Bayscape is a residential project spanning 5.35 acres with 676 residential units. It will offer 2 and 3-bedroom configurations spanning four towers. The size of the 2 BHK units ranges from 993 sq ft to 1,107 sq. ft., and 3 BHK units between 1,309 sq. ft. and 1,424 sq. ft. The price range of 2 & 3 BHK homes will be ₹59.99 lakh onwards. Provident Bayscape is slated for possession in 2028, the release said.
Also read: Tamil Nadu to soon set up AI labs to support startups and academics
Located in the southern suburbs of Chennai, the project is close to major tech parks like the Siruseri IT Park, ELCOT SEZ, and Pacifica Tech Park and educational institutions like the Chettinad Dental College and Research Institute and the Hindustan College of Arts & Science, the release said.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
TIKTOKERICA Dana (@_danafee) otkrila je trik koji je iznenadio mnoge njezine pratitelje. U svom viralnom videu, koji je pregledan više od 4.4 milijuna puta, postavila je pitanje: “Jeste li znali da lažni džepovi na kaputima zapravo nisu lažni?”
Demonstrirajući na kariranom kaputu, Dana objašnjava da se mnogi kaputi prodaju s džepovima koji su zašiveni. No, otkriva da oni mogu postati funkcionalni: “Samo trebate male škare da razrežete šavove.” Zumirajući šavove pokazuje kako pažljivo prerezati konce i otvoriti džep. “Kao što vidite, tu je cijeli džep”, kaže nakon što ga otvori.
Ipak, upozorava da nisu svi džepovi predviđeni za otvaranje. Kako znati koji jest? Dana predlaže: “Okrenite kaput naopako i opipajte dodatni sloj tkanine. Ako ga osjetite, džep postoji.”
Osim džepova Dana ističe još jedan detalj na kaputima – zašiven prorez na donjoj stražnjoj strani. “Otvorite to kako bi kaput lijepo padao,” savjetuje.
Njezin je video potaknuo mnoge da provjere svoje kapute, a reakcije su bile pomiješane. Dok su neki oduševljeno otkrivali “nove” džepove, drugi su naišli na probleme. “Upravo sam napravio rupu na kaputu”, požalio se jedan pratitelj.
Zato su mnogi ponovili važnost opreza prije rezanja. “Uvijek provjerite unutrašnjost kaputa kako biste vidjeli ima li džep prije nego što ga otvorite,” upozorio je jedan korisnik, a drugi je upitao: “Čekaj, ima onih koji ovo nisu znali?”
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Zašto uopće postoje “lažni” džepovi?
Lažni ili prošiveni džepovi česti su rezultat procesa proizvodnje i transporta odjevnih predmeta. Koriste se kako bi odjeća poput odijela ili kaputa zadržala svoj oblik dok prolazi kroz proizvodnju, pakiranje i transport, piše SuitShop.
Šavovi se privremeno postavljaju na dijelove poput džepova ili proreza kako bi spriječili deformaciju tkanine ili nabore koji bi se mogli pojaviti tijekom rukovanja ili skladištenja. Cilj je osigurati da odjevni predmet dođe do kupca u savršenom stanju te zadrži originalni oblik i kroj.
Kad kupac preuzme odjeću, ovi šavovi mogu (i trebaju) biti uklonjeni kako bi se omogućilo punu funkcionalnost.
Kako provjeriti može li se džep otvoriti?
Ako želite provjeriti ima li vaš “lažni” džep stvarnu funkciju, postoje dva jednostavna načina da to saznate. Opipajte mjesto gdje bi džep trebao biti. Ako osjetite da je to područje malo deblje od ostatka tkanine, znači da se ispod nalazi dodatni sloj – vrećica džepa. To znači da se džep može otvoriti i koristiti.
Pažljivo pregledajte šavove koji zatvaraju džep. Ako su labavi, lako ćete ih prstima malo razdvojiti. Ako je dovoljno dubok, džep možete otvoriti škarama ili nožićem bez brige da ćete nešto oštetiti.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The four words were first spoken here on a bright spring afternoon at Camelback Ranch, my astonished syllables joining similar tones of amazement floating from every corner of a crowded press box.
“Are you kidding me?”
Down to his last pitch in his first spring training game as a Dodger, Shohei Ohtani had just launched a two-run home run.
“Are you kidding me?”
The crowd gasped in disbelief at the perfect timing and wondrous theater, the four words reverberating around the stadium like an anthem to the unimaginable.
“Are you kidding me?”
Eight months later, Los Angeles still asks that question.
Was Shohei Ohtani’s first season as a Dodger really real? Was the best baseball player on the planet even better than that? Could the man with arguably the highest expectations in baseball history actually exceed them?
Yes, yes, and unbelievably, yes.
In being named the National League most valuable player on Thursday — becoming only the second player to win an MVP in both leagues — Ohtani completed a summer decorated with an even higher honor.
Most Valuable Season Ever By A Los Angeles Athlete.
This city has witnessed many memorable seasons by many legendary athletes, from Magic Johnson’s rookie year to Fernando Valenzuela’s rookie year to Sandy Koufax’s 1963 to Eric Dickerson’s 1984 to Shaquille O’Neal’s 2000.
But never before has one player during one season dominated the sport, transformed the town, awed the world and brought home a championship.
This was not a Dodgers town when Ohtani drove up the freeway from Anaheim this winter.
It is overwhelmingly a Dodgers town now.
His team was considered a bunch of underachievers before Ohtani signed a 10-year, $700-million contract.
His team is now World Series champions.
There was little international interest in the Dodgers before Ohtani brought his magical aura to Chavez Ravine.
Dodgers designated hitter Shohei Ohtani hits a three-run homer against the San Diego Padres in Game 1 of the National League Division Series on Oct. 5.
(Robert Gauthier / Los Angeles Times)
The Dodgers are now the most popular baseball team in the world.
One man changed everything, an MVP of MVPs, the greatest Dodgers newcomer since Valenzuela, the greatest Dodgers season ever.
“It will be a special moment that I will never forget,” he said Thursday through an interpreter, after a special season that no one will ever forget.
He led the league with 54 home runs, 130 RBIs, a 1.036 on-base-plus-slugging percentage, and that doesn’t tell half of the story.
Ohtani was so impactful, he significantly and unselfishly improved the team before he even stepped on the field. By agreeing to annually defer all but $2 million of his contract, he gave Dodgers president of baseball operations Andrew Friedman the financial flexibility to add other great players.
Without Ohtani’s generosity, Friedman might not have acquired Teoscar Hernández, Yoshinobu Yamamoto or Tyler Glasnow.
Ohtani was a giant before he was a giant.
Then the games started and here came those four words. You surely recognize them, because you’ve surely said them, time and again during a summer of dazzle.
“Are you kidding me?”
His season began in controversy, as longtime interpreter Ippei Mizuhara admitted to stealing more than $16 million from Ohtani to support a gambling addiction.
The scandal was salacious. Ohtani was scrutinized. He was questioned. He was not believed. He finally was cleared, but only after his reputation was put through a wringer.
Yet through it all he kept swinging, slugging seven home runs with a 1.017 OPS in the first 32 games.
“Are you kidding me?”
As the summer progressed, he quietly got stronger and faster, smoothly making the transition to leadoff hitter and base stealer, hitting a dozen home runs in June, stealing a dozen bases in July, all while rehabbing a surgically repaired pitching shoulder.
“Are you kidding me?”
On Aug. 23 against the Tampa Bay Rays, needing one home run to become the sixth person in the 40-homer, 40-steal club, Ohtani did it with a walk-off grand slam in the bottom of the ninth inning.
“Are you kidding me?”
On his Aug. 28 bobblehead night, his dog, Decoy, delivered the first pitch in a sprint from the mound to the plate, then in the first inning Ohtani casually stepped up and homered.
“Are you kidding me?”
Shohei Ohtani became the first player ever to hit 50 home runs and steal 50 bases in the same season.
On Sept. 19 in Miami, on the verge of becoming the first member of the 50-50 club, Ohtani barged into the record books with arguably the greatest offensive game in baseball history, going six for six with three homers and two stolen bases.
“Are you kidding me?”
After consistently stating that he signed with the Dodgers to win a championship, on Oct. 5 he stared down the San Diego Padres in the third inning of his first playoff game and promptly hit a three-run home run.
“Are you kidding me?”
In the seventh inning of Game 2 of the World Series against the New York Yankees, he suffered a partial dislocation of his left shoulder on a slide into second. Even though the injury was serious enough to later require surgery, he insisted on playing the rest of the Series, and he did so with one arm, his left arm seemingly painfully stuck to his body. In those final three games he still managed a hit and drew a walk and forced the Yankees to account for his presence.
“Are you kidding me?”
This is not only Ohtani’s record third unanimous MVP, it’s the first one in history won by a player who didn’t play an inning in the field, and he acknowledged Thursday that his inability to pitch led to an increased offensive focus.
“My goal was to be able to pitch and contribute offensively and the fact that I knew I wasn’t going to be able to pitch this season made me focus more on my offensive game,” he said. “Fortunately I was able to produce and get this award which is very humbling.”
One wonders what he possibly can do for an encore, yet he’s already preparing for one, undergoing the shoulder surgery immediately after the season, his elbow rehab in full fling, his aim clear.
“The goal is to be ready for opening day,” he said. “That includes hitting and pitching.”
March 18, in Tokyo, against the Chicago Cubs, starting on the mound and batting leadoff … Shohei Ohtani!
Apple has issued a software update for bugs ‘actively exploited’ by cyber-criminals in targeting Intel-based Mac systems.
In a security advisory, the tech giant said it was aware of two vulnerabilities that “may have been actively exploited on Intel-based Mac systems.”
These bugs are considered “zero day” vulnerabilities. To fix those, Apple released a software update for macOS (called macOS Sequoia 15.1.1), as well as fixes for iPhones and iPads, including users running the older iOS 17 software.
“Processing maliciously crafted web content may lead to arbitrary code execution. Apple is aware of a report that this issue may have been actively exploited on Intel-based Mac systems,” said the company.
The issue was addressed with improved checks, it added. It’s not yet known who is behind the attacks targeting Mac users, or how many Mac users have been targeted.
The vulnerabilities were reported by security researchers at Google’s Threat Analysis Group.
These vulnerabilities relate to WebKit and JavaScriptCore, the web engines that power the Safari browser and for running web content.
Apple users should update their iPhones, iPads, and Macs as soon as possible.
In July, the tech giant Apple issued a fresh warning to iPhone users in at least 98 countries, including in India, about a potential new mercenary spyware attack like ‘Pegasus’.
According to the Apple warning, it detected that “you are being targeted by a mercenary spyware attack that is trying to remotely compromise the iPhone associated with your Apple ID”.
In the warning, the iPhone maker further said that this attack is “likely targeting you specifically because of who you are or what you do”.
In April this year, the tech giant sent threat notifications to select users in 92 countries, including some in India, who may have been targeted using ‘mercenary spyware’ like Pegasus from the NSO Group.
Jet lag is one of the downsides of traveling long distances. While crossing multiple time zones has its perks of visiting new countries and exploring the other corners of the world, the disoriented and groggy feeling after traveling for too long can ruin the excitement (at least for some hours or days).
Jet lags are often associated with long journeys and multiple time zone shifts. But sometimes, even the minor ones can make us feel off, albeit temporarily. (Pexels)
Fatigue and sleep disruption are the top-most irritations faced by people experiencing jet lag, But there’s more to it. A recent study led by Jonathan Johnston, University of Surrey states that shifts in our daily routine can disorient the internal metabolism of the body. Also read | Jet lag tips and cure: How to avoid the worst of jet lag and maximize your travel time
The study explored how even smallest of time shifts can affect the body. Jet lags are often associated with long journeys and multiple time zone shifts. But sometimes, even the minor ones can make us feel off, albeit temporarily.
Why jet lag happens?
The human body operates on a circadian rhythm, which regulates the sleeping patterns, hormonal production and even the overall metabolism. It is controlled by suprachiasmatic nucleus, a tiny area of the brain, which responds to environmental cues such as light and dark cycles to adjust the rhythm of the body accordingly. Also read | Chocolate, chilli and carbs may be the best cure for jet lag yet
Findings of the study:
The study was conducted on 14 participants (8 men and 6 women) who were asked to shift their daily routine by five hours. The research team controlled their routine, including meal timing, light exposure and sleep schedules. Their metabolism, including the time required for the bodies to process food, changes in blood sugar and fat levels and energy burning was recorded.
The results demonstrated that even five hours of shift in a person’s daily routine can affect them. Slow digestion, altered blood sugar levels and shift in metabolism were recorded. Participants also showed lesser efficiency in generating heat from the food consumed. Also read | Cabin lighting and these dishes can help reduce jet lag in passengers travelling on long flights: Qantas Airways study
Jet lag can alter the metabolism of the body.(Unsplash)
Can the body adjust to new schedule?
However, their bodies adjusted to the new schedule within 48 to 72 hours, showing remarkable flexibility. This further explains how people adjust to new time zones within a few days. But the results showed the impact of frequent time shifts on health, and how it can affect the daily metabolism. While the body adjust to it, it may not be ideal to make it go through the ordeal repeatedly.
Disclaimer: This article is for informational purposes only and not a substitute for professional medical advice. Always seek the advice of your doctor with any questions about a medical condition.
Prince Harry is said not to be “upset” over the latest flop in his book’s paperback edition release, according to a royal expert.
The Duke of Sussex released his memoir, Spare, in January 2023. The book became an international bestseller, selling 1.4 million copies just on its first day in the UK, US, and Canada, according to its publisher, Penguin Random House.
However, its paperback edition, released on October 24 this year, was not as successful after selling just 1,809 copies in the UK in its first week of publication and another 3,391 the week after, according to the Bookseller.
The new edition features no new material, and Harry has not promoted it through interviews.
Now a royal expert has claimed that the duke is not “particularly upset” over the failing success of his paperback book because he has “moved on” from his ongoing feud with the Royal Family.
Jennie Bond told OK!: “I don’t think he will be particularly upset about this. He made an awful lot of money from the original contract and, whatever he says, he is already a very wealthy man.”
The expert claimed that Harry’s decision to release a memoir had more to do with the fact the duke wanted to tell his story, rather than boost his income.
She explained: “I don’t think his decision to write Spare was ever a predominantly financial decision.
“I think he really wanted the world to know how he felt about his life, his family and the way he felt the Palace treated him.”
Harry has been estranged from the Firm since 2020, when he stepped down as a senior working royal and moved to the US.
Since then, his relationship with the royals has deteriorated even more after a series of bombshell claims he made against them in interviews, his Netflix show with wife Meghan Markle, and most notably, Spare.
Ms Bond added that Harry’s “conscious decision” to not add any new material in the paperback edition could forge a new path in his relationship with the royals.
She said: “I think he has made a conscious decision to move on from all the bitterness and had no interest in dredging up more stories for the paperback.
“That has to be a good decision for everyone involved.”
The new-generation Toyota LandCruiser Prado 250 Series is the first Toyota in Australia to require AdBlue diesel exhaust fluid.
This is mixed with exhaust gases as they enter the catalytic converter to help reduce nitrous oxide (NOx) emissions. It’s common in trucks and buses, as well as a number of diesel-powered large SUVs and utes in order to meet stricter emissions standards.
Speaking at the new Prado’s local media launch, Toyota vice president sales and marketing Sean Hanley said all variants of the launch range require AdBlue.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
“With every new Prado, it has to have AdBlue,” said Mr Hanley.
“If in the event AdBlue is not added, the vehicle will become not operable. So you have to have AdBlue.
“If AdBlue runs out when you’re driving, you can still drive to your destinations. That’s important to understand.”
This means if you run out while driving and go to restart your vehicle, you won’t be able to do so without first adding AdBlue.
“[AdBlue is] available [to purchase at the] vast majority of service stations, particularly where there [are] trucks, but the vast majority in metro as well, and it will also be available at each of our dealers in the future,” Mr Hanley added.
Toyota has confirmed the Prado 250 Series can travel around 8000km, depending on use case, before you’ll need to top up the 17.4L AdBlue tank.
This is critical because it means owners will likely to need to top up the AdBlue between logbook services. The Prado 250 Series, like many diesel-powered Toyotas, requires servicing every six months or 10,000km, whichever comes first.
Toyota confirmed its dealers won’t top up the Prado’s AdBlue tank as part of a logbook service. Instead customers will be required to pay and fill it up themselves when needed.
Mr Hanley explained the way customers need to top up the Prado with AdBlue is “no different to refuelling [with diesel]”.
Although carmakers typically fit AdBlue exhuast fluid systems to ensure a vehicle’s powertrain meets stricter emission standards, like Euro 6, the Prado 250 Series’ 2.8-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel mild-hybrid engine is currently only classified as a Euro 5 powertrain.
Toyota Australia has confirmed this four-cylinder turbo-diesel mild-hybrid powertrain can be adjusted to meet Euro 6 emissions standards in the future.
New versions of new cars, including SUVs and light commercial vehicles, sold from December 2025 will need to meet tougher Euro 6d emissions standards in Australia, replacing the existing Euro 5 measures.
The standards will then apply to all new vehicles on sale from 2028.
Another consideration with the Prado 250 Series, at least in its current form, is the New Vehicle Efficiency Standard (NVES) that will come into effect next year.
Manufacturers will now have a CO2 target, though a change was made after the NVES was initially announced – considered favourable for brands – that sees “heavy off-road passenger vehicles” like the Prado now lumped in with utes and vans.
These ‘Type 2’ vehicles have a higher 210g/km limit for 2025, as opposed to 141g/km for ‘Type 1’ vehicles such as hatchbacks and sedans. This, however, will be reduced to 180g/km in 2026, and then progressively reduced every year thereafter.
The Prado 250 Series is claimed to emit 200g of CO2 per kilometre.
Deliveries of the 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado 250 Series started earlier this month. At launch there are a total of five variants being offered. Pricing starts at $72,500 before on-roads for the GX, and extends to $99,990 before on-roads for the Kakadu.
In other markets there’s an i-Force Max petrol-electric hybrid powertrain offered in Prado, but at this stage it hasn’t been confirmed for Australia.
Stocks to watch: Shares of firms like Adani Ent, Adani Green, Tata Power, Ola Electric, NTPC, and others will be in focus on Friday’s trade
Stocks To Watch
Stocks To Watch On November 22: Domestic markets declined by more than half a per cent, extending the ongoing downtrend. In today’s session, stocks of Adani Enterprises, Adani Green, JSW Energy, Afcons Infrastructure, Tata Power, and others will be in the spotlight following various news developments.
Adani Group Stocks: In a new development concerning bribery allegations against industrialist Gautam Adani, U.S. authorities have charged him, his nephew Sagar, and several associates for defrauding American investors. They are accused of promising and paying bribes amounting to $265 million to Indian government officials in exchange for solar energy contracts.
Furthermore, Kenyan President William Ruto has ordered the cancellation of a process to transfer control of the country’s main airport to the Adani Group. He also scrapped a $736-million public-private partnership agreement with an Adani Group company for constructing power transmission lines.
Telecom Companies: Reliance Industries (RIL), Vodafone Idea, Bharti Airtel, MTNL, and other telecom companies will be in focus as the Telecom Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) has released new subscriber data.
Hyundai Motor India: The company plans to establish two renewable energy (RE) plants in Tamil Nadu as part of its goal to achieve 100% renewable electricity dependency across its manufacturing operations by 2025.
Tata Power: Tata Power, the power utility arm of the Tata Group, has signed an initial agreement with the Asian Development Bank (ADB) to explore financing of up to $4.25 billion for several strategic projects.
Ashok Leyland: As part of its expansion in the eastern region, Ashok Leyland has opened a light commercial vehicle dealership in West Bengal.
Ola Electric: Ola Electric is reportedly undergoing a restructuring process and plans to lay off 500 employees, which represents over 12% of its workforce, currently standing at around 4,000 employees.
NTPC: NTPC’s subsidiary, NTPC Green Energy Ltd (NGEL), which is set to list on the stock exchanges soon, has entered into a joint venture with the New and Renewable Energy Development Corporation of Andhra Pradesh (NREDCAP). The venture will invest Rs 1.87 trillion in renewable energy projects across the state.
Coal India: The company has decided to supply coal beyond the normative requirements to the non-regulated sector, including the steel industry. This decision, effective from November 13, will apply to the tranche VIII linkage auction, which is scheduled to begin soon.
Afcons Infrastructure: Afcons has received a letter of acceptance from Uttarakhand Project Development and Construction Corporation for civil works, with the project valued at Rs 1,274 crore.
SJVN: SJVN has signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the Energy Department of Rajasthan to develop renewable energy projects in the state.
Infosys: The Georgia Department of Labor has imposed a $3.28 million tax penalty on Infosys for the period between Q3CY19 and Q1CY24.
Raymond: Raymond has received a ‘No Observation Letter’ from the NSE and BSE regarding its scheme of arrangement with Raymond Realty. This follows Raymond’s board approval on July 4, 2024, for the demerger between the company and Raymond Realty.
LIC/LTIMindtree: Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) has increased its stake in LTIMindtree, raising its shareholding from 1,49,06,665 to 2,08,34,009 shares, which increases its ownership from 5.03% to 7.03% of the paid-up capital.
Disclaimer:Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
News business » markets Stocks To Watch: Adani Ent, Adani Green, Tata Power, Ola Electric, NTPC, And Others
Besides an impressive gain of over 43% in the past week, Cardano (ADA) is poised to continue this upward rally in the coming days, as it has formed a strong bullish price action pattern on its daily time frame. With this bullish price action, heightened participation from traders and investors has been observed.
Whale Activity: Large Transaction Volume Jumps 42%
According to the on-chain analytics firm IntoTheBlock, the large transaction volume on ADA has jumped by 30%, indicating strong participation from whales and institutions following bullish price action and suggesting a strong buying opportunity.
Source: IntoTheBlock
In addition to the increased transaction volume, daily active addresses have soared by 42%, signaling heightened activity and participation from traders and investors, as the price is poised for an impressive rally.
ADA’s Rising Open Interest
Besides whale activity, traders are aggressively participating in altcoins. According to recent data from the on-chain analytics firm Coinglass, ADA’s open interest (OI) has soared by 5.76% in the past 24 hours and 3.15% in the past hour. This growing OI suggests strong trader participation over the past four hours, contributing to the upside rally.
Source: Coinglass
Both pieces of data from the on-chain analytics firm hint at a perfect buying opportunity and a potential rally.
Cardano (ADA) Technical Analysis and Upcoming Level
According to expert technical analysis, ADA has broken out from a strong resistance level of $0.77 and has recently closed a bullish hammer candle above that level. Based on the recent price momentum, if the ADA price breaks the previous high of the daily candles, there is a strong possibility it could soar by 20% to reach the $1 level in the coming days.
Source: Trading View
However, before the altcoin witnessed a breakout, it went through a five-day consolidation, which traders and investors viewed as a bullish sign for upside momentum. Historically, whenever an altcoin breaks out from a consolidation zone, it rallies significantly. This time, traders and investors expect similar upside momentum in the coming days.
Current Price Momentum
At press time, ADA is trading near $0.83 and has experienced a price surge of over 3.84% in the past 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume dropped by 30%, indicating lower participation from traders compared to the previous day.
Tamil Nadu government will soon set up a Centre of Excellence for Artificial Intelligence (AI) with an AI lab infrastructure as part of it, a state official from the state’s Information Technology (IT) department said.
The AI lab and other infrastructure part of this CoE will be offered to startups, academics, and other parties for a subsidised fee to grow research and development around AI, Kumar Jayanth, Additional Chief Secretary, Department of IT and Digital Services, Government of Tamil Nadu said. He was speaking at The Hindu’s AI Summit in Chennai on Thursday.
He explained that Tamil Nadu already uses AI in its governance and for delivery of services to citizens in the areas of healthcare, agriculture, and even for facial recognition-based attendance monitoring of staff. “Despite AI’s benefits, we must keep in mind some concerns in its use such as bias in training datasets and algorithms and also a basic cognitive bias among the people who create AI systems,” he said.
Also read: The Hindu AI Summit to discuss and debate on the transformative nature and limitless possibilities of Artificial Intelligence
The AI summit is themed ‘From Hype to Hope to Reality: Turning Dreams into Destinies’ and it focuses on real-world adoption of AI across government and private sector. It involves a series of panel discussions and fireside chats featuring AI experts, CXOs, industrialists, bureaucrats, and others.
Talking about how the state is leveraging AI as part of a panel, Supriya Sahu, IAS, Additional Chief Secretary, Department of Health & Family Welfare, highlighted how the state’s health department has been using the technology to screen for Tuberculosis among citizens. “We were happy to note that the rate of detection of TB with AI was twice as precise as traditional methods,” she said.
Amid widespread anxiety around AI taking away jobs of humans, Professor B Ravindran, Head – Data Science & Artificial Intelligence, IIT Madras, said that in reality Generative AI is a decades old concept and not a new phenomenon. “People will not lose their jobs to AI, but they may lose it to those people using AI well,” he added.
Just in time for planning your New Year’s resolutions, the Garmin Venu 2 GPS Smartwatch is now 42% off for Black Friday, bringing it to its lowest price ever at $150. If you aim to pay better attention to your health in 2025, this smartwatch can help you by measuring your sleep score, energy levels, stress, heart rate, respiration, hydration and even women’s health. It would also make a generous holiday gift for the health enthusiast in your life.
On its vivid AMOLED display, you can clearly see and track everything you need to know about your health. To boost your fitness, the smartwatch has 25 built-in indoor and GPS sports apps to track everything from walking and running to swimming, cycling and HIIT workouts. Free preloaded workouts also include yoga, cardio, Pilates and more, while you can create your own with the free Garmin Connect smartphone app. Runners can use Garmin Coach for free to create personalized adaptive training plans.
All of this comes with 4GB memory storage, 11 days of battery life (so you can forego charging to track your sleep) and bonus features such as smart notifications when paired with an Apple or Android smartphone. You can also use the smartwatch to make contactless payments with Garmin Pay.
The Garmin Venu 2 even considers your safety. During select activities, it offers incident detection and assistance. If you’re in an area with network coverage and data connectivity, the smartwatch will send your live location in messages to emergency contacts.
Watch this: How to Shop Black Friday and Cyber Monday Deals Like a Pro
Why this deal matters
This is a new all-time low price on the Garmin Venu 2 GPS smartwatch. Like other smartwatches and smart rings, it allows you to track your health 24/7 and provides additional features such as preloaded workouts and built-in apps for different types of activities. Since health tracking devices can get expensive, now is a great time to take advantage of this deal.
The Garmin Forerunner 165 is also down to a record-low price of $200, while the Garmin Fenix 7S Pro Sapphire Solar just hit a new low price at $650. And if you’re looking for other Garmin models at a bargain price, be sure to check out our roundup of the best Garmin deals.
At least three deer hunters in Michigan have died from heart attacks this hunting season, according to local reports.
The three men, who were located in Arenac and Tuscola counties, were ages 57, 65 and 83, the report stated.
Two of the men were said to be hauling away heavy deer when they experienced cardiac arrest.
JUST 5 MINUTES OF EXERCISE COULD REDUCE HIGH BLOOD PRESSURE, STUDY FINDS
Michigan’s firearm deer hunting season began on Nov. 15 and runs through Nov. 30, according to the state’s Department of Natural Resources (DNR).
Deer hunting is known to be a potentially dangerous activity for people with heart conditions, according to Dr. Bradley Serwer, a cardiologist and chief medical officer at VitalSolution, a Cincinnati-based company that offers cardiovascular and anesthesiology services to hospitals nationwide.
At least three deer hunters in Michigan have died from heart attacks this hunting season, according to local reports.(iStock)
“The act of deer hunting typically involves hiking to a tree stand or blind, waiting in the cold for hours and then dealing with a sudden surge of adrenaline when a deer is spotted,” he told Fox News Digital.
“Once a hunter hits the deer, they have to track the deer, often for a long distance over rugged terrain,” he continued.
AFTER SUFFERING HEART ATTACK ON TREADMILL, UTAH MOM ISSUES WARNING: ‘LISTEN TO YOUR BODY’
“When the deer is found, it must be transported back to a vehicle. This typically involves dragging a 100- to 200-pound animal over varied terrain.”
Specific risks for hunters
Prolonged exposure to the cold is a primary risk, Serwer warned, as it can raise blood pressure and cause constriction of the blood vessels in the arms and legs.
“Cold exposure increases the risk of abnormal heart rhythms, particularly ventricular arrhythmias that can cause sudden cardiac arrest,” he said.
Deer hunting is known to be a potentially dangerous activity for people with heart conditions, according to a cardiologist.(iStock)
“The cold exposure also increases the risk of developing deep vein thrombosis, which can then cause pulmonary embolisms.”
The “sudden surge of adrenaline” when the deer is sighted and shot can also increase the risk of ventricular arrhythmias and sudden cardiac death, the doctor added.
Risks when hunting include cold exposure, adrenaline surges and physical exertion, a cardiologist said.
“Strenuous hiking also places a strain on the cardiovascular system,” Serwer said. “If the hunter is not in good shape, this strain may be too much to bear.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Dragging the deer to the vehicle is also a “very strenuous amount of work,” he cautioned, which can lead to overheating and strain.
5 safety tips for deer hunters
Serwer offers the following health tips to reduce cardiac risk when hunting.
1. Maintain good fitness levels
“Stay in shape at baseline so that your body is better equipped to deal with the workload required to track and drag the deer,” he advised.
2. Be prepared for weather conditions
“Stay hydrated, avoid alcohol and tobacco, and dress appropriately,” Serwer recommended. It’s also best to dress in layers to better handle changing temperatures and activity levels.
“The act of deer hunting typically involves hiking to a tree stand or blind, waiting in the cold for hours and then dealing with a sudden surge of adrenaline when a deer is spotted,” a cardiologist told Fox News Digital.(iStock)
3. Stay connected and share your location
Carry a phone to ask for help if needed, and ensure that someone knows where you are and when they should expect you back, the doctor suggested.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
4. Keep up with medications
“Don’t forget to take your medications prior to hunting, especially aspirin if it is prescribed,” Serwer said.
5. Buddy up
If possible, experts recommend hunting with a partner who can help with transporting the deer.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Fox News Digital reached out to the Michigan DNR for comment.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
If you’re someone who loves experimenting with flavours and textures in the kitchen, adding pecans to your favourite Indian snacks is an easy way to elevate their taste. Whether you’re a fan of crunchy munchies or indulgent desserts, pecans bring a delightful twist to the familiar flavours of Indian cuisine. This beginner’s guide will give you creative ideas on how to incorporate these nutritious nuts into your snacks, along with some helpful tips on storing them for a longer shelf life. From simple tips to quick recipes, let’s dive into the delicious world of pecans in Indian cuisine!
Why You Should Add Pecans To Your Snacks
Before we get into the recipes, let’s take a moment to talk about why pecans are worth adding to your snacks. Packed with healthy fats, fibre and antioxidants, pecans aren’t just tasty – they’re a great addition to a balanced diet. “Pecans are high in heart-healthy monounsaturated fats, which can help reduce the risk of heart disease,” says nutritionist Rupali Datta. “They are also rich in essential vitamins like Vitamin E and minerals like manganese, both of which help boost immunity and energy levels.” So, while you’re snacking, you’re also giving your body a healthy boost!
Also Read:What Are Pecans And Why Should You Be Eating Them? Here’s Everything You Need To Know
Pecans can give your recipes a nutrition and flavour boost. Photo Credit: iStock
Simple Tips For Cooking With Pecans:
1. Toast Them First:
Toasting pecans before adding them to your snacks brings out their rich, nutty flavour and enhances their crunchiness. A quick 5-7 minutes on a hot, dry pan should be enough to get them golden and fragrant. Did you know pecans roast better than any other nut, try it out!
2. Chop Or Crush:
Depending on the recipe, you can chop or crush the pecans. For dishes like pani puri or dahi puri, coarsely chopped pecans add just the right amount of texture without overpowering the other ingredients. For smoother snacks like kheer or payasam, you can crush them into smaller pieces.
3. Blend Into Batters:
Pecans can be blended into the batter for baked snacks like mathri or cookies, adding a new depth of flavour. Ground pecans can also be added to dosa or idli batter for an extra boost of protein and crunch.
4. Garnish and Topping:
Pecans make a great garnish for both sweet and savoury Indian dishes. Sprinkle them over dishes like gajar ka halwa, rice pudding, or samosas to add a pleasant crunch and flavour contrast.
Garnish your desserts with pecans for enhanced taste. Photo Credit: iStock
5 Recipe Ideas To Elevate Your Favourite Indian Snacks:
1. Pecan Chutney:
Transform your traditional coriander or mint chutney by adding toasted pecans. Blend fresh coriander leaves, green chillies, ginger, and a handful of toasted pecans for a creamy, nutty chutney that pairs perfectly with your samosas, pakoras, or parathas.
2. Pecan and Paneer Tikka:
Add chopped pecans to your paneer marinade to bring a crunchy twist. Simply mix toasted pecans into the yoghurt, spices, and lemon juice for a unique flavour. Grill or bake the paneer as you normally would, and enjoy the added texture!
3. Pecan Coconut Ladoo:
Try making a healthier version of coconut ladoo by adding ground pecans to the coconut and jaggery mix. The pecans add a lovely crunch while the jaggery provides a rich, caramelized sweetness to balance out the flavours.
4. Pecan-Crusted Aloo Tikki:
Add a layer of crushed pecans to the outside of your aloo tikki for a crunchy coating. This adds a nutty flavour that perfectly complements the soft, spiced potato filling. Serve with tamarind chutney or a yoghurt dip for a delicious snack.
5. Pecan and Date Energy Bars:
Looking for a nutritious on-the-go snack? Combine chopped pecans, dates, and a bit of cardamom powder to make your own energy bars. These can easily replace store-bought bars and are packed with healthy fats and fibre.
Pecan energy bars are healthy, crunchy and tasty. Photo Credit: iStock
3 Easy Ways To Store Pecans For Long-Lasting Freshness
Pecans are a great investment for your pantry, but to get the most out of them, proper storage is key.
1. Keep Them in an Airtight Container:
Store pecans in an airtight container to prevent moisture from getting in and spoiling them. This also keeps the flavour fresh for longer periods.
2. Refrigerate Them:
If you buy pecans in bulk or use them infrequently, store them in the refrigerator to extend their shelf life. Refrigeration helps maintain their crunchiness and prevents the oils in the nuts from going rancid.
3. Freeze For Extended Shelf Life:
For even longer storage, freeze pecans in a resealable bag or container. They’ll last for up to 6 months in the freezer and can be easily thawed or used straight from frozen for recipes.
Adding pecans to your Indian snacks is an easy way to mix things up and boost your recipes with a crunchy texture and health benefits. Whether you’re making something savoury or sweet, there’s a pecan twist you can add. These versatile nuts can transform simple dishes into gourmet snacks, giving you endless opportunities to play with flavours. Remember to store your pecans properly to keep them fresh and flavourful, and you’ll be able to enjoy their goodness in all your favourite dishes!
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-11-21/Dong-Jun-urges-China-ASEAN-to-expand-common-maritime-interests-1yIt9yOa2Yw/img/46a08d0e16274caaa1457d599638fb91/46a08d0e16274caaa1457d599638fb91.jpeg' alt='Chinese Defense Minister Dong Jun attends the 11th ASEAN Defense Ministers' Meeting Plus, November 21, 2024. /CFP'
Chinese Defense Minister Dong Jun on Thursday called on China and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) countries to expand common maritime interests with a long-term vision.
Dong made the remarks when attending the 11th ASEAN Defense Ministers’ Meeting Plus.
He urged joint efforts to carry out maritime security cooperation in a flexible and diverse manner and enhance the ability to jointly safeguard maritime security, so as to contribute to regional and world peace and stability.
Noting the Asia-Pacific region remains generally stable, Dong warned against the risk of being drawn into geopolitical conflicts and called for joint efforts to “protect our beautiful homeland.”
China is willing to work with all parties to firmly consolidate ASEAN centrality and support the improvement and upgrading of the existing cooperation framework, Dong said.
Urging unity of regional countries and resolving issues through dialogues, Dong expressed opposition against provoking disputes, resorting to force, forming cliques or bringing in external forces.
Dong said the parties need to deepen defense and security cooperation, promote the implementation of the Global Security Initiative in the region and build a closer security community.
Jazz Pharmaceuticals’ Ziihera (zanidatamab-hrii) provides a chemotherapy-free treatment option for patients with HER2-positive biliary tract cancer, addressing a critical unmet need with promising efficacy and improved quality of life.
The post Catster Photo Contest: Cats of the Week Winners (November 21, 2024) by Catster Editorial Team appeared first on Catster. Copying over entire articles infringes on copyright laws. You may not be aware of it, but all of these articles were assigned, contracted and paid for, so they aren’t considered public domain. However, we appreciate that you like the article and would love it if you continued sharing just the first paragraph of an article, then linking out to the rest of the piece on Catster.com.
Stiles is just shy of 3 years old and is named after a character from one of his mom’s favorite tv shows. He is loving, handsome and oh so mischievous!
Silliest
Name:
Cleo
Breed:
Calico
Fun Fact:
She loves to sleep underneath or in anything! She loves to bug hunt, and has a “freckle” on her paw!
Cutest
Name:
Clarence
Breed:
Domestic short hair
Fun Fact:
Clarence was abandoned in my neighborhood when his owners moved and left him when he was about 6 months old. He is now 7 years old. He is Mr Personality. Loves attention. He is also a blanket hog as you can see.
Most Dignified
Name:
Clarinha
Breed:
European domestic shorthair
Fun Fact:
Clarinha is a true Lady – beautiful, dignified, kind, adores children (and actually babysits my niece and nephew), but still keeps her indepence and sassy personality. I will always be in awe of her.
Most Expressive
Name:
Kai
Breed:
Blue point Siamese
Fun Fact:
Kai just turned 3 on October 1st. He rotates thru his sleeping spots but his “twin” bed is one of his favorites!
Best Action Shot
Name:
Madge
Breed:
DSH
Fun Fact:
Madge is 7 and still plays like a kitten. She delights in teasing her companion (Jambu) and is my original glorious little weirdo
Sleepiest
Name:
Violet
Breed:
Shorthair, unsure specifics since she was adopted but she’s a tuxedo!
Breed:
Violet is the sweetest girl. She loves to cuddle up with me when I get home. She gets so excited to see me! She sleeps next to me almost every night. She knows her name and other variants of it very well and she’s a great listener!
Enter Your Cat
Submit your kitty for a chance to be featured! Click here
This article is a part of our Weekly Photo Contest
View our previous week’s winners here: November 14, 2024
Click here to view our full list of past winners
The post Catster Photo Contest: Cats of the Week Winners (November 21, 2024) by Catster Editorial Team appeared first on Catster. Copying over entire articles infringes on copyright laws. You may not be aware of it, but all of these articles were assigned, contracted and paid for, so they aren’t considered public domain. However, we appreciate that you like the article and would love it if you continued sharing just the first paragraph of an article, then linking out to the rest of the piece on Catster.com.
Bengaluru-based real estate major Brigade Group’s startup accelerator arm- Brigade REAP plans to invest in six to eight startups each year, according to Abhay Garg, Head of Brigade REAP.
“We plan to invest between $100,000 and $200,000 per startup,” he added. Earlier on Thursday, the startup accelerator announced that it has invested $500,000 in gig-based real estate startup Settlin as part of a funding round involving multiple investors.
Commenting on the investment, Garg said, “Brigade REAP aims to invest in startups beyond its accelerator portfolio, broadening its impact on India’s Prop Tech ecosystem.”
Settlin, founded in 2016, is a Prop Tech startup specialising in the end-to-end execution of residential property resale, eliminating the reliance on traditional brokers. Previously, the startup raised $1 million in a pre-Series A round from Powerhouse Ventures, GSF Fund, Murugavel Janakiraman, Dinesh Agrawal, and other investors.
According to the company’s release, Settlin recorded sales of 1,000 homes, with a gross transactional value (GTV) of approximately ₹900 crore.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
KAD JE riječ o slavljeničkom raspoloženju, mnogi će ga iskazati nošenjem perja, a kratke haljinice s perjem su uvijek trendi. Lijepe, upečatljive i s pravom dozom glamura, odlično se uklapaju u svečane prigode. Ne čudi stoga što je jedna takva haljinica pravi hit na TikToku i što se u rekordnom roku rasprodala.
“Odmah idem u Zaru”
Ova kratka haljinica s perjem iz Zare oduševila je mlade žene koje su na TikToku pokazale kako je nose i kombiniraju s modnim detaljima iz svojih ormara.
“Mogu li nositi visoke čizme uz ovu haljinu?”, “Super je ovo izdanje, prekrasno izgledaš”, “Ova haljina je lijepa i slatka”, “Jako elegantna”, “Izgleda predivno na tebi”, “Želim je”, “Odmah idem u Zaru”, neki su od komentara na objave.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ova kratka haljina bez rukava izrađena je od rastezljive tkanine i ima lađa izrez. Na donjem rubu haljine nalazi se umjetno perje, a u stražnjem šavu skriven je patentni zatvarač.
U ovom trenutku nije poznato kad će haljina ponovno biti dostupna, no dobra vijest je da smo pronašli sličnu.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The past few weeks have been a whirlwind for Zachary Ruderman.
He’s the 10-year-old Dodgers fan who ended up with one of the most significant baseballs in team history — the one his favorite player, first baseman Freddie Freeman, hit for a walk-off grand slam during the 10th inning in Game 1 of the 2024 World Series against the New York Yankees.
Since then, Zachary has seemingly become one of the most famous people living in Venice.
“It’s a lot more attention than my son has ever had,” his father, Nico Ruderman, said. “He’s spoken to so many media outlets, so many interviews. People recognize him. I mean, literally everywhere we go people stop him and want to take pictures with him. He’s really actually been loving it. It’s been a fun experience for him.”
That experience is entering a new phase. On Wednesday, SCP Auctions announced the ball will be up for bid from Dec. 4-14. Coming just weeks after the Dodgers won their eighth World Series championship — with Freeman hitting four home runs and winning MVP honors, all on a badly sprained ankle — SCP founder and president David Kohler said his company thinks “the sky’s the limit” for what the auction could bring.
“We think this is gonna bring seven figures,” Kohler said. “We think it’s one of the most historic baseballs ever, with the moment of this World Series, the first walk-off grand slam, the whole story of Freddie Freeman, the Dodgers, Game 1, extra innings. Just everything about it. I mean, it’s one of the most historic moments in sports and we feel that people are going to appreciate that.”
Last month, Dodgers superstar Shohei Ohtani’s 50th home run ball was sold by Goldin Auctions for a record $4.4 million. Could the Freeman ball be worth even more than that?
Zachary Ruderman holds up Freddie Freeman’s grand slam ball with his parents, Nico and Anne, at his side.
(Courtesy of Nico Ruderman)
“It could be. You never know,” Kohler said. “We’re gonna find out. Certainly the Ohtani ball was very, very significant and Ohtani is beloved, but this is more of the history of the game of baseball and just the moment — seeing that happen was just incredible.”
Zachary, along with his father and mother Anne, were part of that moment. After Freeman blasted his game-winning shot into the right-field pavilion, the ball rolled next to Zachary’s feet. The fifth-grader batted it over to his father, who pounced on it, stood up and handed it back to his son.
“They’re just amazing memories,” Zachary said Thursday, looking back on that night. “Like after we got it, no one was mad. No one was trying to take it from us. Everyone was just super happy.”
His father added: “We just feel so lucky and honored to be a small part of such a huge moment in Dodger history.”
The experience was so special that at first the family had no intention of parting with the ball.
“That night when we caught it we were like, ‘We’re gonna keep this forever,’” Ruderman said. “The problem is, if we keep it, we’re not gonna keep it in our house. I don’t want to pay for the insurance for it, so it would just be locked up in some safety deposit box. Nobody would ever see it.
Zachary Ruderman holds his Freddie Freeman grand slam ball while posing with L.A. City Councilmember Traci Park at City Hall.
(Nico Ruderman)
“Maybe [the auction] brings life-changing money and pays for education for our son, and also allows somebody with the resources to actually display it and show it to the world. We’re really hoping that whoever buys it agrees to display it at Dodger Stadium for some time so everybody can see it. That’s really our wish.”
Even with all the incredible experiences he’s had because of the ball — including his favorite, speaking in front of Los Angeles City Council at City Hall and receiving a certificate of congratulations from Councilmember Traci Park earlier this month — Zachary said he’s “really excited” about the auction.
“It’s probably going to be a pretty fun experience,” Zachary said.
“We’ve had our fun with the ball,” his father added. “At this point he cares more about the memories, the pictures. He loves reading all the articles and watching all the news stories about it. That’s what’s fun for him, not the item itself.”
Vivo Y300 price in India: Vivo has extended its Y-series lineup with the launch of the Vivo Y300 in India. The newly launched smartphone is empowered by a Sony IMX882 main camera and is paired with the AI Aura Light and 2x portrait feature.
Vivo Y300 price in India: Variants
The Y300 will be available in three colour options – Titanium Silver, Emerald Green, and Phantom Purple and two storage variants of 8GB+128GB and 8GB+256GB. They are priced at Rs 21,999 and Rs 23,999 respectively.
Consumers can purchase the smartphone starting November 26, 2024, across vivo India e-store, Flipkart, Amazon, and all partner retail stores. Pre-booking for the Y300 starts starts today and runs until November 25, 2024.
Vivo Y300 price in India: Features and Specs
The smartphone also comes with AI camera features including AI Erase and AI Photo Enhance.
The Vivo Y300 comes with a high-gloss metal-like frame and boasts a 6.67-inch AMOLED punch-hole display with a 120 Hz refresh rate. Additionally, the display, certified by SGS Low Blue Light Eye Care, protects users’ eyes. The smartphone has a 0.779 cm slim profile and weighs 188 grams.
Vivo Y300 houses a dual camera set-up featuring a 50MP Sony IMX882 main camera and a 2MP bokeh camera. It comes with features including a 2x portrait mode along with AI Aura Light. For selfies, the Y300 houses a 32MP front portrait camera. The smartphone also comes with Dual-View Video which allows simultaneous recording with front and rear cameras.
The Vivo Y300 has a 5000 mAh battery with a 80W FlashCharge. The smartphone is powered by Snapdragon 4 Gen 2, featuring a 4nm processor chipset with an 8 core CPU architecture. It has an IP64 dust and water resistance rating. The device runs on Funtouch OS 14 built on Android 14, delivering a responsive user experience.
Deep in South Korea’s hinterlands lies a perfect replica of 1900s Seoul: welcome to Sunshine Land, the latest K-drama theme park to cash in on booming K-culture tourism. Fans of K-pop mega group BTS have long flocked to the South to see sites associated with the boy band, from the dorms where they slept as trainees to recent music video shoot locations.
The rise of K-drama tourism in South Korea is evident with attractions like Sunshine Land. (AFP photo)
But as the popularity of South Korean drama has soared overseas — it is the most-viewed non-English content on Netflix, the platform’s data shows — more and more tourists are planning trips around their favourite shows. The idea that foreign tourists would pay good money and drive hundreds of miles out of the capital Seoul to see a K-drama set seemed “crazy” to tour guide Sophy Yoon — until she saw one of her guests break down in tears at Sunshine Land.
“At that moment, it hit me: For me, it was just a studio, but for them, it was something much more,” she said. Preserved from the set of popular 2018 historical series “Mr Sunshine”, the location in Nonsan, 170 kilometres (106 miles) from Seoul, is replete with painstaking replicas of everything from a turn-of-the-century tram to South Korea’s most famous Buddhist bell.
“It’s like when we go to the Spanish steps in Rome where Audrey Hepburn had ice cream,” Yoon said, referring to the 1953 classic movie “Roman Holiday”. For South Korea’s growing number of K-drama tourists, “every door, every wall has a meaning from a drama that impacted their lives”. “I get a lot more requests for specific ‘K-drama tours’ now,” she said.
‘Felt right’
The rise of South Korea as a global cultural powerhouse “has contributed to the appeal of Korean tourism,” said Kwak Jae-yeon, the Hallyu content team director at the Korea Tourism Organization (KTO). South Korea welcomed 1.4 million tourists in September, up 33 percent year-on-year and the highest since the pandemic, with more than a third saying they had decided to come “after being exposed to Korean Wave content”, according to a 2023 KTO poll.
In Seoul’s central Jongno district, tourists like Sookariyapa Kakij are typical. Wearing a hanbok, traditional Korean dress, the 40-year-old had travelled from Thailand specifically to see where her favourite dramas were filmed. “I want to find locations where ‘Itaewon Class’ was shot,” she told AFP, referring to the popular 2020 drama, filmed largely on location in its namesake district of Seoul.
Jennifer Zelinski told AFP she had never left the United States before, but after she discovered K-drama — through the 2019 series “Crash Landing on You” — while stuck at home during the pandemic, she decided to visit South Korea. “I binged the whole show in a week. I barely slept and went through two whole boxes of tissues,” she said.
This “snowballed” into her watching more and more K-drama, Korean variety shows and listening to K-pop, she said, until finally she “felt like I really wanted to see it in person”. “My family and friends were shocked when I said I was travelling to Korea and on my own,” said Zelinski, but for her “it just felt right.”
Beyond Seoul
The travel industry is racing to catch up: one South Korean tour company on the travel platform Klook said interest in its BTS day tour has “skyrocketed” recently, and they were “completely booked until next February.” “We are planning to add additional tours for other K-pop idol groups, including Seventeen and NCT 127,” they said.
But most of this new type of tourism is concentrated in Seoul, Jeong Ji-youn, a Kyungpook National University professor, told AFP. Tourism in rural areas has tended to focus on more traditional Korean experiences, which is not interesting to younger travellers eager to explore the land of K-pop and K-drama.
“There is a need to develop more tourism resources related to contemporary culture that allow people to experience hallyu outside of Seoul,” she said. The port city of Pohang is better known for shipbuilding and steel plants than tourism, but Emma Brown, 30, from Scotland, travelled more than 8,800 kilometres (5,468 miles) to see it because of “When the Camellia Blooms”.
The 2019 romance series “changed my life”, she told AFP, adding that she felt she “had to feel the drama in person.” “I just couldn’t miss the opportunity to visit Pohang when I was already in South Korea,” she added.
Following the record-breaking sale of a long-lost John Lennon guitar in May, a George Harrison axe has followed suit.
The Quiet Beatle’s 1958 Resonet Futurama solid body electric guitar was up for sale at Nashville’s Musicians Hall of Fame and Museum as part of Julien’s Auctions Played, Worn & Torn II two-day event.
Among items previously owned and used by Freddie Mercury, Elvis Presley and Michael Jackson was the instrument that Harrison most frequently used in the early Beatles era of 1959-1961.
The late star, who died in 2001, played it in over 324 performances, including at the Fab Four’s first official recording for Polydor.
He purchased the guitar in Liverpool as it was the closest British musicians could get to a US made Fender Stratocaster, as used by Buddy Holly.
However, a UK government embargo on foreign imports that had been in place since 1951 meant Harrison had to go for something else.
He later reflected: “The only thing I could find resembling a Strat was a Futurama…It was very difficult to play, had an action about half an inch off the fingerboard, but nevertheless it did look kind of futuristic… Paul came with me when I bought the Futurama. It was on the wall with all the other guitars and Paul plugged it into the amp but couldn’t get any sound out of it, so he turned the amp right up. The guitar had three rocker switches and I just hit one and there was an almighty ‘boom’ through the amplifier and all the other guitars fell off the wall. My mother signed the hire-purchase agreement for me. That is one pound down and the rest when they catch you.”
Harrison told Guitar Player magazine in November 1987 that the Futurama was “a dog” to play, but admitted, “it had a great sound though, and a real good way of switching in the three pickups and all the combinations.”
Having been estimated at $600,000-$800,000, the instrument sold at auction this week for twice as much at $1.27 million, making it the most expensive George Harrison guitar ever sold at auction.
Toyota Australia has finally launched its first all-new LandCruiser Prado in 15 years and, as the replacement for Australia’s most popular large SUV until earlier this year when stocks ran out, it has a lot to live up to.
The fifth-generation Prado 250 Series is a radical departure from its four predecessors not only in terms of design, but chassis architecture. For the first time, it shares the same ladder frame as its larger LandCruiser sibling, in this case the TNGA-F platform that also underpins the LandCruiser 300 Series, Tundra, Sequoia, and Tacoma, as well as the Lexus GX and LX.
While a four-cylinder petrol-electric hybrid powertrain is under consideration, from launch in Australia the 250 Series will be available exclusively with a slightly more efficient version of the same 2.8-litre turbo-diesel engine that has powered the outgoing 150 Series since 2015, but now fitted with 48V mild-hybrid assistance.
This electrified four-cylinder turbo-diesel already powers some HiLux variants, but in the new Prado it’s mated to a new eight-speed automatic transmission (up from six-speed in the old model). Drive continues to be sent through a full-time four-wheel drive system with two-speed transfer case offering high- and low-range ratios.
In addition to the mild-hybrid system – which is designed to reduce CO2 emissions by assisting acceleration, but doesn’t increase the engine’s claimed power or torque outputs – the Prado 250 Series is the first Toyota in Australia to require AdBlue diesel exhaust fluid.
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado Altitude
Over 17,000 orders have already been taken for the new Prado and Toyota has close to 27,000 examples arriving in Australia over the first 12 months of deliveries. That guarantees maximum delivery wait times of months not years, and should ensure the new Prado will set a fresh sales record in 2025, when it should also reclaim its title of top-selling large SUV from the Ford Everest.
Whatever the case, does the new Prado 250 Series improve on the tried-and-tested formula made so popular by four ‘Son of LandCruiser’ generations dating back to 1990? We headed to the national media launch in the Northern Territory to find out.
How does the Toyota LandCruiser Prado compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Toyota LandCruiser Prado against similarly sized vehicles.
Toyota
LandCruiser Prado
How much does the Toyota LandCruiser Prado cost?
There are a total of five variants in the 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado 250 Series range, and apart from the addition of the new offroad-focussed Altitude variant, pricing is up by between $9670 and $12,522.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado GX
$72,500
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado GXL
$79,990
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado VX
$87,400
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado Altitude
$92,700
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado Kakadu
$99,990
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
What is the Toyota LandCruiser Prado like on the inside?
The Prado 250 Series has a blocky new design that stands out. It’s funny how stylistic trends are cyclical because the almost retro styling is rather FJ Cruiser and 40 Series LandCruiser-like.
Kakadu
Despite being such a large, high-riding wagon, it’s pretty easy to get into thanks to the side steps and chunky grab handles. Once you’re in there’s great front and side visibility. It’s much better than the previous-gen Prado 150 Series in this regard.
Depending on the trim level the seats are upholstered in different materials. Virtually all the variants receive either faux or genuine leather seat trim, but I’m a big fan of the base GX’s fabric upholstery.
Regardless of the upholstery, the driver’s seat in all Prados feels purpose-made for long road trips. It offers great support and bolstering, and from GXL up has electric adjustment.
Another surprising feature the front seats have from GXL level up is both heating and ventilation. The latter is rare so far down in a model lineup, but was very appreciated in the sweltering heat and humidity of Kakadu.
Ahead of the driver, the steering wheel is great to hold and functional. There are plenty of physical buttons and they’re clearly labelled so you won’t be confused or wonder what they all do. That said, it took me a second to find the button that sets the cruise control.
The base GX has a plastic steering wheel which doesn’t feel very nice. This is rather common in the Prado’s entry-level competitors, though it commands a higher asking price. The rest of the range, however, has a leather-wrapped wheel which feels considerably better and more premium.
Behind the steering wheel there’s a digital instrument cluster as standard across the range, though depending on the variant its size varies. In the GX and GXL it measures 7.0-inches and looks rather similar to what the core Ford Everest and Ranger variants get.
The rest of the Prado lineup gets a full-width 12.3-inch digital instrument cluster that looks nicer and is rather high-tech.
However, both the digital driver displays offer lots of different configurations, views and layouts, and appear to be high-resolution. When you change drive modes there are cool graphics that pop onto the screen.
Moving across, there’s a large 12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system as standard across the range. This is fantastic as it looks great and appears to pack enough processing power, making swiping through menus and opening new apps a breeze.
VX
This infotainment system, like in many other newer Toyotas, is easy to use thanks to the simple structure. It’s hard to get lost in this system, and if you do it isn’t hard to find your way back to the home screen.
A frustration, however, is that like a number of Japanese cars many of the settings are locked when you start driving. This is to prevent you from looking at the screen for prolonged periods of time and Toyota wants you to keep your eyes on the road as much as possible.
As standard, the entire Prado range comes with both wired and wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto. Both look great on the touchscreen and during our testing we didn’t experience any major issues.
Thankfully, there’s a satellite navigation system built into the infotainment system, so if you’ve got no phone service you can still figure out how to get home. There’s also live traffic data and routing thanks to the embedded SIM card.
Prado GX and GXL variants come with a 10-speaker sound system as standard, and it actually punches above its weight even if the sound is a little front-biased. The rest of the range gets a 14-speaker JBL sound system that’s not overtly better – it’s just capable of being louder.
2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado Altitude
Looking around the cabin, it’s surprising how many soft-touch surfaces there are, even in the base GX. A lot of the dashboard is finished in squidgy soft-touch material that feels rather premium. Stepping up to the GXL and above, you also get deliciously soft knee rests on the centre console and door panel.
Up front, there’s a generous amount of storage space. including two sizeable cupholders, large door pockets, an adequate glove box, and a centre console box that in some variants doubles as a cool box, plus plenty of USB-C ports.
There’s also a wireless phone charger at the base of the centre stack, but it’s not flat and doesn’t have anything to secure your phone from going flying when accelerating or off-roading.
Moving to the second row, it’s easy to hop in thanks once again to the side steps and grab handles. Kids shouldn’t struggle too much, though it is a fair hike from the ground up into the cabin.
At a leggy 182cm, I had plenty of space behind my driving position. It’s worth noting the second-row seats don’t slide back and forth, but they do recline a fair way back to allow for more comfort.
Altitude
In terms of second-row amenities, there are USB-C ports, map pockets, and a fold-down armrest with cupholders. All variants receive air vents in the second row, though GXL and pricier grades get a dedicated rear climate control system with roof-mounted air vents.
There are also the requisite ISOFIX child-seat anchorage points on the outboard second-row seats, plus top-tether points for all three second-row seats.
Most Prado variants, besides the GX and Altitude, come with third-row seats, taking total seating capacity to seven. The second-row seats fold and tumble to allow for third-row access, but it’s still a fair bit of effort to get back there.
It’s safe to say the Prado’s third row is not intended for adults and is much better suited to children. Although the backrest does recline, I struggled for headroom, my knees were firmly digging into the second-row seats, and it felt like my legs were very high.
Third-row amenities include USB-C ports, cupholders, and roof-mounted air vents. It’s rather plasticky back there, but thanks to the stadium-style seating layout you can see a fair bit of scenery outside, which helps to alleviate carsickness.
GXL
Around the back, the 250 Series is the first Prado to have a top-hinging tailgate instead of a side-hinged unit. This is much more carpark-friendly, though it means it’s not capable of carrying a spare wheel. All models besides the GX have a power tailgate, which beeps rather incessantly.
Like flat-tailgate versions of the outgoing 150 Series, the 250 Series comes with a rear window hatch that can open separately from the tailgate. This is great if you’re in a tight carpark and need to grab something from the boot, provided you’re tall enough to reach in.
But opening the tailgate reveals the new Prado’s weak spot, because the 48V battery for the mild-hybrid system is situated directly under the boot floor.
While this is generally fine in five-seat models as it only raises the boot floor a little and there’s still plenty of space, in seven-seat variants the third row is mounted on top of the boot floor. And unlike in the Prado 150 Series, the third-row seats don’t fold flat with the boot floor, so they stick up a considerable amount.
The seats also can’t be temporarily removed. In all fairness, this couldn’t be done in the Prado 150 Series, but at least they folded flush with the boot floor.
Altitude
To counter the uneven, split-level boot floor, Toyota has fitted a removable plastic storage box that’s level with the height of third row when stowed. It’s a similar solution to what Suzuki has employed with its three-door Jimny.
But it does look rather silly and cheap. It’s disappointing Toyota hasn’t packaged the third-row better so the boot isn’t so compromised, especially because so many of the variants come standard with seven seats.
Lastly, we appreciate the fact the Prado still comes with a full-size spare wheel, given it’s a vehicle that for many people will be a highway and off-road tourer away from towns and cities, even if the spare wheel is now under the vehicle as standard.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
What’s under the bonnet?
The 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado 250 Series is only being offered from launch with a slightly more efficient version of the 2.8-litre four-cylinder turbo-diesel fitted to the previous Prado 150 Series.
It features 48V mild-hybrid assistance, like the HiLux V-Active Technology, as well as AdBlue diesel exhaust after-treatment to reduce CO2 emissions. Despite this, the engine is still only Euro 5 emissions-compliant, though Toyota has confirmed it’s capable of being reworked to reach Euro 6 standards.
Specifications
Toyota LandCruiser Prado 250 Series
Engine
2.8L 4cyl turbo-diesel 48V MHEV
Motor generator
8.4kW 65Nm
Total system outputs
150kW @ 3000-3400rpm 500Nm @ 1600-2800rpm
Battery
4.3Ahr li-ion
Transmission
8-speed auto
Drive type
Full-time 4WD
Fuel economy (claimed)
7.6L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
9.4L/100km (on-road) 12.2L/100km (off-road)
CO2 emissions (claimed)
200g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 5
Fuel tank
80L main tank 30L sub tank 17.4L AdBlue
Weight (kerb)
2495kg-2595kg
Payload
580kg-615kg
Braked towing capacity
3500kg
Gross vehicle mass (GVM)
3100kg-3200kg
Gross combination mass (GCM)
6600kg
A 2.4-litre ‘i-Force Max’ petrol-electric hybrid powertrain is available in other markets, but it hasn’t been confirmed for Australia yet.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
How does the Toyota LandCruiser Prado drive?
Starting up the Prado 250 Series, you get that classic four-cylinder turbo-diesel grumble, but it’s actually quite hard to hear in the cabin thanks to the impeccable sound insulation.
Altitude
Setting off, the venerable but electrified 2.8-litre turbo-diesel engine offers a good amount of power, and the small belt-driven motor generator that’s part of the 48V mild-hybrid system does noticeably improve acceleration off the mark. It also helps to smooth out any turbo lag.
You’ll be keeping up with traffic from the lights with no troubles at all, though if you load up the car with lots of people or tow a heavy trailer, progression will obviously be a bit slower. Although we didn’t get a chance to tow during our media drive program, the Prado is now rated to tow up to 3500kg (up from 3000kg in the 150 Series).
However, when you push the turbo-diesel engine, it doesn’t feel like it has much more to give in everyday driving scenarios. It doesn’t blow you away like the Ford Everest turbo-diesel V6 or the Lexus GX turbo-petrol V6, though the Prado’s noticeable turbo whistle when it comes onto boost always made me smile.
A highlight of the Prado 250 Series is its new eight-speed automatic transmission. It’s up two ratios compared to the Prado 150 Series and this is very apparent.
All the gear changes are silky smooth and keep the engine firmly within its torque band. This means the car isn’t revving out quite as much in everyday driving, making it more peaceful in the cabin.
VX
In addition to assisting with acceleration, the belt-driven motor generator also powers the engine idle stop/start system, which helps reduce tailpipe emissions when stationary.
Like the HiLux V-Active, it’s almost imperceptible when the engine switches back on because it uses the motor generator instead of a traditional starter motor. It’s much more seamless than other non-mild-hybrid vehicles that have a less sophisticated idle-stop system.
Strangely, however, unlike the HiLux V-Active’s stop/start system, the Prado’s was very active (geddit?) and keen to switch the engine off pretty frequently when stationary, even with the air-con absolutely cranking.
When driving on-road, the Prado’s full-time four-wheel drive system makes it feel stable and secure. But it would be nice to have a rear-wheel drive mode, as in the Everest, to further reduce fuel use.
Another highlight of the Prado 250 Series is it now has an electric power-assisted steering system, instead of the hydraulic power steering system in the Prado 150 Series. The difference it provides in low-speed driving drastically improves how manoeuvrable the car is.
You no longer need biceps of steel to do three-point turns or navigate tight carparks. Instead, the steering feel is light and completely manageable without ever breaking a sweat. This benefit is also felt during tight and twisty off-road tracks, where there’s also less kickback through the wheel.
As standard, all Prado variants get front and rear parking sensors, plus a surround-view camera with pretty decent resolution. This is key because many buyers will likely use their cars as family chariots.
Like all Prados to date, the 250 Series has a suspension setup that’s fantastic at rounding off and softening harsh impacts so they don’t transmit into the cabin. It’s a perfect setup for long-distance highway cruising.
There’s a double wishbone with stabiliser bar up front, along with a four-link rigid axle with stabiliser bar at the rear. With the smaller 18-inch wheels on the GX, GXL and Altitude, it’s one of the most comfortable rides in a mainstream car.
VX and Kakadu variants pick up adaptive dampers that unlock more driving modes. In the normal drive mode it’s not quite as settled due to the larger 20-inch alloy wheels, and in the comfort drive mode it gets a little too floaty over harsher bumps.
It’s worth noting that no Prado gets air-sprung rear suspension like the outgoing 150 Series, which on some uneven surfaces could feel a little ungainly. But the all-coil 250 Series offers good road holding on all types of bitumen roads.
That said, like all off-roaders, the new Prado has its dynamic limits on-road. It gets a lean up in the bends, though it’ll happily lean on the outward rear wheel to maximum power to the ground. It doesn’t feel like it’s going to fall over quite as much as the 150 Series, or even the 300 Series, and the electric steering dials up the resistance at the tiller.
Out on the open road, the four-pot turbo-diesel does have to work harder, though it still has enough in the tank to conduct overtakes with confident. It’ll happily sit at the legal limit of 130km/h in the Northern Territory at around 2000rpm in top gear.
It’s surprising just how quiet the Prado is, even at those kinds of speeds, given the fact it’s essentially a block on wheels. This is even more impressive when you take into account the Altitude variant comes with all-terrain tyres.
But you’ve waited long enough, and now it’s time to talk about how it goes off-road. Thanks to all the clearly labelled physical switchgear in the cabin, the Prado is really user-friendly to drive way from the black stuff.
It can tackle plenty of obstacles without even having to engage 4L, is because the eight-speed automatic and full-time four-wheel drive system are both very capable straight our of the box.
If you do need to activate 4L when the going gets properly tough, all you need to do is put the car into neutral and flick a switch on the centre console. It’s so simple and doesn’t take much thought at all.
All Prado variants get a centre diff lock as standard, but the offroad-centric Altitude adds an electronic rear diff lock, and the Kakadu scores a torque-sensing Torsen limited-slip rear diff.
From VX level and up, there’s a range of multi-terrain select drive modes that change the traction control characteristics. There’s also a multi-terrain monitor that uses the surround-view camera feeds to give you a clear picture of what’s happening around the car while off-roading.
A key improvement with Toyota basing the Prado on the modular TNGA-F platform is that it improves articulation. The front stabiliser disconnect function in the Altitude takes this to the next level, and it’s a shame other variants don’t get this handy off-road hardware.
Other off-road goodies that make 250 Series effortless to drive off-road include downhill assist control and crawl control. The latter is essentially an off-road cruise control system that takes control of braking and accelerating for you at low speeds. It’s hardly a new system for Toyota, but it’s a game changer for novice off-roaders.
On the safety front, the Prado is fully loaded. The adaptive cruise control is great at keeping an appropriate distance between you and a car ahead. It also won’t slam on the brakes if a car travelling slightly faster than you cuts in front.
Another benefit is the Prado is capable of travelling with regular cruise control if you absolutely despise adaptive cruise control.
There’s lane-keep assist that doesn’t intervene unless absolutely required, and the lane centring that works as part of the adaptive cruise control system is fantastic, even on narrow and/or winding roads.
Lastly, the Prado has a driver attention monitoring system, but throughout our testing the system didn’t throw up any warnings at all, making it much better than others that are overly active.
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
What do you get?
The are a total of five variants in the 2025 Toyota Prado lineup.
GX highlights:
Five seats
18-inch dark grey alloy wheels
Front grille with ‘TOYOTA’ lettering
LED headlights
LED daytime running lights
Folding body-coloured mirrors
Darkened front and rear bumpers, side sills, wheel arches
Manual tailgate
Fabric upholstery
Rubber floor mats
Six-way manual driver’s seat adjustment
7.0-inch multi-function instrument display
12.3-inch touchscreen infotainment system
10-speaker sound system
Wired and wireless Apple CarPlay, Android Auto
Four USB-C ports
Embedded satellite navigation
DAB+ digital radio
Toyota connected services
Dual-zone climate control
Downhill assist control
Crawl control with five speed settings
GXL adds:
Seven-seat capacity
Roof rails
Rear privacy glass
Silver front and rear bumper trim
Power tailgate
Synthetic leather upholstery
Heated and ventilated front seats
Eight-way power-adjustable driver’s seat
Leather-accented steering wheel and gear knob
Auto-dimming rearview mirror
Wireless charging pad
Rear climate control
Two extra USB-C charging ports
VX adds:
20-inch dark metallic alloy wheels
Lux grade front grille
Bi-LED headlights with dynamic auto-levelling
Adaptive high-beam assist
Body-coloured front and rear bumpers
Over-fender (wheel arch) moulding
Rear guard trim
Leather-accented seats
Power lumbar and memory function for driver’s seat
Four-way power-adjustable passenger’s seat
Power-adjustable steering wheel
Carpet floor mats
Refrigerated centre console
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
14-speaker JBL sound system
Adaptive Variable Suspension
Five drive modes
Multi-terrain select
Multi-terrain monitor
Altitude adds:
Front grille with ‘TOYOTA’ lettering
Five seats
18-inch matte grey alloy wheels with all-terrain tyres
Locking rear differential
‘Stabiliser disconnect mechanism’ (in place of Adaptive Variable Suspension)
Black door handles and tailgate trim
Black wheel arch moulding
Sunroof
Two-tone colours available
Digital rear-view mirror
Heated steering wheel
Head-up display
Kakadu adds (over VX):
Panoramic sunroof
Illuminated side steps
Heated and ventilated rear seats
Heated steering wheel
Adjustable driver’s seat thigh support
Torsen limited-slip rear differential
Is the Toyota LandCruiser Prado safe?
The 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado is yet to receive an ANCAP safety rating.
Standard safety equipment includes:
Nine airbags
Front and rear autonomous emergency braking (AEB)
Adaptive cruise control
Lane trace assist (lane centring)
Blind-spot monitoring
Front and rear parking sensors
Trailer sway control
Trailer pre-wiring harness
360-degree camera
In addition, VX and Kakadu grades gain tyre pressure warning.
How much does the Toyota LandCruiser Prado cost to run?
The 2025 Prado is covered by Toyota Australia’s five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty. Coverage for the engine and driveline can be extended to seven years if you service within the Japanese brand’s official dealer network at the required times.
Toyota has stuck with shorter six-month, 10,000km service intervals for the 250 Series, unlike rivals which have 12-month, 15,000km intervals.
Running costs
Toyota LandCruiser Prado 250 Series
Warranty
5 years, unlimited kilometres – vehicle 7 years, unlimited kilometres – extended engine, driveline
Roadside assistance
$99 per year
Service intervals
6 months, 10,000km
Capped-price servicing
3 years
Total capped-price service cost
$2340
To see how the Toyota LandCruiser Prado stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Toyota LandCruiser Prado
The new Toyota Prado brings back the LandCruiser’s boxy, retro design cues in a package that’s much more modern than its predecessor.
On paper, it doesn’t seem like the 250 Series is a massive improvement on the previous-generation 150 Series. It’s still only available with a four-cylinder turbo-diesel engine (with unchanged outputs), and despite being slightly more efficient it has a shorter driving range thanks to its reduce fuel capacity (down from a maximum of 150 to 110 litres).
In practice, however, the new Prado is much better than the sum of its parts, which are considerably upgraded. The TNGA-F platform makes it feel much more planted on-road, and it offers more suspension articulation off-road.
Other major benefits over the old 150 Series are the electric power-assisted steering that’s much less fatiguing than the hydraulic system it replaces, the two extra gear ratios that make everyday driving more seamless, the improved front and side visibility from the driver’s seat, and the multimedia and safety technologies that are considerably more sophisticated but make it far more user-friendly.
I don’t know if the mild-hybrid system’s potential reduction in real-world fuel consumption is worth the compromises it demands on boot capacity and payload, and it’s disappointing that Toyota has fumbled the packaging of the third-row seats, because the removable container solution looks a bit ridiculous and can’t handle much weight on top.
Despite this, the new Prado easily eclipses its forebear as one of the best and most comfortable vehicles in which to traverse Australian highways and backroads, and makes off-road driving even more effortless.
But there’s also the price to consider. You certainly pay the Toyota tax over other notable rivals, including the very accomplished Everest. A mid-range Prado GXL will cost around the same as a flagship Everest Platinum V6.
Whether it’s worth paying more for the new Prado over an equivalent Everest is a tricky question, however, and one that’s likely to require some intensive back-to-back testing to answer.
Interested in buying a Toyota LandCruiser Prado? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
Kenyan President William Ruto said on Thursday he had ordered the cancellation of a procurement process
Adani Group denied the allegations and said in a statement that it would seek all possible legal recourse”.
Kenyan President William Ruto said on Thursday he had ordered the cancellation of a procurement process expected to hand control of the country’s main airport to India’s Adani Group following the indictment of the company’s founder in the United States.
Ruto said he had also directed the cancellation of a 30-year, $736-million public-private partnership deal the energy ministry had signed with a unit of the Adani Group last month to construct power transmission lines.
“I have directed agencies within the ministry of transport and within the ministry of energy and petroleum to immediately cancel the ongoing procurement,” Ruto said in his state of the nation address, attributing the decision to “new information provided by investigative agencies and partner nations”.
U.S. authorities said on Wednesday that Gautam Adani, one of the world’s richest people, and seven other defendants agreed to pay about $265 million in bribes to Indian government officials.
Adani Group denied the allegations and said in a statement that it would seek “all possible legal recourse”.
Earlier on Thursday, Energy Minister Opiyo Wandayi had said there was no bribery or corruption involved in the award of the transmission lines contract.
(This story has not been edited by News18 staff and is published from a syndicated news agency feed – Reuters)
News business Kenya Cancels Proposed Deals With Adani Group After US Indictments
Marathon Digital has announced the completion of $1 Billion Offering of 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2030. The majority of the net proceeds will be used to fund its future Bitcoin purchases. The offering included an initial principal amount of $850 million, with an additional $150 million exercised under an option granted to initial purchasers. Following strong investor demand, MARA decided to increase the total offering from its original target of $700 million to $1 billion. MARA has committed fully to a “HODL” Bitcoin treasury policy, retaining all mined BTC and making regular purchases. It currently holds approximately 27,562 BTC, valued at around $2.6 billion.
Every year, the Content Marketing Institute asks the community to share their opinions on the best books in marketing (and for marketers). Often, the titles ring familiar. After all, many people have a favorite and don’t sway from it year after year.
That’s why this year’s list surprised me. It includes 17 books new to CMI lists (though most aren’t new releases).
Most books that received recommendations this year delve into marketing topics (writing, social media, storytelling, and content strategy). But several recommendations cover more general topics (like friction, the psychology of persuasion, Excel, and lost customers).
We’ve organized the list by topics, with the books recommended this year appearing first and picks from past years below them.
Thanks to all for helping create the ultimate book list for marketers and content pros. Maybe you’ll find a gift idea for someone on your team.
Description: Using real-world and imagined examples, this practical guide supports you through the content design process one step at a time. This second edition includes updated case studies and a new chapter on journey mapping.
Recommended by Teresa Lee, content manager, Datos: It is the bible of content creation. It’s relevant not just for content writers but for everyone who deals with content (which is pretty much everyone) and practices what it preaches: The book has a unique, clear, and user-friendly design.
Description: The content itself is one part of content marketing, but in many respects, it is not the most important. Before you start thinking about what types of content you need to create, you need to lay the groundwork. Think of this as the edge of the puzzle that holds the whole picture together.
Recommended by Robbie Schneider, director of U.S. communications, Health Tech Without Borders: It’s an easy, actionable read.
Description: This book shows how to succeed by taking a simplified yet strategic approach to standing out and driving revenue impact. It covers time-proven strategies to create video, audio, social media, and longer-form content that audiences will actually want to consume and how to do so in a genuinely inclusive way.
Recommended by Dashnor Dosku, Realtor: It explains the ins and outs of the marketing industry. It is an excellent book to read.
Description: Every organization is plagued by destructive friction. Yet some forms of friction are incredibly useful, and leaders who attempt to improve workplace efficiency often make things even worse. Drawing from seven years of hands-on research, bestselling authors Robert I. Sutton and Huggy Rao teach readers how to become “friction fixers.”
Recommended by Sarah Mitchell, founder, Typeset: The whole book is good, but I wish every marketer would read chapter seven on “jargon monoxide.” The authors call out the four types of jargon muddying our language (in mildly NSFW terms) and offer advice for making writing more constructive. I’m on a mission to make the world a better place for readers everywhere, and this book helps.
Description: This book takes a different approach to learning Excel. It’s about bringing the detective mindset to it, of approaching with curiosity rather than terror. It offers a practical way to tackle Excel learning and to work on your mindset as you go through it.
Recommended by Carrie Eddins, owner, The Blondepreneur Ltd.: It’s funny (Anne’s Irish and has a sharp wit) and uses stories to share how to find a way through the cells. It’s genius.
Description: It is not the high customer satisfaction itself that is the problem. It is what those metrics (that data) might not tell you that’s the issue. Discover how understanding the distinction between customers and users can reshape your business strategies.
Recommended by Carrie Eddins, owner, The Blondepreneur Ltd.: It shares perceptive and much-needed insights to help us all understand our customer journey on a whole other level. It’s so clever.
Description: This book provides these professionals with a practical guide to managing their mental health and building resilience in the face of constant pressures and online negativity.
Recommended by Robbie Schneider, book’s author and director of U.S. communications, Health Tech Without Borders: Even if you don’t work in the social space full time, understanding the societal context we’re working in and taking steps to improve internal processes and communications is essential for marketing teams.
Description: In a world where trust is scarce, and competition is rampant, this book emerges as the essential guide for expert business owners navigating the murky waters of the expertise economy. It offers not just hope but tangible strategies to transform your business from overlooked to overbooked.
Recommended by Carrie Eddins, owner, The Blondepreneur Ltd.: It shares how to remain relevant and become a highly sought-after and trusted expert. And who doesn’t want that with what’s happening now?
Description: The popular speaker and strategist presents a simple program for “taking the stairs” — resisting the temptations of “quick fixes,” eliminating distractions, and transcending personal setbacks to reach your goals.
Recommended by Hannah Szabo, marketing director, Digital Brand Kit: One that surprised me. It’s a New York Times bestseller from 2012. While it doesn’t speak exclusively to marketing, it challenged my rushed, overly anxious approach to marketing.
Description: The seminal expert in the field of influence and persuasion explains the psychology of why people say yes and how to apply these principles ethically in business and everyday situations.
Recommended by Hannah Szabo, marketing director, Digital Brand Kit: There’s a reason this book is a marketing staple. If you haven’t read it yet (or twice), *hint, hint, nudge, nudge.*
Description: This book shows how to apply behavioral science principles in key areas of marketing, including marketing communications, email, direct mail, ad campaigns, social media marketing, and sales funnel conversion strategies. Highly practical and accessible, it includes case studies and examples from AT&T, Apple, Spotify, and The Wall Street Journal, showing how these approaches have been used in practice.
Recommended by Daniel Paulling, director of communications and publications, U.S. Masters Swimming: The book is brilliant.
Description: This book is a succinct distillation of wisdom gained from over two decades of boots-on-the-ground work in public relations and marketing. Using her signature no-nonsense style, Garrett crafts her own experience and stories from experts in the field into down-to-earth takeaways you can apply instantly. By following her smart blueprints, you’ll be able to smoothly navigate frustrations working with reporters, ethical dilemmas, and budgetary constraints, all while rocketing toward success.
Recommended by Ann Gynn, editorial consultant, Content Marketing Institute: B2B brands aren’t always as into PR as their B2C counterparts. And yet, it’s an invaluable tool, particularly for B2B content. This easy-to-read book walks you through the path from the why to the how and what now.
Description: Kivi Leroux Miller reveals what she’s learned from coaching hundreds of nonprofit communications directors and teams. Effective nonprofit communication is about much more than list targeting, relevant messaging, email open rates, and social media scheduling. The most successful communications directors and teams are those who are CALM — collaborative, agile, logical, and methodical.
Recommended by Rhea Landholm, communications manager, Center for Rural Affairs: Whenever I need to check myself, I pick this one up. Nonprofit marketers (and probably for-profit marketers) tend to work long hours and say “yes” because they believe in the mission and want to drive it forward. When I find myself working at 10 p.m. or even telling people I’m too busy for this, too busy for that, I think of what Kivi says in this book: Don’t make yourself a martyr. Be CALM.
Description: Pixar movies have transfixed viewers around the world and stirred a hunger in creative and corporate realms to adopt new and more impactful ways of telling stories. A former Pixar and The Simpsons animator and story artist translates his two-and-a-half decades of storytelling techniques and concepts to the CEOs, advertisers, marketers, and creatives in the business world and beyond.
Recommended by Emma Lieberman, director of content marketing, Impact Networking: The author worked as a creative at Pixar, is deeply familiar with the craft, and does a great job clearly and concisely showing how to use story techniques from filmmaking in business. Plus, it’s filled with fun stories from his career that are, unsurprisingly, beautifully structured and told.
Description: For a quarter century, more than a million readers — scribes and scribblers of all ages and abilities — have been inspired by Anne Lamott’s hilarious, big-hearted, homespun advice. Advice that begins with the simple words of wisdom passed down from Anne’s father — also a writer — in the iconic passage that gives the book its title.
Recommended by Adam P. Newton, copywriter and content manager, NRG Energy: A classic recommendation for writers, this book should be pored over by marketers looking to re-examine how and why they tell stories, especially when it comes to drafting, revisions, clarity, and purpose.
Description: The book guides readers through the Story Cycle System to craft their overarching brand narrative, a process that has grown business by as much as 600%. Recommended by Chris Inman, president, I.D.E.A. Cleveland: What got me was the whole hook of what he discusses and how creating that brand storytelling can guide you through some of your marketing content — particularly video/podcasting, which I help businesses create.
Description: Your brain burns with a powerful idea worth sharing. Could writing a business book spread that idea, create real change, and launch your career on the path to visibility and influence? Definitely. But don’t start by piling up words. Instead, focus on the story. What urgent problem does your reader face? How can they solve it? And what journey must your readers take as you guide them from confusion to understanding, action, and success?
Recommended by Michelle Garrett, founder, Garrett Public Relations: If you’re writing a business book, this is a good read.
Description: The StoryBrand process is a proven solution to the struggle business leaders face when talking about their companies. If you don’t have a clear, distinct message, customers will not understand what you can do for them and are unwilling to engage, causing you to lose potential sales, opportunities for customer engagement, and much more.
Recommended by Ali Orlando Wert, senior director of content strategy, Appfire: Your customers don’t want to hear about your features and functions; they want to be invited into a story where they are the hero! If you nail this story (your positioning and messaging), it will dramatically improve your content marketing strategy and efforts.
Description: This practical guide combines the science and art of story to help you influence the change you need to see. It’s a proven framework that makes ideas sustainable, adaptable, and unforgettable.
Recommended by Carrie Eddins, owner, The Blondepreneur Ltd.: It offers practical ways to make your ideas and you unforgettable; truly worth its weight in gold right now and heading into 2025.
Description: DataStory teaches you the most effective ways to turn your data into narratives that blend the power of language, numbers, and graphics. This book is not about visualizing data. Instead, you’ll learn how to transform numbers into narratives to drive action.
Recommended by Penny Gralewski, vice president of marketing, Rimo3: Whether you’re explaining data to a large customer base or a small leadership team, this book helps you develop a story that moves your audience. Agency contacts always hear me ask, “How can this be more Duarte-like?”
Description: A hands-on field guide to consistently creating page-turning content your audience loves (and that delivers real results). The updated edition of Everybody Writes delivers all the practical, how-to advice and insight you need for the process and strategy of content creation, production, and publishing.
Recommended by Michelle Garrett, founder, Garrett Public Relations: I always recommend Ann Handley’s Everybody Writes, which is so helpful no matter where you find yourself in your business writing journey.
Description: A singular and brilliant elucidation of literary strategies, it also brings high spirits and wit to its original conclusions. It is a liberating manifesto that says, Let’s leave the outdated modes behind and, in thinking of new modes, bring feeling back to experimentation. It will appeal to serious readers and writers alike.
Recommended by Adam P. Newton: This remarkable and clear-eyed book provides exquisite tips and fresh perspectives for authentic creative work. It’s an essential resource for marketers, whether you think of yourself as a writer or simply want to improve how you use language to improve your communication.
Description: Immensely helpful and illuminating to any aspiring writer, this special edition of Stephen King’s critically lauded, million-copy bestseller shares the experiences, habits, and convictions that have shaped him and his work. Part memoir, part master class by one of the bestselling authors of all time, this superb volume is a revealing and practical view of the writer’s craft, comprising the basic tools of the trade every writer must have.
Recommended by Michelle Garrett, founder, Garrett Public Relations: I recommend it for anyone who writes as part of their role. The stories told in the book are enough reason to read it, but the practical advice he provides to spice up your writing is also something I think of often.
Also recommended by:Robbie Schneider, director of U.S. communications, Health Tech Without Borders: My oldest stole my copy of it.
Description: Verlyn sets out to help us unlearn that “wisdom” — about genius, about creativity, about writer’s block, topic sentences, and outline — and understand that writing is just as much about thinking, noticing, and learning what it means to be involved in the act of writing.
Recommended by Ian Faison, CEO, Caspian Studios: It completely changed how I view writing. Hint: How we were taught in high school/college was wrong.
Description: A bestseller for over 15 years, Blake Snyder tells all in this fast, funny, and candid look inside the movie business. “Save the cat” is just one of many ironclad rules for making your ideas more marketable and your script more satisfying.
Recommended by Emma Lieberman, director of content marketing, Impact Networking: It offers wisdom on everything from process and story structure to straight-up and down tips to make your writing more exciting and compelling. And it opens the door to a more insightful way to watch movies for film buffs.
Description: This book provides readers with the most comprehensive, integrated explanation of the craft of writing for the screen. No one better understands how all the elements of a screenplay fit together, and no one is better qualified to explain the “magic” of story construction and the relationship between structure and character.
Recommended by Ian Faison, CEO, Caspian Studios: Marketing needs more stories that are actually written like stories. This book is how you do it.
Also recommended:
What do you think?
Did your favorite book make the list? If you’d like to add a recommendation, share it with us on social. Tag Content Marketing Institute or use #CMWorld so others in the community can see it. We’ll consider your recommendation for the 2025 list.
Updated from a November 2023 article.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Upskilling edtechstart-ups like upGrad, Great Learning and UNext are looking to strengthen their co-branded degrees with prestigious domestic and global institutions as demand for fields such as artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML), data science, and other STEM (science, technology, engineering, and mathematics) fields are on the rise.
Great Learning observed a 59 per cent growth in demand for AI programmes during the first half of FY25 compared to the same period in FY24. In the last six months, demand for Generative AI programmes has grown by 46 per cent.
“Over the last month alone, we delivered ‘GenAI Fundamentals’ training to approximately 15,000 employees. Companies are even incorporating Generative AI training into onboarding programmes for fresh hires to ensure their workforce remains agile and future-ready,” said Hari Krishnan Nair, Co Founder, Great Learning.
Also read: AI can make trade efficient but data governance a challenge: WTO report
The edtech company has partnered with universities such as Johns Hopkins University, Duke University, and IIT Bombay.
“Moving forward, we plan to deepen our existing partnerships while exploring new collaborations that will allow us to continue meeting the evolving needs of learners and the industry,” added Nair.
He noted that co-branded degrees with prestigious domestic and international universities are gaining significant traction among learners primarily driven by the value these degrees offer in terms of credibility, depth, and recognition.
“A degree co-branded with a reputed institution not only provides learners with comprehensive, industry-relevant knowledge but also offers a strong academic credential that enhances their career prospects. The prestige and global recognition associated with such partnerships often translate career growth and advancement opportunities,” he added.
Edtech firm UNextcurrently offers 25 degree programmes . “While over 30% of learners come from tier 1 cities of India, with our mission we have been able to touch learners from over 1,000 towns and cities in the country,” said Satish Kumar, VP, Enterprise Business,Global.
The company plans to focus on onboarding more tier 1 universities in India.
“Our collaborations with some of the top universities in India has helped us bridge the gap between universities and learners,” he added.
Job guarantee
The sluggish employment market has impacted the growing demand for job-guaranteeing upskilling programmes, triggered by the initial allure of high-paying roles in 2021.
Also read: India should prioritise skill development to fully realise its deep tech potential, says MD of SAP Labs India
Mayank Kumar, co-founder of upskilling unicorn upGrad, believes that companies centred exclusively on job placement will eventually need to expand into offering degrees, as scaling purely through job opportunities is difficult without direct control over employment.
Upskilling demand typically rises during economic downturns as more employees seek to enhance their skills. However, in India, this trend has flipped. Online degrees foster a symbiotic relationship, where universities collaborate with edtech platforms to provide industry-aligned content alongside formal qualifications, enhancing revenue for both partners.
Black Friday deals are in full swing now and there are loads of excellent discounts to make the most of. This is always a great chance to upgrade any audio tech, with a lot of the big companies going all-in on sales to try and tempt you. Sonos is currently running a big old Black Friday sale that knocks down a bunch of its headphones, soundbars and more by up to 39%. The deals last until Dec. 2, so act fast if you want them.
There are a bunch of amazing things on sale here, but one that’s really notable is the Sonos Arc soundbar, which our reviewer Ty Pendlebury described as offering “sound quality and convenience that none of the other Sonos soundbars can match”. This beast of a soundbar is currently down to $699, an all-time low for the device.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
Once you’re done having a look at the full Sonos sale itself, it’s probably a good time to think about the holidays. We can help there too if you check out our guide on the best giftable tech.
Will Sonos do another sale this year?
It’s highly unlikely that Sonos will do another sale this year after this one. It’s not impossible, because post-Christmas sales do happen, but even if that is the case, the end of the year is always a tough time financially, so buying things then can be tricky. These discounts are also quite sizable, especially on the Arc and some of the bundles, so even if we do get another sale, we’d be shocked if it beat this one.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
A slower walking pace could be a sign of cognitive decline or dementia, a new study suggests.
Researchers assessed more than 16,800 healthy people over the age of 65 in the U.S. and Australia during a seven-year period (2010 to 2017), according to the published study in JAMA Network Open.
The investigators measured participants’ walking speed and performed cognitive tests every two years.
ALZHEIMER’S PATIENT, 90, SAYS SKIING AND OTHER ACTIVITIES KEEP HIM MENTALLY SHARP
Those who demonstrated a decrease in walking speed by at least 2 inches per second a year — along with slower cognitive ability — had a higher risk of dementia, as compared to individuals considered to be “non-decliners, cognitive-only decliners or gait-only decliners,” according to the report.
A slower walking pace could be a sign of cognitive decline or dementia, a new study suggests.(iStock)
“The combination of declining memory and slowing gait seems to be a stronger indicator of future dementia risk than decline in one of those things alone,” Dr. Taya A. Collyer, PhD, who led the study out of Monash University in Australia, told Fox News Digital.
Family members often comment that their loved one had changed prior to a dementia diagnosis, according to Dr. Amy Brodtmann, a neurologist and professor of the Cognitive Health Initiative at Monash University in Australia.
SLEEPY DURING THE DAY? IT COULD BE AN EARLY WARNING SIGN OF DEMENTIA, STUDY SUGGESTS
“There has long been an assumption that a slowdown – of walking, thinking and actions – is a sign not just of aging, but of developing cognitive impairment and dementia,” she told Fox News Digital.
‘Simple to measure’
The researchers suggested that measurement of walking speeds could be a useful tool – combined with other screening measures – to help identify individuals who are at risk of developing dementia and ensure that they receive early testing and preventive interventions.
“We don’t yet have a definitive test for dementia that family doctors can do in their own clinics,” noted Brodtmann, one of the co-authors of the study.
People who have challenges with balance and mobility may consider using an assistive device to ensure safe and consistent walking. (iStock)
Walking speed is very “simple to measure,” Collyer added.
“Our study also suggests that family doctors might keep an eye on walking speed when they (or their patients) have concerns about dementia,” she said.
DEMENTIA RISK COULD BE HIGHER FOR OLDER ADULTS WHO EXPERIENCE THIS TYPE OF INJURY, STUDY FINDS
The manner in which a person walks, also known as the gait pattern, could help signal a potential issue, according to Edward Farrell, a physical therapist and certified strength specialist at Physical Solutions Physical Therapy and Fitness on Long Island, New York.
“Our gait pattern and speed requires reflexive planning, adjustments to surfaces, and focus and attention, which are often impaired with cognitive diseases,” Farrell, who was not involved with the study, told Fox News Digital.
Other risk factors
Courtney Kloske, PhD, director of scientific engagement for the Alzheimer’s Association in Chicago, Illinois, noted the importance of exploring other factors that may impact risk in diverse populations.
These risk factors include genetics, health conditions such as hypertension, health-related behaviors like physical activity and diet, and environmental elements, such as air pollution.
“Up to 45% of dementia cases could be delayed or prevented by adopting healthy lifestyle factors.”
“While not all factors are modifiable, research shows that up to 45% of dementia cases could be delayed or prevented by adopting healthy lifestyle factors,” Kloske, who was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital, citing the 2024 Lancet Commission, a collaborative report from leading dementia experts.
The manner in which a person walks, also known as the gait pattern, could help signal a potential issue, according to experts.(iStock)
The study highlights the benefits of adopting healthy lifestyle behaviors early and consistently, including helping to prevent or postpone the onset of cognitive decline, according to Kloske.
She recommends adhering to a healthy diet, maintaining a regular exercise routine, controlling diabetes and blood pressure, and staying socially engaged.
Step into health
Working to improve one’s walking stride is also important for overall health, according to Farrell.
“The ability to maintain a more normal gait stimulates our systems, allowing greater mobility, more independence and reduced fall risk,” he told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Farrell recommends taking frequent walks at various paces, with intervals of moderate to faster speeds, to improve reflexes. Certain exercises also support walking speed and pattern, he noted.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“Regular strength training like squats, step-ups, bridges and leg lifts can keep our foundational muscles strong as we age,” he advised.
“Stretching to keep hamstrings, hip flexors and calf muscles limber allows for more free mobility to walk.”
“Regular strength training … can keep our foundational muscles strong as we age,” an expert advised. (iStock)
Performing balance exercises like heel-toe walking, single leg stance drills and Tai chi can also improve stability and confidence with walking, Farrell noted.
For those who plan to start a walking program, it’s best to wear supportive sneakers that provide a stable base and cushioned comfort, the expert added.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
People who have challenges with balance and mobility may consider using an assistive device like a cane to ensure safe and consistent walking.
It is important to consult with a health care provider prior to starting a exercise regimen, experts agree.
Tara Sutaria celebrated her birthday in true foodie style on November 19. The actress, whose Instagram is a visual treat for food lovers, shared highlights of her birthday bash, where food took centre stage. Tara’s post revealed a stunning spread that left us all salivating. In a carousel of photos and videos, she showcased the extravagant feast, describing it in her caption as a “grazing table with bitings we’ve picked up from across the world.” The table featured a variety of delicious and artfully presented dishes. Among the highlights was a lavish meat and cheese board, offering an assortment of cured meats, rich cheeses, and fresh accompaniments. Alongside were freshly baked breads, including whole wheat lavash and crispy sourdough crackers, perfectly complementing the savoury bites. Take a look at it here: Also Read:For Tara Sutaria, It’s Never The Wrong Time To Dive Into Good Food
Before her birthday on November 19, Tara kicked off her birthday week with a dinner party to celebrate her Parsi Roj birthday at home. Sharing a glimpse on Instagram, she posted a series of pictures showcasing a beautifully decorated table. The meal was a feast for the senses – yellow-hued rice, meat dishes, saag, yellow dal, and raita, followed by a pecan pie and a shot of her rojtaar birthday cake. Tara’s celebration was a perfect blend of delicious food, laughter, and love, reflecting her true foodie spirit. Read more about it here. Also Read: Tara Sutaria’s Scrumptious Italian Feast Will Leave You With Hunger Pangs Tara Sutaria’s love for food goes far beyond her birthday celebrations. Her travels around the world offer glimpses into her passion for diverse culinary experiences. A few months ago, in London, she indulged in the mouth-watering spaghetti a la vongole at La Famiglia, showcasing her love for authentic Italian cuisine. During her visit to Peter Luger’s in New York, she savoured the iconic hot pie, a true culinary staple of the Big Apple. One standout moment was her al fresco dining experience at Paradise Road Hotel in Sri Lanka, which looked like something straight out of a dream. Read more about Tara Sutaria’s food trail here.
Tara’s culinary adventures, from lavish spreads at home to iconic dining experiences around the world, highlight her deep love for food. What’s your favourite dish that brings you the most joy?
Former Chief Oncology Officer and Executive Vice President, Chris Boshoff, MD, PhD, will assume the role and lead all R&D functions including oncology.
The National Cat Awards, presented annually by Cats Protection, is a joyous celebration of the UK’s most extraordinary cats. This year’s ceremony was held on September 18 in London, hosted by best-selling author Dawn O’Porter, and shone a spotlight on incredible cats who bring warmth, support, and smiles to those around them.
National Cat of the Year 2024: Marley
Marley, a seven-year-old black-and-white moggy, was awarded the prestigious title of National Cat of the Year 2024 in the UK, and the Incredible Cats Category winner.
Residing at Caritas Bakhita House, a safe house for women who have endured exploitation, enslavement, and trafficking, Marley has become an anchor of solace for the 11 women from diverse backgrounds who call the house home. According to Karen, a representative from Bakhita House, Marley’s gentle nature offers the first sense of kindness that many guests experience upon arrival. Marley, who was adopted after a history of abuse himself, is particularly sensitive to the guests’ trauma, often reaching out with a gentle paw to comfort them.
One woman was in such distress when she arrived at the safe house that she couldn’t speak to any of the human supporters. But, she immediately trusted Marley, and over time, the team was able to build a bridge and help her, thanks to this incredible cat.
Beyond his emotional support role, Marley takes on various duties at Bakhita House as the “staff supervisor,” “security guard,” and “chief gardener”—though no one is allowed near his patch of daisies. His presence is so beloved that he even joins the residents at dinner each evening, earning his place as the heart of this resilient community.
“In art therapy, he’s a popular muse,” Karen explains. “One guest even composed a song for him.”
And, he’s no stranger to group dinners. When the staff sit down for their 7 pm meal, Marley joins them and makes it a family-style event each night.
“He’s the fluffy heart of our home.”
Meet the Other Finalists
Family Cats Category Finalist: Zara
Finalist of the Family Cats Category, 10-year-old Zara is more than just a pet to her family and the congregation at St John the Evangelist in Bexley. Adopted by vicar Edward Barlow and his wife, Kate, Zara has a deep bond with their autistic son, Elliot, offering him calmness and companionship. Zara’s sense of purpose extends beyond the family home as she consoles mourners at funerals, offers comfort at church services, and even attends choir practice.
“At church services, Zara heckles during my sermons then finds a comfy lap in the congregation to settle on,” Reverend Barlow shared. “Our services were live-streamed on the church’s Facebook page through the pandemic and always received far more views if Zara was on my shoulder. She loves to be in wedding photographs and chip in, very assertively, during meetings.”
Reverend Edward explained how Zara intuitively connects with people in need, a quality she displays both within her family and the wider church community. She seems to understand when people need her comfort and is always there to help.
“Zara is central to our family and the wider church family, she truly is a Godsend.”
Connected Cats Category Finalist: Cilla
The Connected Cats Category finalist is Cilla, a beloved school cat at Outwoods Primary in Warwickshire. Since she showed up at the school six years ago, she’s become a trusted companion to students, teachers, and even a community of 25,000 followers on X (Twitter).
Known for her calming presence, Cilla helps anxious students relax during exams and greets everyone in the mornings. Her social media stardom is so widespread that for her birthday, fans sent books worth £5,000 to Outwoods’ library.
“[Cilla] is the first name on our staff list, ahead of me,” says headteacher Sally Taylor. “Our pupils are very calm and that’s down to Cilla. They know school is a safe place because she chooses to live here.”
Senior Cats Category Finalist: Dave
The finalist for the Senior Cats Category, 21-year-old Dave—fondly known as Miss Dave Mittens—was celebrated for her loyalty and playful spirit. Owned by Tom Witney and his partner Greville Matthews, Dave has been part of their lives since she was a stray kitten with a broken leg.
“The secret of Dave’s long life, I think, is good moggy genes and how well she has trained Grev and me. The pitch of her meow is slightly higher when she wants food or a fuss and we respond to her demands immediately,” shares Tom.
Now a graceful senior, Dave is as adored as ever, even appearing in Tom’s PhD acknowledgments as a cherished study buddy. Tom and Greville credit Dave’s remarkable longevity to her “moggy genes” and the devoted care they provide.
About Cats Protection
Cats Protection is the UK’s largest feline welfare charity, helping an average of 157,000 cats and kittens every year. They have a network of over 210 volunteer-run branches and 34 centers that help make these numbers possible.
Founded in 1927, Cats Protection has championed the welfare and companionship of cats, rehoming over two million cats in nearly 100 years. With their network of volunteers and centers, they continue to spread their message of kindness and compassion across the UK, reminding us of the comfort and joy that feline friends bring to our lives.
Chennai has always been a low height residential city, but not anymore. There are many high rise buildings of about 30 floors but the large ones are now over 40 floors as the city is witnessing rapid verticalisation (flats).
Brigade’s project at Perambur will have five towers, including one 49 floors; its Altius at Sholinganallur will have 47 floors and SPR towers at Perambur will have 45 floors each, said sources.
This is just the start with many more to come as changes in Floor Space Index (FSI) regulations as per TNCDBR 2019, has accentuated more high-rise buildings in the city, they say.
Chennai annually produces 22,000 to 23,000 dwelling units. This is far below what cities like Hyderabad and Bengaluru generate – 80,000 units – while Mumbai stands at a distant aim of 1.25 lakh units. However, the demand for housing in Chennai is steadily growing. To meet the demands of its growing population, Chennai must tackle the issues of housing shortages and rising costs of living.
Also read: Godrej Properties buys 53-acre land parcel in Kolkata
The solutions include unlocking land potential, utilising the FSI tool, and providing processed land at cheaper rates to encourage development and improve the availability of affordable housing across the city, Anshul Mishra, Member Secretary, Chennai Metropolitan Development Authority, had earlier told businessline.
Commenting on Chennai’s ‘high rise’ transformation with 40+ floor residential flats, Bharat M Jain, Director of the Chennai-based Arihant Foundations & Housing, said the shift is driven by the need to maximize urban space and accommodate growing populations. High-rises allow cities to expand vertically rather than sprawling outwards. This reduces the strain on existing infrastructure, making it more sustainable and efficient.
High-rise buildings provide better access to natural light, improved ventilation, and stunning panoramic views, enhancing the overall living experience. Residents also benefit from modern amenities and a sense of community that comes with shared spaces, he said.
According to Rohan Gigi George, BDM, TOFL group, luxury residential development is gaining momentum, with significant redevelopment expected in the central business district.
Adding to Old Mahabalipuram Road and Perambur, more high-rises are coming up due to more high value/prime land parcel transactions taking place. Naturally developers tend to go for the maximum possible FSI. With new FSI rules, premium FSI changes along transit corridors on the anvil, an uptick in office space leasing activity, and relaxed building approval processes are all contributing factors.
Further, due to the airport’s location and the IMD radar, high-rise development has been limited in certain areas. The Metro rail development serves as a key catalyst for these urban transformations, he said.
Streamlining Tamil Nadu Combined Development and Building Rules/Transferable Development Rights regulations will promote the construction of high-rises and optimize the use of Open Space Reservation parcels and land near eco-sensitive areas.
This can also leverage private sector investment in supporting CMDA’s urban development goals and reducing the financial burden on the Corporation, while being better implemented; if this momentum grows the latter could avoid raising taxes annually. Additionally, this will have a multiplier effect, leading to equitable and sustainable development, he added.
According to Siva Krishnan, Senior Managing Director – Chennai & Coimbatore, and Head – Residential Services, India, over the years, Chennai’s skyline has undergone a dramatic transformation. Prior to 2010, high-rise structures typically ranged from 14 to 18 floors.
The period between 2010 and 2018 saw a significant shift, with buildings regularly exceeding 20 floors. Vertical growth began post-2019, as the city embraced true skyscrapers surpassing 40 floors. This evolution has resulted in the annual addition of numerous high-rise landmarks to Chennai’s urban landscape.
Chennai was one of the first cities in India to witness a high rise building ,LIC Building , in 1959. The city’s urban landscape is evolving from its traditional preference for low-rise buildings to embracing vertical development. Until recently, there was relatively more horizontal space available for development compared to cities like Mumbai.
Also read: Realty players eye substantial growth in H2 FY25 after sedate first half
The shift to vertical development is driven by land scarcity, economic growth, and regulatory reforms, including relaxations in FSI, which are now enabling the construction of taller buildings. The city’s conservative real estate market is adapting to high-rise construction, overcoming past infrastructure concerns.
Areas like Old Mahabalipuram Road are expected to see significant vertical growth, reshaping the skyline. Mixed-use developments and sustainable high-rises are becoming more common, offering modern living options for a growing professional class.
While this transformation presents economic opportunities, it also challenges existing infrastructure. Chennai aims to balance this modernization with its architectural heritage, allowing for gradual adaptation of infrastructure and social norms. This transition towards high-rise living marks a new era in Chennai’s urban development, bringing both opportunities and challenges for city planners and residents alike, he said.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
SVAKE godine, kako se približavaju blagdani, društvene mreže preplave slike božićnih džempera. No koliko god oni bili simpatični, ne žele svi žrtvovati dobar stil da bi pokazali blagdanski duh. Među njima je i Victoria Beckham čiji je stil poznat kao odmjeren.
Svečano, a suzdržano izdanje
Victoria je nedavno viđena u Londonu u elegantnoj crvenoj dolčeviti koju je kombinirala s elegantnim smeđim hlačama i bordo torbicom koja se savršeno slagala s remenom iste boje. Pomno odabrana nijansa crvene boje cijelo je izdanje učinila svečanim, ali ipak suzdržanim.
Nakit, šminku i frizuru je zadržala jednostavnima, a oči je zaštitila velikim sunčanim naočalama.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Ako vam se svidjela njezina dolčevita, u nastavku pogledajte slične komade koje smo pronašli u našim trgovinama.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
If you sit close enough to Etiwanda girls basketball coach Stan Delus, you will hear a running commentary of likes and dislikes.
“Bang,” he yells out when he thinks one of his players is going to make an outside shot.
“Ball on the floor,” he yells when he expects his players to hustle for a loose ball.
“Oh my goodness,” he complains after a defensive letdown.
The coach of the two-time defending state champion Eagles was in a good mood Wednesday in his team’s season-opening game at the Harvard-Westlake tournament. Missing three potential starters, the Eagles still cruised to a 68-24 victory over Corona Centennial, showing off strong shooting and a strong defense.
Shaena Brew, who broke her ankle last December, looked healthy and confident, finishing with 20 points. Arynn Finley had 17 points.
“I really like this group,” Delus said.
Two transfers still need to become eligible and point guard Aliyahna Morris was held out while nursing an injury.
The players appreciated Delus being more calm than normal. “He was actually more chill today,” Brew said.
Sage Hill 69, Windward 58: Sophomore Kamdyn Klamberg scored 20 points and point guard Amalia Holguin added 18 points in a Harvard-Westlake tournament win for Sage Hill. Freshman Eve Fowler added 12 points. Olivia Lagao had 26 points and freshman Amel Cook added 15 points for Windward, which closed to within six points in the fourth quarter after trailing by as many as 16 points.
Boys basketball
Bishop Montgomery 78, Palm Desert 37: Coach Doug Mitchell picked up win No. 800 in his 36 years as head coach. Terron Williams scored 20 points and Kyle Sanders had 13 points and 16 rebounds.
Loyola 48, Trabuco Hills 46: Quincy Watson contributed 14 points for the Cubs.
Harvard-Westlake 68, La Salle 36: Nik Khamenia had 17 points and Dominique Bentho contributed 11 points and 11 rebounds for the Wolverines (2-0).
Viewpoint 80, Hueneme 30: Luke Jacobs had 20 points for Viewpoint.
St. Anthony 73, Leuzinger 55: Aman Haynes had 21 points and 12 rebounds for 2-0 St. Anthony.
Inglewood 76, Mayfair 51: Jason Crowe Jr. scored 27 points in his Inglewood debut.
Crescenta Valley 62, Royal 54: Vaughn Zargarian finished with 34 points for the Falcons. Ace Arnold had 23 points for Royal.
Foothill 62, Downey 51: Kai Nixon had 17 points for Foothill.
San Gabriel Academy 64, Saugus 60: Bryce Mejia led Saugus with 23 points.
Arcadia 61, West Covina 21: Noa Eteuati Edwards had 19 points for Arcadia.
Extending its obsolete and vintage products list, Apple has marked the iPhone XS Max (launched in 2018) and iPhone 6s Plus (launched in 2015) as ‘vintage’ gadgets. For context, Apple’s vintage list includes devices that have been there for more than five years. The inclusion of any device in the vintage list implies that there would be fewer chances to get those products repaired.
The reshuffled vintage list now features the Apple Watch 2 with the ceramic casing, the iPhone XS Max (launched in 2018), and the iPhone 6s Plus (launched in 2015).
Additionally, Apple has extended its “obsolete” list as well. A device is dubbed ‘obsolete’, when it remains in the market for at least seven years since being sold as a new product. The latest ‘obsolete’ list now includes aluminium and stainless-steel Apple Watch 2 models, as well as the iPhone 6s Plus with 32GB of storage.
Notably, while ‘obsolete’ cannot be repaired, Apple or its authorised partners also can not sell parts of the old models. However, only a few MacBooks are eligible for battery replacement for up to 10 years.
In other related developments, Apple is slated to launch the AirTags 2 model in 2025. It would be an upgrade of its AirTags unveiled four years ago. According to a report, the development of AirTags 2 is underway, and the device may be unveiled as early as 2025. It may sport a similar design to that of AirTags but is likely to receive significant upgrades.
The AirTags 2 may come with a price increase, which can be attributed to the integration of some significant privacy-related and other upgrades. While the report does not explicitly mention the launch date, Apple might launch AirTags 2 alongside the iPhone SE or the iPhone 17 series later next year. Over the past few years, AirTags have proven to be quite useful.
In a world where stress dominates and burnout feels unavoidable, the travel industry is turning to a comforting new escape: sleep tourism. Dubbed “napcations” and “dream tourism,” this emerging trend prioritises slowing down over sightseeing, offering travellers the opportunity to rest, reset, and recharge. According to a report by HTF Market Intelligence, sleep tourism is now a staggering $640 billion global market, projected to exceed $1 billion by 2028. Additionally, the Skyscanner Travel Trends 2025 report highlights the rise of wellness tourism, noting that 70% of Indian travellers seek holistic experiences, with 57% prioritising health during vacations—aligning perfectly with the goals of sleep tourism.
“Sleep vacations give them a break from daily stress and routines, helping them rest better. It’s also a chance to step away from work and focus on themselves,” says Ashish Kumar, a Delhi-based travel advisor.
The Need for Rest
Sleep deprivation is a growing concern, with many people struggling to get enough rest. In India, 13% of the population averages less than five hours of sleep per night.
The demands of modern life—tight deadlines, constant notifications, and urban chaos—have made quality sleep a luxury. Chronic sleep deprivation often becomes the price for keeping up. “Sleep is the foundation of wellness,” says Mark Sands, Vice President of Wellness at Six Senses Hotels Resorts Spas. “Without it, everything else—nutrition, exercise, mindfulness—cannot reach its full potential.”
Reimagining the travel experience
Hotels and wellness retreats are addressing this need by curating experiences that prioritize sleep and overall well-being. “At Six Senses Fort Barwara in Rajasthan, for instance, guests receive sleep kits containing lavender pillow pouches, subtle energies bliss blend oils, and The Little Book of Reconnection. For a tech-driven edge, biohacking tools such as sleep tracker rings allow experts to tailor advice for optimal rest. It’s not just about quantity but quality. We combine traditional remedies like Ayurvedic therapies with cutting-edge technology to ensure restorative sleep for every guest,” Sands explains.
Even the menus at some hotels are designed to enhance sleep. “Dishes like Pearl Millet Khichdi and Grilled Wild Salmon with Walnut Quinoa, paired with calming herbal teas, nourish the body and mind,” says Sumeet Suri, General Manager at The Westin Mumbai. “A good night’s sleep begins with mindful eating.”
Various hotel brands are providing curated sleep kits.
Personalised sleep solutions
Custom sleep packages are becoming a major attraction. “ITC Hotel’s Sleeep Ensemble offers a pillow menu, sleep menu, and essential oils to cater to the growing demand for tailored experiences. Guests are increasingly seeking personalised wellness offerings,” notes an ITC Hotels spokesperson.
At The Westin Goa, bedtime is transformed into a luxurious ritual. “Layers of plush pillows, duvets, blackout curtains, and calming lavender balms create the perfect sanctuary,” says General Manager Harish Gopalakrishnan. “Our Heavenly Bed is more than just comfort—it’s designed for deep, restorative sleep.”
For a tech-driven edge, biohacking tools such as sleep tracker rings allow experts to tailor advice for optimal rest. It’s not just about quantity but quality. We combine traditional remedies like Ayurvedic therapies with cutting-edge technology to ensure restorative sleep for every guest,” Sands explains.
A holistic approach to sleep
The fusion of ancient wisdom and modern comforts is another key trend. “Our signature therapies like Shirodhara and Abhyanga calm the nervous system and promote relaxation. High-quality organic mattresses align with Ayurvedic principles for comfort and alignment. Ayurveda sees sleep as a pillar of health, and our therapies help balance the body and mind, creating a natural state of relaxation,” explains Abhilash K Ramesh, Executive Director of Kareli Group.
Wellness resorts are also embracing natural remedies as part of their sleep offerings. “We incorporate natural remedies like aromatherapy and herbal teas. Our Aparajita Tea, made from blue pea flowers, is a prime example of Ayurveda’s emphasis on calming the mind and body,” says Manish Goyal, founder of Sukoon Wellness Resort.
Black Friday doesn’t officially take place until November 29, but that hasn’t stopped companies like Nintendo from kicking off sales early.
Featuring discounts on hundreds of games, the Nintendo Switch eShop Black Friday sale runs from now until end of play on December 1.
As part of the sale, Nintendo has reduced the price of popular first-party releases, as well as critically-acclaimed indies and triple-A blockbusters from third-party publishers.
If you’re after some game recommendations or want to know the best bargains, then we’ve put together a list of the best Nintendo Switch games to buy in the eShop Black Friday sale.
Hogwarts Legacy – £14.99
Down to its cheapest ever price on Nintendo Switch, Hogwarts Legacy is an absolute steal at £14.99, especially considering the amount of content available.
The Harry Potter spinoff sees players attend the famous school of wizardry, and just in time to foil an evil plot.
Pupils must attend various classes, learn spells, forge friendships with fellow students and explore the surrounding area.
(Image: WARNER)
Metroid Dread – £33.29
Metroid Dread is a 2D platforming game with an emphasis on exploration. Taking its cues from the classic entries in the series, players explore a huge environment, using newly discovered abilities to gradually uncover the map and wipe out an alien threat.
This includes deadly mechanical enemies that have been taken over by a parasite and turned against their creators, not to mention screen-filling monstrosities that require exceptional skill to overcome.
(Image: nintendo)
Dragon Quest XI Echoes of an Elusive Age – £24.99
One of the best Japanese role-playing games in recent memory, Dragon Quest XI is a charming and colourful adventure in which the hero must save the world.
It’s classic good vs evil stuff, complete with a strong and memorable cast of characters, as well as a solid turn-based combat system that hearkens back to the good old days.
It also provides tens of hours of gameplay, making the Black Friday price point even more appealing.
(Image: Square Enix)
Xenoblade Chronicles 3 – £33.29
With Nintendo recently announcing plans to release a remastered version of spinoff game Xenoblade Chronicles X for Switch, there’s never been a better time to play the Xenoblade trilogy.
All three games are available at discounted prices in the sale, although Xenoblade Chronicles 3 is the highest-rated thanks to its stunning visuals and epic scale.
With upwards of six characters in your party at any given time, you’ll have to plan accordingly and use your strengths, all the while taking advantage of those epic Art attacks.
The Toyota LandCruiser Prado 250 Series is arriving in Australian dealerships, and now critical figures for those looking to tow and tour in the all-new large off-road SUV have been revealed.
While Toyota has until now only detailed its 3500kg braked towing capacity – a significant upgrade on the 3000kg figure of its predecessor – it has now revealed kerb weight, gross vehicle mass (GVM) and gross combination mass (GCM) figures.
It’s good news for those looking to upgrade from their old Prado to the new model, which is closely related to the 300 Series and brings increases to all those figures compared to the 150 Series it replaces.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Prado Altitude
Toyota LandCruiser Prado GX
Toyota LandCruiser Prado GXL
Toyota LandCruiser Prado VX
Toyota LandCruiser Prado Altitude
Toyota LandCruiser Prado Kakadu
Seats
5
7
7
5
7
Kerb weight
2495kg
2535kg
2570kg
2520kg
2595kg
Payload capacity
605kg
615kg
610kg
580kg
605kg
Gross vehicle mass (GVM)
3100kg
3150kg
3180kg
3100kg
3200kg
Braked towing capacity
3500kg
3500kg
3500kg
3500kg
3500kg
Gross combination mass (GCM)
6600kg
6600kg
6600kg
6600kg
6600kg
The new Prado’s kerb weight is up by about 150kg across the board, and its GVM has increased to match, varying between 3100kg for five-seat variants (GX and Altitude), and up to 3200kg for the flagship Kakadu.
Later versions of the previous-generation Prado had a GVM of 2990kg.
Depending on the variant, payload capacity is between 580kg and 615kg, an important figure to keep in mind when optioning accessories and loading a family’s worth of gear before going on a trek or road trip.
Prado Kakadu
The Prado’s GCM (the maximum weight allowed for your vehicle and trailer combined) has also risen, in line with its increased towing capacity. The 250 Series has a GCM of 6600kg across the board, up from 5990kg.
While the new Prado can theoretically tow up to 3500kg, it can’t do so when the SUV and its contents weigh more than 3100kg, otherwise it’ll exceed its 6600kg GCM.
And that’s without factoring in tow ball down weight, which is generally accepted to be 10 per cent of whatever your trailer, caravan, boat or horse float weighs.
MORE: Everything Toyota LandCruiser Prado MORE: 2025 Toyota LandCruiser Prado price and specs MORE: 2025 Toyota Prado: Why third-row seats can’t be removed MORE: 2025 Toyota Prado: Wait times, supply and order numbers detailed
Stocks to watch: Shares of firms like Nestle, Airtel, Indian Hotels, BoB, Vedanta, Paytm, and others will be in focus on Thursday’s trade
Stocks To Watch
Stocks To Watch On November 21: Amid mixed global cues, GIFT Nifty futures rose by 72 points to 23,607 at around 6:48 AM. While US markets closed mixed on Wednesday, Asian markets are currently trading lower.
Nestle: The FMCG giant plans to boost its advertising and marketing efforts, cut costs by at least $2.8 billion by 2027, and spin off its water and premium drinks segments into a standalone global unit under new leadership to drive growth.
Bharti Airtel: In its first major sourcing agreement since August 2022 for 5G deployment, the telecom leader has awarded Nokia a multiyear, multibillion-dollar extension deal for 4G and 5G equipment across key Indian cities and states.
Cipla: Cipla’s US subsidiary is recalling 1,875 boxes of Lanthanum Carbonate chewable tablets (1,000 mg, 10-count bottle) from the US market, according to a recent report by the US Food and Drug Administration (USFDA).
Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories: The US FDA has issued a Form 483 with seven observations following an inspection of the company’s API manufacturing facility in Bollaram, Hyderabad.
Adani Energy Solutions: The company has signed an agreement with PFC Consulting Ltd to acquire Pune-III Transmission Ltd. The agreement includes the development of 2×1500 MVA and 3×500 MVA substations and a new 816 km transmission line.
Godrej Industries: The company has raised Rs 1,000 crore in two tranches via unsecured redeemable non-convertible debentures (NCDs) in the domestic debt capital market.
Indian Hotels Company: The Tata Group’s hospitality arm aims to double its consolidated revenue to Rs 15,000 crore and expand its hotel portfolio to over 700 by 2030.
Bank of Baroda: Warehousing and collateral management firm Sohan Lal Commodity Management (SLCM) has partnered with Bank of Baroda to offer collateral management services for agricultural financing.
UPL: UPL has invested $350 million in its hybrid seeds subsidiary, Advanta Enterprises Ltd, through private equity firm Alpha Wave Global. This includes a $250 million secondary stake sale and a $100 million primary equity infusion.
Tata Technologies: The Chief Minister of Tripura, Manik Saha, signed a Memorandum of Agreement (MoA) with Tata Technologies to upgrade 19 Industrial Training Institutes (ITIs) in the state. Tata Technologies will cover 86% of the Rs 683.27 crore upgrade cost, with the state government contributing the remaining 14%.
Vedanta: Vedanta Aluminium, a subsidiary of Vedanta, has entered into an agreement with GAIL (India) for the supply of natural gas to its smelter in Jharsuguda, Odisha.
JSW Steel: The company has been declared the preferred bidder for the Codli Mineral Block XII at Dharbandora in Goa, according to a communication from the Directorate of Mines & Geology, Government of Goa.
Tata Power: Tata Power has formed a partnership with Bhutan’s Druk Green Power Corporation Ltd (DGPC) to develop 5,000 MW of clean energy capacity in Bhutan.
One 97 Communications (Paytm): Paytm’s parent company has launched UPI International, enabling Indian travelers to make UPI transactions at select global locations. This feature allows users to make cashless payments using the Paytm app in the UAE, France, Mauritius, Singapore, Bhutan, and Nepal.
Disclaimer:Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
News business » markets Stocks To Watch: Nestle, Airtel, Indian Hotels, BoB, Vedanta, Paytm, And Others
Bitwise, a prominent asset manager, has reportedly filed for a Solana ETF Trust in Delaware, according to multiple social media posts. Based on available data, the firm officially submitted Form S-1 under the name “BITWISE SOLANA ETF” to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on November 20, 2024.
Bitwise Files for Spot Solana ETF
With this filing, Bitwise joins the race alongside other asset managers, such as VanEck and Canary, for the approval of a Spot Solana ETF (Exchange-Traded Fund). The filed BITWISE SOLANA ETF offers investors an opportunity to access Solana through a traditional brokerage account.
However, while there is widespread optimism among crypto enthusiasts regarding its potential to drive market growth, skepticism about its immediate impact persists. The filing’s authenticity and its market implications are yet to be officially confirmed.
At present, ETF experts such as Eric Balchunas and James Seyffart remain silent, as if they are unaware of this filing.
When Spot Solana ETF will Get Approval?
Besides the skepticism on social media, in a recent interview with the Financial Times, Matthew Sigel, the head of digital asset research at VanEck, noted that the chances of a spot Solana ETF being approved in 2025 are “overwhelmingly high.”
However, the firm had already submitted Form 19b-4 for the Solana ETF. Additionally, Sigel had earlier confirmed that VanEck’s Solana ETF filing is a bet on Trump’s victory. He noted that if Trump wins the presidential election, he is likely to appoint a new SEC chair to replace the current chair, Gary Gensler.
Solana (SOL) Price Momentum
At press time, Solana (SOL) is trading near $237.80 and has remained unchanged over the past 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume dropped by 3.65%, indicating slightly lower participation from traders and investors compared to previous days.
For a class of 39 post-graduate students from Shiv Nadar University, NOIDA, it is a different kind of classroom. Very far from their campus, about 1,700 km to be precise, they find themselves in an agricultural field, talking to farmers and other experts in agroecology who earn a livelihood from agri practices. For most of them, it is the first time to meet a farmer and step into a farm field.
Deep in the heart of Andhra Pradesh, an interesting experiment is happening in the field of agricultural education. On a 38-acre organic farm nestled between the towns of Nuzividu and Vissannapeta, the Krishna Sudha Academy for Agroecology is taking root, nurturing a new generation of agricultural thinkers and practitioners.
Students of Shiv Nadar University, NOIDA, learning how to sow the paddy saplings
Founded just last year, the academy is challenging the status quo in agricultural education, prioritising hands-on experience and systemic understanding over theoretical knowledge and top-down solutions.
G.V. Ramanjaneyulu, who has been working in the sustainable agricultural space winning several awards, is driving the academy. Doctor couple, Sudha and Nageswara Rao, who run Dr. Pinnamaneni Siddartha Institute of Medical Sciences & Research Foundation and Drs. Sudha & Nageswara Rao Siddartha Institute of Dental Sciences, and Sree Padmavathi Venkateswara Foundation established the Academy by providing the building and land for the unique experiment in the field of agricultural education.
Also read: Indian growers expect coffee prices to stay firm in near-term
He’s seen firsthand the struggles of India’s farmers, caught in a cycle of debt and dependence, and he believes the current agricultural education system is failing them.
“The problem is that the system pushes farmers towards a single model of high input agriculture without understanding their specific needs and challenges. There’s a lack of data and research on alternative models, and the focus is on increasing production at any cost, even if it means harming the environment and the farmer’s livelihood,” Ramanjaneyulu, Executive Director of the academy, told businessline.
G V Ramanjaneyulu delivering a lecture at Krishna Sudha Academy of Agroecology.
The academy is designed to be different. Instead of classrooms and textbooks, students learn by doing, working side-by-side with experienced farmers on the academy’s working organic farm. They see firsthand the principles of agroecology in action, from biodiversity conservation to rainwater harvesting, and they learn to adapt these principles to different contexts.
Citing the examples of Medical Colleges, IIMs and IITs, he said the institutes rope in industry experts from across verticals for teaching, exposing the students to real-life experiences.
The academy’s vision goes beyond simply teaching sustainable farming practices. It aims to cultivate a new breed of agricultural professionals who understand the interconnectedness of production, institutions, marketing, and public policy. That’s why the academy offers training programmes not just for farmers but also for extension workers, researchers, and even bankers.
Also read: India’s rice procurement deficit down on higher Nov purchases
He said bankers involved in agricultural lending should comprehend the nuances involved in farming and the associated issues involved. “Unless they understand them fully, they won’t appreciate the needs of farmers,” he points out.
“We need to build a system where everyone involved in agriculture is working together towards a common goal,” Ramanjaneyulu emphasises.
“That means fostering collaboration between universities, government agencies, and the private sector,” he says.
The academy is already making strides in this direction. It has established partnerships with several universities, including Shivanadar University, offering students internships and research opportunities at the farm. It is also working with the National Centre for Organic and Natural Farming to develop training programmes for government extension staff.
And the academy’s influence extends beyond India’s borders. It has forged international partnerships with organisations like the University of Edinburgh, the University of York, Monash University, and the Research Institute of Organic Agriculture (FiBL) in Switzerland, sharing knowledge and best practices with a global network of agroecology advocates.
By reimagining agricultural education, the academy is trying to sow the seeds of change, cultivating a future where farming is both sustainable and profitable.
With just one week until Thanksgiving, it’s time to seriously start planning the menu. If you’re dreaming of the perfect turkey and sides, artificial intelligence might just be the best sous-chef out there.
While Thanksgiving might be the most magical day of the year, it’s also one of the most stressful. Thanksgiving memes are hilarious, but there ain’t nothing funny about slaving away in a hot kitchen from sunup to sundown only to have your aunt that you see twice a year question the quality of your mac and cheese. “Who made this?” can be a very loaded sentence on Thanksgiving.
If you have the means, it can be a time to revel in the bounty of the season’s most succulent offerings. But it’s also when relatives dip too deep in the sauce and start arguments about pronouns at the dinner table.
One of the ways AI can help is by taking the guesswork out of planning an undeniably delicious Thanksgiving meal, no matter what the holidays throw at you. Here’s how to use it.
Choose an AI tool and get real about your skills
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
Since I’d like the benefit of choosing certain recipes from around the web, I’m using Microsoft’s in-browser, text-prompt AI tool, Copilot. Copilot uses LLM (large language model) processing as well as cited sources from the internet to respond to conversational search requests, and it can analyze web pages as you browse.
But make sure you give it the info it needs. As in, if you can barely boil water, don’t ask an AI tool to design a multicourse French-Chinese fusion banquet with sous vide steaks and flat noodles made from scratch.
I let Copilot know I was an amateur in the kitchen, and it gave me some easy-to-prepare recipes with simple-to-source ingredients and minimal steps and prep. One of the options even sounded fancy — green bean almondine — which is literally just green beans with sliced almonds.
From talking fridges to iPhones, our experts are here to help make the world a little less complicated.
Give AI a head count
Let the robot chef know how many hungry people will be in attendance for your Thanksgiving meal. I used Microsoft’s Copilot to convert this New York Times recipe for gravy to accommodate 20 people, and it seamlessly converted the measurements into a larger batch:
Screenshot by Rachel Kane/CNET
Alter recipes to your needs
Not everyone wants raisins in their potato salad, and it’s best to avoid foods that might upset people’s stomachs or inflame allergies when you’ll all be trapped at a dinner table in close proximity.
For instance, Copilot was able to give me some critical ingredient substitutions on the fly for removing onions from the green bean casserole.
Screenshot by Rachel Kane/CNET
Take your budget into account
Let the AI tool know how much you’ve got to spend on Thanksgiving dinner. Copilot was able to provide me with a list of dishes that were low on cost and high in flavor, including waiting for sales or discounts on turkey, getting a smaller turkey, and using plain potatoes, boxed stuffing mix, gravy mix packets, premade pie crust and canned versions of beans, cream of mushroom soup, pumpkin and cranberry sauce.
Copilot estimated my entire Thanksgiving meal to cost between $50 and $75, and included an itemized price breakdown of every ingredient I’d need.
Be sure to double-check your local prices, though. I’m not convinced you can still find genuine whipped cream for $2 a container, as a quick search reveals the price to be closer to $4.50. Something called “whipped topping,” however, was on sale at Kroger for $1.79.
Let AI know what you’re working with
Sometimes bad things happen to good people, and one of those bad things might include losing the use of your oven during the Thanksgiving holiday. Copilot was able to swoop in with some solid suggestions for cooking a whole turkey without the aid of an oven. Just please don’t deep-fry a frozen turkey.
Screenshot by Rachel Kane/CNET
Screenshot by Rachel Kane/CNET
I pressed Copilot further, letting the tool know I had only a large pot to cook with, and it gave me a detailed recipe for how to poach a whole turkey.
Whatever you’re working with on Thanksgiving, AI appears to be a decent kitchen companion.
Just don’t let your judgmental relatives know a robot helped you season the turkey.
Fox News’ Health newsletter brings you stories on the latest developments in health care, wellness, diseases, mental health and more.
TOP 3:
– A doctor in Michigan reveals his wellness routine for a longer and healthier life
– As RFK Jr. sets out to improve nutrition for American children, Dr. Marc Siegel comments on the challenges ahead
– Bird flu is ‘getting worse’ across the country as cases rise, according to experts
“We have a generation of kids who are swimming around in a toxic soup right now,” Kennedy previously told Fox News. “We’re letting these industries corrupt our agencies and mass poison them.”(iStock)
MORE IN HEALTH
DOUBLE-DUTY DRUGS – Ozempic and other diabetes and weight-loss medications were found to have an unexpected benefit. Continue reading…
SICK AT SEA – Hot tubs on cruise ships were blamed for outbreaks of Legionnaires’ disease. Continue reading…
Mumbai has finally bid goodbye to monsoon and is eagerly waiting to feel a nip in the air. The city that never sleeps can seem even more awake in these months, as it welcomes a time (hopefully free) of intense heat and rain. People are more confident about spending time outdoors and enjoy various types of indulgences. Winter here is a festive season for multiple reasons and what better way to celebrate than with food? Several restaurants, bars and cafes in Mumbai have announced new menus – some related to the season and some simply for novelty. Here are some of the best ones to check out:
Here Are Select New Menus In Mumbai Restaurants To Try In Winter 2024:
Indian Accent, BKC
Photo Credit: Indian Accent Mumbai
Indian Accent has a new Chef’s Tasting menu that you cannot afford to miss this season. It celebrates the flavours of the streets of India, with festive and regal twists that will leave you curious to discover more. We were left impressed once again, by Chef Rijul Gulati’s craft. We had the opportunity to taste both the vegetarian and non-vegetarian versions of the menu. Both begin with a trio of bite-sized treats inspired by popular street eats: indori khopra pattice, Ladakhi apricot samosa and a mini raj kachori. In the veg menu, these are followed by Chef’s innovative take on Matar Paneer, a delicious serving of Tawa Jackfruit with sattu roti, and a luxurious Chenna Morel with saffron cream, topped with fresh truffles.
For the non-vegetarians, the initial appetisers are followed by three varied delicacies (which we are still dreaming about) – Kanyakumari Crab, Bihari Tash Meat, and Chicken Pakoda. The main course consisted of Kashmiri Milk Lamb, Black Dairy Dal and Smoked Eggplant raita. For vegetarians, the meat is replaced by “Chowpatty In A Bowl”, a twist on Mumbai’s beloved street foods: pav bhaji, bhel and more. The mains also include Indian Accent’s signature kulchas, which were simply delicious! The dessert course featured Mahabaleshwar Strawberry Cassata, Kaju Katli Cannoli and Soft Baked Chocolate with Basundi (which is worth absolutely waiting for).
What: New Chef’s Tasting Menu at Indian Accent Mumbai
Where: Jio World Centre, Ground Floor, Nita Mukesh Ambani Cultural Centre, C-64, G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra East, Mumbai.
Bandra Born, Bandra
Photo Credit: Bandra Born
Bandra Born started as an exciting 12-week pop-up and later established itself as a permanent restaurant and bar on Chapel Road. It has already become a beloved hotspot for locals and tourists. This October, it celebrated its 1st anniversary with a revamp of sorts. We had the chance to visit the space and learn more about all the cool new things Chef Gresham Fernandes and his team have curated. Firstly, Bandra Born is now housing India’s (and the world’s) first dedicated Mahua bar. Guests can now discover the wonders of this indigenous spirit through a thrilling lineup of cocktails that include drinks like the Mahua Colada, Mahua Mule, Tribal Negroni, and many others. Bandra Born’s regular drinks menu has also undergone some changes. New entries include Dot’s Dodol, It’s Always XXXmas in Bandra, Guah-wah, Zig Zag Nights, and other cocktails that pay homage to Bandra and celebrate Chef Gresham’s roots here.
The food menu has some delicious additions too. We highly recommend the Watermelon Ceviche, Duck Stroop waffle and the Anglo Indian Coorgi Pork. A special shout-out to the wonderfully crisp Mutton Panroll among the savouries and the delightful Complex Kela among the desserts. We can’t wait to return and discover more favourites.
Hurrem’s has a decadent new menu celebrating Turkish flavours through savoury and sweet treats. We spent a cosy evening sampling some of them at its outlet in Jio World Drive. We recommend the wholesome LentilSoup (especially in this season), the airy Mushroom Vol-Au-Vents and the comforting Potato & Cheese Pide. If you want to go beyond its signature baklavas for dessert, opt for the Saffron San Sebastian Cheesecake or the Turkish Coffee Chocolate Cake. We especially enjoyed the distinctive texture of the latter – but note that is best paired with a beverage. There are Turkish Teas and Coffee available, among other options. For a cooling sip, choose the lightly creamy Levantine Lemonade – which we would gladly return for. Although we didn’t have the tummy space to taste them, we must admit that the newly launched Baklava Sundaes (loaded with 3 scoops of ice cream and several other yummy elements), looked incredibly tempting.
What: New Menu at Hurrem’s
Where: At both Hurrem’s outlets in Mumbai: BKC and Fort
Mokai, Bandra
Photo Credit: Mokai
Bandra’s artistic foodie haven on Chapel Road, Mokai, has recently unveiled its Matcha menu. Matcha beverages were already a part of the regular menu (and we had quite liked them when we visited the cafe). However, the new launch adds an experiential dimension and more options to the list. Guests can now whisk their own matcha with authentic bamboo whisks and then choose from the extensive matcha drink selection or craft their own on the spot. Mokai has imported ceremonial grade matcha from the lush tea fields of Uji, Japan, for the same. Guests can enjoy various types of matcha fusions. For instance, The Pistachio Matcha promises to be a rich delight with Sicilian pistachio paste, house blend espresso, and organic honey. The Matcha Misu combines fresh matcha mascarpone, milk, vanilla essence, condensed milk, and house-made ladyfingers. Other highlights include the Taro Boba Matcha, Mango Matcha, Hot Madagascar Vanilla Beans Matcha, Ice Cloud Matcha, Malaysian Jaggery Matcha, etc.
What: New Matcha Menu at Mokai
Where: Chapel Road, St Sebastian Colony, Ranwar, Bandra West, Mumbai.
Welcome to the Wednesday Cats of Catster! Every week, we share a story from one of our cat-loving Catsters. This week is about Isabel and her sassy rescue, Milly.
Flying is fun, exciting, and maybe a little bit nerve-wracking for some people. I mean, you are boarding a 442-ton metal contraption cruising through the sky at 580 mph roughly 40,000 feet off the ground – no biggy.
Flying can be really fear-inducing for some. I travel between Johannesburg and Cape Town quite often, so I’ve become used to it by now. Of course, I have my fears about traveling by air, but I wouldn’t say that I’m scared of flying. That was until I had to travel by air with Milly, my sassy rescue cat, while she was in the cargo hold…
Why Milly Had to Fly Cargo
Nothing quite stresses a cat owner out like discovering that at the time, all domestic airlines in South Africa didn’t allow cats to travel in the cabin of the aircraft, with the exception of service, psychiatric, or emotional support animals. I knew from the start that this would be an intense experience for the both of us, but discovering this information made me fully realize that this was going to be much more intense than I expected initially…
If you read last month’s article where I introduced myself and Milly, you’ll remember that I rescued Milly while I was a student in Potch (Potchefstroom) in 2018. This was in the North West Province, about 77 miles (124 km) from Johannesburg. We frequently drove to Joburg from Potch for the weekend to visit my family with Milly in the car. She eventually got used to that after multiple hellish trips, but that’s a story for another time.
Anyway, I graduated in 2019 and had to move back to Johannesburg with Milly. My partner (and Milly’s dad) lived in Cape Town, about 868 miles (1,396.7km) from Johannesburg. In 2020 (mid Covid-19 pandemic) I decided to move to Cape Town. I decided to go without Milly first, so I could find us a nice home and scope things out before bringing her over because I knew it wouldn’t be easy. So off I went.
Fast forward to 2022, I felt settled in and finally ready to import my little rescue cat from Joburg. I missed her terribly and although I went to visit her a couple of times during these two years in Cape Town, I longed to have her by my side and see her every day. Yes, I am obsessed.
I booked one ticket from Cape Town to Johannesburg and two tickets back to Cape Town, one for me and one for Milly. I used PetLounge, a division of BidAir Cargo. Their reviews were better than some of the other pet transport companies I researched and their prices didn’t make me want to cancel the whole mission completely, so I went with them. They were really friendly and caring and even offered me tissues when I cried hysterically throughout almost the whole process.
The Flight: A Tale of 10 Panic Modes
Our flight was around 8 am and it was recommended to arrive 2 hours prior. Milly, my father, and I arrived at the airport at 6 am. It was still dark and very quiet at Lanseria International Airport (it’s a smaller airport in Joburg). It was spooky being there so early, and we were the only people in front of the Pet Lounge. The consultant arrived a couple of minutes after us.
Oh, and Milly almost escaped from her carrier when we climbed out of the car, so we started off great! The crying commenced here. Panic mode activated. Luckily, she had her harness on. So when she succeeded in pushing the roof of the carrier just high enough for the little white door to jump out of its compartment and fling wide open, I could hold her close while I tried to MacGyver the carrier to hold until we got inside of the Pet Lounge. Thankfully, she isn’t a runner. But Milly in an open carrier in the dark, misty airport parking lot is enough to make me nearly pass out. Which thankfully I didn’t. Not even when I saw her get loaded into the cargo hold through the airport windows.
We managed to get both of us safely inside the Pet Lounge. My dad wasn’t allowed in because it was still Covid-19 and he forgot to grab his mask at home. (Do you remember the masks? It actually just feels like a fever dream now…)
Waiting in the pet lounge for our flight
Panic Mode: 5/10
Anyway, I proceeded to fill out all the forms, and we transferred Milly from her regular carrier into the aircraft-certified pet carrier so we could weigh the whole shebang. She was in mild distress during this whole process, which took about 45 minutes. I was in 5/10 panic mode at this point. The aircraft-certified carrier was nice and big with huge locks and things, so that made me feel a little more at ease. It was fitted with puppy pads and a bowl for water. No food.
Normal carrier and airplane carrier
Panic Mode: 6/10
After all the formalities, we got to chill in a closed-off, air-conditioned room with a couch and access to an outdoor area with grass. Cats also had a little room with litterboxes, which Milly had zero interest in. One of the consultants gave my dad a disposable mask so he could come inside and be with us. The guy probably saw me slowly moving into 6/10 panic mode and thought I could use the moral support.
At this point, Milly was just alternating between nervously pacing around the room, sitting underneath a table, and accompanying me on the couch for brief windows of time before starting to pace again. She also panted occasionally, which meant that she was very stressed. This, of course, made me very stressed, which made her more stressed because she sensed my stress, which then made me more stressed in return. Loads of fun.
Sitting on couch waiting for our flight
Panic Mode: 7/10
I tried to take her outside to see if she wanted to pee on the grass (she prefers grass over litter) but it was dark and gloomy and I saw some openings in the fence and I just decided it was a hard “NOPE.” Milly hadn’t done her business at this point. She was scared and confused, obviously. So, I was worried about that, too. It preluded panic mode 7/10 beautifully, just in time for the consultant to come into the room and announce that it was time to load Milly and get onboard.
Panic Mode: 8/10
Panic mode 8/10 came earlier than anticipated, and let me tell you why! I now had to leave Milly in a container with strangers and go board the flight. All I could think of was how scared, confused, and overwhelmed she must have been, especially when she didn’t see me outside the metal door anymore. Of course, every single worst scenario played out in detail in my head while I walked to my boarding gate, ugly crying all the way.
Airports are extremely loud places, and cats have a good sense of hearing. I just know Milly was going through the absolute most. I felt guilty and worried and annoyed at everyone gawking at me carrying an empty carrier (the one she arrived in and almost escaped from) and sobbing like a child.
I stood in the queue to board the plane and watched the cargo truck stop and offload a couple of items by the plane. Prams, wheelchairs, and Milly! I recognized the airline-certified carrier, and there weren’t any other pets on this flight. It was her. My pofhoendertjie (one of my many Afrikaans nicknames for her, which loosely translates to fuzzy chicken).
Panic Mode: 9/10
You guessed it, panic mode 9/10 activated. I couldn’t hold back my tears. A couple of people actually asked me if I was okay. Bless their hearts. I was, in fact, not okay. The flight wasn’t long, roughly 2 hours, which felt like seven. I just watched a reality show (my guilty pleasure) and tried my best not to make overly loud sobbing sounds while I gently cried throughout the entire flight.
Panic Mode: 10/10
Finally, we landed in Cape Town and my heart yearned for Milly. To hold her, comfort her, and see if she was okay. I basically sprinted off the plane and out of the arrival gates and met up with my partner. We now had to locate Milly somewhere in Cape Town International Airport. It was at the cargo department, where regular flyers seldomly go. You wouldn’t believe it, but panic mode 10/10 had actually made its way to the party during this search for Milly.
Seeing Milly after the flight
You’ll have to tune in next time to hear the rest of this story and how long it took for her to settle into a completely new home and life. If you’ve actually read this far, well done, and thank you! You can catch a new story from me and Milly every month on Catster.com.
Cheers vir eers!
(cheers for now)
This article features Isabel and Milly in our Wednesday Cats of Catster series.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
AKO tražite savršenu deku koja će vas grijati tijekom hladnih dana i istovremeno pružiti nevjerojatnu udobnost, deka s Temua bit će pravi izbor za vas. Mekana, topla i udobna, ova deka postala je najprodavanija u svojoj kategoriji na Temuu, a razlog za to nije samo povoljna cijena već i odlična kvaliteta, prema mišljenju mnogih kupaca.
Deka od umjetnog zečjeg krzna oduševila je više od 100 tisuća kupaca, a njihove recenzije jasno pokazuju zašto je postala hit. Kupci se slažu da je kvaliteta daleko iznad očekivanja. Prosječna ocjena od 4.7 zvjezdica na Temuu najbolje govori o zadovoljstvu korisnika.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Mnogi kupci kažu da je veličina deke taman – nije ni premala ni prevelika. Osim toga, jako je praktična i možete je koristiti cijele godine, bilo da je ljeti bacite na kauč za dodatnu udobnost ili je koristite zimi da se ugrijete.
Kupci je obožavaju
Mnogi kupci u recenzijama govore da je deka “neopisivo mekana”, “izuzetno topla” i “nevjerojatno udobna”. Neki kažu da je osjećaj gotovo kao da se umotate u oblak! Također, puno ljudi hvali kvalitetu materijala, ističući da je deka dovoljno lagana da pruža udobnost, ali i daje toplinu.
Deka je sada na sniženju i košta samo 12.18 eura. Možete je vidjeti ovdje.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
The gaming industry is on the rise in India, with a significant number of gamers being added every year. According to a report sighted by Google in a blog post, approximately 23 million new gamers were recently added in India, taking the total number to 590 million this fiscal year. India is the world’s second-largest market for mobile gaming, with average weekly playtime increasing by nearly 30 per cent.
Notably, Squad Busters was ranked as the most popular game as well as the top game in the multi-player game segment on the Google Play store as of November 19, 2024.
Here’s a list of top Android games on Google Play Store in India:
• Best game: Squad Busters
• Best multi-device game: Clash of Clans
• Best Pick up and Play app: Bullet Echo India: Gun Game
• Best made in India game: Indus Battle Royale
• Best Indie app: Bloom- A puzzle adventure
• Best story: Yes, Your Grace
• Best Ongoing game: Battleground Mobile India
• Best game on Play Pass: Zombie Sniper War 3 – Fire FPS
• Best Google Play Games on PC: Cookie Run: Tower of Adventures
• Best multiplayer game: Squad Busters
In related developments, a report earlier this year suggested that India’s gaming market is expected to leap from $3.7 billion in FY24 to an estimated $ 9.8 billion by FY29, with a significant CAGR of approximately 20 per cent.
A taste of ‘old-world hospitality and charm and killer north Indian’ food, to the best desi food and ‘finger-licking chaats’ – you name it and Delhi has it. A Delhiite wanted to know the most unforgettable dining experiences the capital has to offer and came to the right place: Reddit. Also read | Reddit’s hot list of 38 restaurants in Mumbai: Check ‘what you absolutely have to eat’, cost per head and more
Indian Accent, which showcases inventive Indian cuisine, made the list of recommendations on Reddit. (Instagram/ Indian Accent)
‘Which restaurants lived up to your expectations?’
They wrote, “I’ve seen a lot of posts on this sub about overhyped, overpriced restaurants, so I thought I’d ask the exact opposite question. Delhiites, which restaurants in the city lived up to your expectations or exceeded them? These can be anything from street food to fine dining. Would be perfect if you mentioned your favourite dish from them too.”
Before inviting suggestions, they shared their own take on which Delhi eateries live up to the hype, writing, “For me, it would be The Grammar Room near Qutub. I think all of their desserts are incredible, but the pancakes with pastry cream, almonds and sour cherries, the chocolate cheesecake, and the peanut butter and jelly French toast made me see god. The Turkish eggs are also amazing if you want something savoury.”
Reddit’s suggestions include street food, fine dining
Many shared their list of famous Delhi restaurants that do not disappoint, representing a wild mix of cuisines. Alongside familiar names such as Kwality in Connaught Place (CP), some came up with a bunch of smaller haunts to take note of, from Rajender da Dhaba to Kake de Hatti.
A Redditor wrote, “Kwality in CP for old-world hospitality and charm and killer north Indian. Jamun in Lodhi Colony for finger-licking Indian and chaat. Cafe Dori (Dhan Mill one, not the shitty one in Vasant Vihar) for gorgeous pastas and European mains. Perch Khan Market for truly hands-down the best flat white in Delhi NCR. EVOO Geetanjali Enclave for the best pizzas in Delhi – I’ve travelled through Italy and the good folks at EVOO have NAILED the Neapolitan pizza. The summer special burrata and mango salad makes me weep just thinking about it. My absolute favourite is the extravagant six-course Chef’s tasting menu at Indian Accent, the Lodhi. It burns a hole in the pocket, but it’s not for everyday dining anyway. It’s perfect for those big anniversary dates, proposals, and birthdays.”
Another said, “United Coffee House is much better option in old world hospitality list around CP.” Someone also shared their list, writing, “ukhara and Dum Pukht at ITC Maurya. Indian Accent at the Lodhi. If you’re a die hard Chinese fan like me, Good old Fujiya at Malcha Marg, Bercos in CP, Nanking in Vasant Kunj. Perch in Khan Market Latitude at Good Earth, Khan Market. Gulati and Have More at Pandara. Kwality at CP. Cafe Dori, Dhan Mills compound. Olive and Bo Tai, Qutub. Kakapo, Qutub again.”
A person also said, ‘Moti Mahal in Darya ganj – butter chicken and butter naan amazing. Karim, Jama Masjid – non veg paradise. Aslam Chicken, Jama Masjid – signature dish Aslam butter chicken. Rajender da Dhaba – Safdarjung Enclave market – veg and non-veg both are good.”
It’s been over 20 years since Stephen Schwartz’s hit musical debuted on Broadway, telling the story of the Wicked Witch of the West and Glinda the Good before, during and after the events of the Wizard of Oz.
Now the long-awaited big screen adaptation is here from Crazy Rich Asians director Jon M Chu with Cynthia Erivo and Ariana Grande, stars with suitably impressive pipes, as the two leads.
It’s worth noting that Wicked is actually Wicked: Part 1 and only covers Act 1 of of the stage musical, up to the iconic Defying Gravity number.
Despite this, this first movie manages to be 10 minutes longer than the whole theatrical production at 160 minutes. This is great news for the biggest of fans as no songs are cut, but a call to trim the fat for everybody else as it really does drag in places.
Nevertheless, there’s plenty to enjoy in Wicked: Part 1, which focuses on Erivo’s outcast, Elphaba (the future Wicked Witch) and Grande’s preening pink princess Galinda (the future Good Witch), in their time studying at Shiz University.
The academic institution is something of an Ozwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry, which is more Americanised Sabrina the Teenage Witch high school than Harry Potter. Erivo and Grande are excellent in their roles, especially the latter, who is particularly laugh-out-loud funny, moving from female Draco Malfoy to well-meaning cheerleader as the story progresses.
Meanwhile, Jeff Goldblum and Michelle Yeoh feel somewhat underused in their roles as the Headmistress and Wizard of Oz, but there’s always room for Part 2. For us, the standout performance was Jonathan Bailey as Winkie Prince Fiyero, a Gaston-esque hunk who steals the show (and Galindo’s heart) in Dancing Through Life.
Talking of musical numbers, they begin somewhat muted with No One Mourns the Wicked and are hit-and-miss throughout. However, when done well, the film excels with What Is This Feeling demonstrating exceptional choreography and plenty of oomph – something other tracks lack.
Colourful costumes and fantastical sets are a particular highlight, although the heavy use of CGI (especially for locations and talking animals) makes Wicked look like yet another Disney live-action remake. Despite its faults, Part 1 sticks the landing with Defying Gravity’s epic and literally goosebump-inducing send-off, as Erivo’s Wicked Witch shoots off into the sky before the events of the Wizard of Oz begin in Act 2, aka Part 2.
For fans, this is an extremely faithful adaptation of the show, while for casual viewers who fancy a musical or just the next big family blockbuster, it’s certainly worth visiting the cinema for those sprinkles of magic.
Wicked is released in cinemas on November 22 and Wicked: Part 2 is expected to hit the big screen on November 21, 2025.
BYD’s luxury brand Denza has launched one of its most ambitious vehicles yet – an electric seven-seat SUV with 710kW of power, called the N9.
Unveiled at the Guangzhou motor show, the electric N9 well and truly fits into the full-sized SUV category, measuring 5258mm long, 2030mm wide, and 1830mm high with a wheelbase of 3125mm.
Car News China reports that in electric vehicle (EV) form, it’s powered by a trio of electric motors with a combined output of 710kW.
The N9 will feature BYD’s Blade battery technology, although battery specifications have not yet been announced.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
A plug-in hybrid (PHEV) version of the N9 will also reportedly be available with a 2.0-litre petrol engine, in addition to a 200kW motor on the front axle and a pair of 240kW motors at each rear corner.
Combined outputs for the PHEV will be 680kW, while a 47kWh lithium iron phosphate blade battery pack gives it a claimed electric driving range of 165km.
Unlike many seven-seat SUVs, the N9 utilises a 2-2-3 seating layout, with captain’s chairs in the second row.
The example displayed at the Guangzhou show was fitted with blackout windows, so as to disguise the interior of the N9 for the time being.
The N9’s exterior has a squared-off look, with horizontal lighting elements front and rear that accentuate its width. However, strong shoulder lines stop it looking as boxy as other recent Chinese SUVs.
The SUV one of three flagship models that will be built on Denza’s e3 platform, joining the Z9 sedan and Z9 GT wagon.
EVDirect, BYD’s local distributor, has confirmed the luxurious Denza brand will be launching in Australia during 2025, though it has yet to confirm which vehicles will be offered here.
If the N9 were to be sold Down Under, it would likely compete with vehicles such as the plug-in hybrid Volvo XC90 and electric Kia EV9.
Denza was originally a joint venture between BYD and Mercedes-Benz, although the latter sold its stake in the brand back in September.
MORE: BYD’s luxury Denza brand locked in for Australia
A credit score is a three-digit number ranging between 300 and 900, used to evaluate your creditworthiness, while a credit report is a detailed document prepared by credit bureaus like CIBIL, Experian, Equifax, or CRIF High Mark.
A higher credit score indicates better financial discipline, making you an attractive candidate for loans, credit cards, and other financial products. (Representative image)
When managing personal finances, two terms that frequently arise are “credit score” and “credit report”. Though interconnected, they are distinct concepts with unique roles in your financial journey. Understanding their differences and maintaining them in good shape can significantly influence your financial health.
What Is a Credit Score?
A credit score is a three-digit number ranging between 300 and 900, used to evaluate your creditworthiness. It’s calculated based on factors like your repayment history, credit utilisation ratio, credit mix, and the length of your credit history.
A higher score indicates better financial discipline, making you an attractive candidate for loans, credit cards, and other financial products. For instance, a score above 750 is considered excellent in India, giving you access to favourable loan terms and interest rates.
What Is a Credit Report?
On the other hand, a credit report is a detailed document prepared by credit bureaus like CIBIL, Experian, Equifax, or CRIF High Mark. It includes:
1. Personal Information: Name, PAN, Aadhaar, date of birth, etc.
2. Credit Accounts: Details of your credit cards, loans, and repayment history.
3. Public Records: Any bankruptcies, tax liens, or civil judgments.
4. Credit Inquiries: A record of institutions that have checked your credit in the past.
The credit report provides a comprehensive overview of your financial behaviour and serves as the foundation for calculating your credit score.
Key Differences Between Credit Score and Credit Report
Aspect
Credit Score
Credit Report
Nature
A numerical value
A detailed financial document
Purpose
Indicates creditworthiness
Provides detailed financial history
Focus
Overview
Comprehensive breakdown
Updates
Frequently updated
Updated periodically
Tips to Keep Your Credit Score and Report in Good Shape
1. Pay Your Bills on Time
Your payment history contributes significantly to your credit score. Late payments or defaults can hurt your score and appear as negative marks on your credit report.
2. Keep Credit Utilisation Low
Aim to use less than 30 per cent of your available credit limit. High utilisation ratios signal financial stress and may lower your score.
3. Avoid Frequent Hard Inquiries
Applying for too many loans or credit cards in a short period results in hard inquiries, which can hurt your score. Instead, focus on financial products that meet your needs.
4. Check Your Credit Report Regularly
Periodically review your credit report for errors or inaccuracies, such as incorrect account details or unrecognised transactions, and dispute them promptly.
5. Maintain a Mix of Credit
A healthy combination of secured (home loan, car loan) and unsecured credit (credit cards, personal loans) demonstrates balanced financial behaviour.
6. Clear Outstanding Dues
Settling unpaid balances and avoiding defaults boost your score and ensure your credit report reflects responsible borrowing habits.
7. Limit Closing Old Credit Accounts
Older accounts contribute to the length of your credit history. Closing them might reduce your average account age, impacting your credit score negatively.
Why Maintaining Them Matters
A good credit score and clean credit report open doors to better financial opportunities, including faster loan approvals, higher credit limits, and lower interest rates. Poor credit behaviour, conversely, can result in rejected applications or unfavourable terms.
Conclusion
While a credit score provides a quick snapshot of your financial health, the credit report narrates the story behind it. By understanding their differences and focusing on financial discipline, you can ensure they remain assets in your financial toolkit. Regular monitoring, timely payments, and responsible credit usage are key to maintaining a robust credit profile.
News business Credit Score Vs Credit Report: What Are These, How To Keep Them In Good Shape?
Bitcoin has been skyrocketing to all-time highs after the election. The price is up by more than three percent in the last 24 hours and is currently trading above the crucial $94,500 mark. Majority of the top 10 cryptocurrencies are trading in green, keeping the overall market sentiment positive. Yesterday, Bitcoin was testing the $91k levels. However, with renewed hope and constant institutional interest, the anticipation of hitting the $100k mark has kept everyone on the edge.
Santiment revealed that Bitcoin’s new all-time high has reached $94,400, yet the overall commentary on social media remains relatively calm. This lack of excitement is actually a positive sign, as fear of missing out (FOMO) often leads to price corrections. As long as retail traders remain skeptical, large investors (whales) can continue to drive Bitcoin’s price higher with minimal pushback.
Bitcoin Price Prediction:
The next key levels to watch are $95k, $97k, and even $100k, but there’s no guarantee we’ll reach them yet. While Bitcoin is seeing some gains, altcoins aren’t doing much right now. If Bitcoin continues to climb, it may cause a shift in focus back to altcoins, but we need to be careful about a potential pullback.
If Bitcoin experiences a pullback, it might not be a sharp crash; it could just be a sideways correction, which would still allow for more upward movement after. The key here is to watch for a continuation above key levels and to keep an eye on the individual altcoins for any support breakdowns.
However, BTC is still looking for higher prices, as long as the support holds, but the market structure is a bit choppy and uncertain. Momentum isn’t too strong, and there’s a possibility this could be a temporary correction rather than a clear upward wave.
New research suggests that manufacturing marketers — like a lot of other B2B marketers — only feel “average” about their content marketing.
Sixty-seven percent of manufacturing marketers say their content strategy is moderately effective. Thirteen percent say it is not very or at all effective, and only 20% say it is very effective, according to the Content Marketing Institute’s annual survey conducted with MarketingProfs.
Manufacturing marketers say the main reasons why their strategies are not as effective as they could be is because they are not tied to the customer journey (47%), are not data driven (46%), and/or lack clear goals (40%).
Fewer than half blame:
Ineffective audience research (25%)
Failure to iterate/adapt (22%)
Inconsistent brand voice (21%)
Emphasizing content quantity over quality (18%)
Unrealistic expectations (18%)
Other (16%)
Poor content quality (11%)
Content challenges: Creating enough that converts
Sixty-six percent of manufacturing marketers say creating content that prompts a desired action is challenging. Fifty-four percent say creating content consistently is a challenge, and half say creating enough content is. Other challenges include:
Creating the right content for our audience (45%)
Differentiating our content (44%)
Content repurposing (42%)
Optimizing for SEO (34%)
Creating quality content (32%)
Other (6%)
Morgan Norris Senior Brand and Content Strategist TREW Marketing
Morgan Norris, senior brand and content strategist, TREW Marketing, explains why these content challenges may exist and how to overcome them:
Technical marketers sometimes stall because they don’t know what to create or what type of content will resonate with their prospects and customers. If this is you, try sitting in on a few sales calls to better understand what your customers are experiencing and how your products or services solve their challenges. Listen for the specific words they use to frame their problem and how they’ve tried to fix it thus far. Identify topics and content pieces that would attract these prospects earlier, and content that would help them make a purchase decision faster. Getting pushback from sales? Ask for call recordings or transcripts from their meetings and start with those.
Situational issues: Lack of resources
Manufacturing marketers’ most common pressing situational challenge is a lack of resources (57%), and half say they’re challenged in aligning content with the buyer’s journey. Other challenges include:
Measurement challenges: Tying to business goals
Manufacturing marketers split in their assessment of how well they analyze performance — 45% agree that they measure effectively, and 34% disagree. Seventeen percent neither agree nor disagree, and 5% don’t measure effectiveness at all.
So, what kind of challenges do they face while measuring content performance? Sixty-four percent say they have difficulty attributing ROI to content efforts and tracking customer journeys. Other challenges include:
Inability to tie performance to business goals (53%)
Lack of clear marketing goals/KPIs (48%)
Data silos within the organization (40%)
Insufficient resources or budget (39%)
Complex or inadequate reporting systems (36%)
Inability to extract valuable information from data/analytics (32%)
Lack of data skills/talent (32%)
Limited access to advanced analytics tools (31%)
Content management issues: Technology’s potential
Only 21% of manufacturing marketers tell us they have the right technology, while 36% say they have the technology but aren’t using it to its potential. Thirty-five percent say they haven’t acquired the right technology, and 8% are unsure.
In addition, more than half (54%) of manufacturing marketers lack a scalable model for content creation. Thirty-one percent say they have a model, and 15% are unsure.
Tech stack hurdles: Lack of essential capabilities
When asked which, if any, essential capabilities are missing from their tech stacks, 58% of manufacturing marketers say the ability to automate repetitive tasks and workflows. The same number also cite streamlined marketing data management and reporting as missing features. Other missing capabilities include:
Data-driven decision-making capabilities (57%)
Efficient lead generation and nurturing processes (52%)
Strong alignment between sales and marketing (50%)
Advanced personalization options (49%)
Easy access to enterprise analytics (39%)
Eight percent say no capabilities are missing from their marketing tech stack.
AI matters: Minimal integration
Seventy-six percent of manufacturing marketers report using generative AI tools, an adoption rate like other B2B marketers in the broader annual content marketing survey.
While 57% of manufacturing marketers describe the quality of content generated by AI as excellent, very good, or good, another 43% describe it as fair or poor. This latter group may be more wary of the content, which makes sense, considering the technical nature of the products they produce.
Regarding adoption, only 7% of manufacturing marketers say AI is integrated into daily processes/workflows. Around half (51%) say their teams experiment with AI on an ad hoc basis. Forty-two percent say their teams do not formally use AI, but individual staff may choose to use it.
Craig Coffey, content strategy and marketing manager at Eaton, shares what may be happening with AI use and attitudes:
When it comes to the adoption of AI, I think a couple of things may be at play. First, I think manufacturing content marketers are being expectedly cautious about allowing LLMs to gain access to information that could be intellectual property (the “secret sauce”) related to their products; their due diligence process and learning curve are more cautious and protracted.
Second, manufacturing tends to lag the rest of B2B in the adoption of technology not because they don’t see the value but because of their tendency to be more long-term planners — chasing the shiny new thing isn’t in their DNA.
With all the AI tools and tech out there, manufacturing marketers may likely be looking further out, and instead of adopting technology that is cutting edge now, they’re making educated bets on which of these products might be acquired by larger martech providers and becoming features of their current tech stack, rather than standalone tools.
Content type trends: Video popular and effective
The two most popular types of content used by manufacturing marketers in the previous 12 months are short articles/posts (89%) and videos (85%). Other formats include product technical/data sheets (71%), case studies/customer stories (70%), long articles/posts (57%), data visualizations/visual content (53%), e-books/white papers (44%), interactive content (19%), and research reports (14%).
Of those content types, manufacturing marketers say videos are the most effective (74%), followed by case studies/customer stories (45%), e-books/white papers (43%), and short articles/posts (36%).
Pete Grasso Head of Marketing Communications & Technical Training Heatcraft Refrigeration Products
Pete Grasso, head of marketing communications and technical training, Heatcraft Refrigeration Products, shares why video works so well:
B2B companies can’t afford to be left behind in effective communication trends — our audiences are used to consuming video content from B2C brands, and we need to meet them where they are.
Videos allow us to simplify complex topics into engaging, digestible content, making sure we’re not just informing but genuinely connecting with our audience. Just because we’re in manufacturing doesn’t mean our content should be static or unengaging. Videos have transformed the way we share technical knowledge, keeping it fresh and accessible. The shift toward video isn’t just a trend; it’s a necessary adaptation, one that we’re embracing to stay impactful and relevant in our communication strategy.
Read about how Heatcraft Refrigeration Products uses video in its marketing.
Distribution channel uses: Organic tops and in-person wins
Nearly all manufacturing marketers (95%) distributed content via organic social platforms in the last 12 months. Seventy-six percent published blogs on their corporate website, and 71% used in-person events. Other channels include:
Email newsletter (64%)
Email other than newsletters (62%)
Webinars (42%)
Digital magazine (40%)
Print magazine (36%)
Digital events (31%)
Less than one-fourth of manufacturing marketers used microsites (23%), online learning platforms (16%), podcasts (16%), direct mail (14%), branded online communities (10%), hybrid events (7%), mobile apps (3%), and separate content brands (3%).
Manufacturing marketers say in-person events (51%) are their most effective distribution channel, followed closely by blogs on corporate websites (49%) and webinars (49%).
They also rate email (45%) as effective, as well as email newsletters (40%) and organic social media platforms (39%).
Paid channel applications: Search wins
Ninety-two percent of manufacturing marketers say they used paid channels in the last 12 months. Of those who did, 70% used search engine marketing (SEM)/pay-per-click (PPC). Other paid channels cited include:
Digital display advertising (69%)
Social media advertising/promoted posts (66%)
Sponsorships — events, booths, workshops, etc. (60%)
Print display advertising (46%)
Native advertising/sponsored content, not including social media platforms (41%)
Partner emails promoting our content (33%)
Influencer marketing (19%)
Sixty-eight percent of manufacturing marketers cite search engine and pay-per-click marketing as producing the best paid-channel results. Forty-eight percent say sponsorships, followed by social media advertising/promoted posts (42%), partner emails promoting the brand’s content (37%), and digital display advertising (35%).
Social media use: LinkedIn tops, X sees drop
Most (85%) of manufacturing marketers, like most other B2B marketers, say LinkedIn is the social media platform that delivers the best value for their organization. Forty percent say YouTube delivers value, which makes sense considering the popularity and effectiveness of videos for manufacturing marketers. Here’s the breakdown by platforms that manufacturing marketers say deliver the best value:
LinkedIn (85%)
YouTube (40%)
Facebook (31%)
Instagram (18%)
TikTok (5%)
X/Twitter (5%)
Sixty-seven percent of manufacturing marketers increased their use of LinkedIn over the last 12 months. Thirty-five percent increased their use of YouTube, 26% on Instagram, 23% on Facebook, 10% on TikTok, 7% on Reddit, and 3% increased their use of X.
Of those marketers who spent less time on platforms, X saw the most decline (26%), while only 6% decreased their use of LinkedIn. Thirteen percent decreased their use of Instagram, 18% on Facebook, 4% on TikTok, and 2% on Reddit.
Budgets and spending trends: Flat but boosts in video, thought leadership
Thirty-seven percent of manufacturing marketers tell us they expected their content marketing budget to increase in 2025; however, more expected it to stay the same (46%), and 11% expect a decrease. Six percent are unsure.
At least half of manufacturing marketers predict increased investment for videos (62%) and thought leadership content (50%) in 2025. Other areas where they see increased investment include:
AI for content optimization/performance (35%)
In-person events (35%)
Paid advertising (35%)
AI for content creation (33%)
Webinars (31%)
Building online community (21%)
Audio content (18%)
Digital events (13%)
Looking toward 2025
To improve their content strategies, manufacturing marketers must continue to map strategy to the customer journey, have better access to customer data, and work with other internal teams to define clear goals for content marketing.
In the battle to produce enough content to meet their organizations’ needs, manufacturing marketers not only need to align with internal sales teams but also develop scalable models for content creation.
Manufacturing marketers report that they’re often strapped for resources, so identifying ways to get the most bang for their content buck will be critical in 2025, especially when many expect their content marketing budgets to stay flat in the year ahead.
Methodology
Content Marketing Institute conducts an annual survey with MarketingProfs every year. These findings come from the 104 manufacturing participants of the 1,186 marketers around the globe who responded between June and August 2024.
Seventy-eight percent of the manufacturing marketers work for B2B brands, while 22% work for B2B and B2C brands.
These marketers work in manufacturing companies of these employee sizes:
One to 99 employees (19%)
100 to 999 employees (31%)
1,000-plus employees (50%)
Get the latest Content Marketing Institute research reports while they’re hot – subscribe to the daily or weekly newsletter.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Manish Goel, Founder and Managing Director of Equentis Wealth Advisory Services, shares valuable insights on the importance of early equity investing for teenagers and young adults. A seasoned financial expert committed to democratizing wealth creation in India, Goel has been instrumental in bridging the gap in financial literacy. This interview explores how early exposure to investing can help young individuals build financial discipline and achieve long-term success in today’s evolving investment landscape.
What are the primary benefits of starting equity investing at a young age, and how does early exposure influence long-term financial success?
Starting equity investment early is comparable to planting a tree – it requires patience and nurturing but yields exponential returns over time. The power of compounding becomes evident through real examples: investing ₹60,000 annually with a 10 per cent return from age 10 could accumulate to approximately ₹2.5 crores by age 50.
However, the same investment starting at age 15 would yield only ₹1.6 crores, further dropping to ₹1 crore if begun at age 20, and merely ₹59 lakhs if delayed until age 25. This dramatic difference illustrates why early investment, combined with wise choices in solid, reliable assets, is crucial for maximizing long-term financial growth. It’s not just about starting early; it’s about giving your investments the time to mature and compound, much like a tree that eventually provides thousands of fruits from a single seed.
At what age do you think it’s appropriate to introduce teenagers to the stock market, and what concepts should parents start with?
Investment education should be viewed as a continuous journey rather than a curriculum with a fixed starting age. Just as we don’t wait for a specific age to teach children about respecting elders or eating healthy, financial literacy should be naturally integrated into their upbringing from an early age. It’s about developing a mindset and lifestyle that understands the value of money and smart financial decisions.
This approach helps children grow into financially aware individuals who understand basic economic concepts before they even encounter actual stock market investments. The focus should be on building a foundation of good financial habits that will serve them throughout their lives, rather than rushing them into understanding complex market mechanisms.
What practical steps can parents take to guide their teens into making their first investments while keeping risk at a manageable level?
The journey to investment education should begin with basic saving habits. Start by introducing a piggy bank system where children learn the fundamental concept of saving. Make it engaging by matching their savings, teaching them that money can grow when managed well. As they approach age 10, the next step is opening a bank account under parental guidance, allowing them to experience real banking operations and understand how interest works.
When they reach their teenage years, make investing relatable by connecting it to their daily lives – for instance, if they like certain brands or products, explain how they could own a part of these companies through stocks. This gradual progression from saving to understanding basic investment concepts helps build a strong foundation while keeping risks manageable through proper guidance and education.
What kind of mindset should teens develop early on to navigate the volatility of the stock market effectively?
The essential mindset for young investors centers on understanding that money management principles remain constant regardless of age – whether you’re 15 or 50. They need to develop patience, discipline, and a long-term perspective while accepting that market performance varies significantly year by year. Some years might bring returns as high as 50 per cent or more, while others might show no growth or even losses.
This understanding helps build resilience against market volatility. The key is to maintain consistency in approach and clarity in investment goals, allowing the power of compounding to work its magic over time. Young investors must learn to view market corrections not as setbacks but as potential opportunities, developing the emotional maturity to stick to their investment plans despite market fluctuations.
Are there specific tools or resources you recommend to help young investors understand market basics and manage their portfolios responsibly?
In today’s digital age, while information is abundant, it’s crucial to be selective about learning sources. Social media platforms and ‘finfluencers’ often oversimplify complex financial concepts or spread misinformation. Instead, focus should be on structured learning programs that provide comprehensive, unbiased financial education.
This is particularly relevant given the dramatic increase in market participation – from 2.74 crore registered investors on the National Stock Exchange before COVID to over 10.37 crore currently, with 40 per cent being under 30 years old.
Platforms like Informed InvestoRR offer systematic financial education designed to help investors understand market basics and develop responsible investment habits. The focus should be on learning fundamentals rather than seeking quick-fix solutions or following trending investment advice.
Could you share common challenges or misconceptions young investors face when they start, and how can they avoid these pitfalls?
The modern investment landscape presents several significant challenges for young investors, particularly in the age of instant gratification and social media. One of the primary hurdles is the temptation to act on impulse, driven by smartphones and trading apps that constantly push notifications encouraging frequent trading.
This generation’s familiarity with instant results can make it particularly difficult to resist the urge to constantly buy and sell. Another major misconception stems from impatience – when you’re accustomed to quick delivery and instant content, the concept of waiting years for investment returns can feel foreign and frustrating.
The challenge of peer pressure also plays a significant role, especially when friends might be following trending investment advice from social media influencers rather than pursuing sound investment education.
Additionally, many new investors fall into the trap of focusing solely on price movements, believing that lower-priced stocks are automatically better investments or that short-term price increases indicate a good investment opportunity.
We’ve been able to find some niche Black Friday deals that should make perfect gifts and help you knock out your holiday shopping on the cheap. If you’ve already gone through Black Friday Nintendo Switch deals and you’re nonplussed as to what to buy the Pokemon fan in your life, then we have you covered. This Pikachu ceramic ramen bowl is a lovely gift for any fan of the Pokemon franchise who already has all the games. It’s just $10 right now, which is incredibly cheap.
This lovely bowl has a motif of Pikachu dancing and surrounded by electricity. The bowl itself is a lovely Pikachu-yellow color. It comes with themed chopsticks and a spoon too. It has a 20-ounce capacity and it’s microwave-safe, which is a huge win when it comes to ramen bowls, because we’re not all making it fresh.
Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money.
If you’re looking for some other bits of inspiration for good gifts, then we’ve got a great guide on the best toys for kids. Just because something is aimed at kids doesn’t mean those of us who refuse to grow up can’t enjoy it. We all agree that buying your kids presents you want is good parenting, right?
Will this bowl go on sale for less this year?
This is listed as being the lowest price in the last 30 days on Amazon, but we’d be surprised to see it go for much lower. It makes for a great gift, and anything that’s Pokemon-themed tends to hold its price very well due to the sheer weight of the IP.
Watch this: How to Shop Black Friday Deals Like a Pro
Humans may have reached their max life expectancy, according to a recent Harvard study — but that’s likely not going to stop them from trying to extend their years.
A recent poll found that 81% of respondents reported being “somewhat or very willing” to spend money to live longer — although many are unsure of where to start.
Dr. Sajad Zalzala, co-founder and chief medical officer of AgelessRx in Detroit, Michigan, is committed to helping people live not only their longest, but also their healthiest lives.
TRUMP’S STAMINA AT AGE 78 IMPRESSES THE EXPERTS: ‘MENTAL AND PHYSICAL RESILIENCE’
As a physician with a background in functional medicine, Zalzala worked to find and treat the root causes of symptoms and illness — which led him into the longevity space.
In 2019, he launched AgelessRx to try to “solve the puzzle of aging.”
Dr. Sajad Zalzala, co-founder and chief medical officer of AgelessRx in Detroit, Michigan, shares his secrets to living a longer, healthier life.(Dr. Sajad Zalzala / AgelessRX)
Zalzala spoke on camera with Fox News Digital about the hallmarks of aging and what he sees as the most important components of a longer, healthier life.
The hallmarks of aging
While the aging process can look different for different people, researchers have identified some “common denominators” of cellular and molecular aging, which Zalzala shared with Fox News Digital.
WOMAN CREDITS THIS DRINK OF CHOICE TO 105 YEARS OF LIFE: ‘A PERFECT MATCH’
1. Genomic instability: This occurs when damaged DNA leads to diseases like cancer and weakens the body’s ability to heal, according to the doctor.
2. Telomere attrition: Shorter telomeres (DNA sequences at the end of a chromosome) are what cause visible aging signs like wrinkles and slower cell regeneration.
3. Epigenetic alteration: This is when environmental factors alter gene function, accelerating skin aging and metabolic issues, Zalzala said.
4. Loss of proteostasis: “Misfolded proteins contribute to age-related diseases like Alzheimer’s,” the doctor said.
5. Mitochondrial dysfunction: Reduced energy production leads to fatigue and muscle weakness, according to Zalzala.
6. Deregulated nutrient sensing: “Dysfunction in regulating metabolism and controlling energy production is a cause of why we age,” the doctor said.
7. Cellular senescence: With this phenomenon, cells stop dividing, causing aging signs like thinning skin and age spots.
8. Stem cell exhaustion: “Fewer stem cells result in gray hair and slower tissue repair,” Zalzala noted.
9. Altered intercellular communication: Poor cell communication weakens tissue health and immune responses, according to the doctor.
10. Disabled macroautophagy: This is a slowdown of the process that provides metabolites and energy to cells, according to ScienceDirect.
11. Chronic inflammation: As people grow older, an increase in inflammation is directly linked to the development of many diseases and effects of aging, experts agree.
12. Dysbiosis: This condition causes an imbalance in the microscopic organisms within the body, which can have negative impacts on health, per Cleveland Clinic.
Many of the hallmarks of aging can be addressed through behavioral changes, the doctor said.(iStock)
Many of these hallmarks can be addressed through behavioral changes, Zalzala said.
“A lot of things can be benefited by lifestyle,” he said. “For example, eating a highly processed diet, not exercising and being sedentary promotes inflammation, and that accelerates the aging process.”
5 cornerstones of health
The doctor shared some of his habits in each of the five “buckets” of healthy living.
1. Eating right
Zalzala follows a “Paleo-like” diet, which consists mainly of whole foods like vegetables, low-glycemic fruits and lean protein.
“I stay away from excessively processed foods, excessive sweets, and foods with too many starches or simple sugars,” he said.
“Eating a highly processed diet, not exercising and being sedentary promotes inflammation and accelerates the aging process.”
There’s a lot of debate about whether grains are healthy, Zalzala noted. He tends to avoid them.
“From a pure health perspective, I don’t think there’s much nutritional value in them,” he said.
When it comes to fruit, not all are created equal, according to Zalzala.
Zalzala follows a “Paleo-like” diet, which consists mainly of whole foods like vegetables, low-glycemic fruits and lean protein.(iStock)
“Bananas and grapes are high-glycemic foods — you want to stick to low-glycemic fruits such as berries and cherries.”
The doctor also abstains from drinking alcohol.
“Alcohol is not very good for longevity, and I would recommend limiting it,” he said. “More studies seem to show that there’s really no good level of alcohol consumption.”
2. Staying active
While Zalzala said he’s “not a huge exercise guy,” he does recognize the importance of physical activity in slowing down aging.
He uses a walking desk in his office for a couple of hours each day, and he does martial arts classes with his teenage son.
AS SOLO AGING BECOMES MORE COMMON, HERE’S HOW TO THRIVE ON YOUR OWN
The doctor also spends 20 or 30 minutes per day doing a mix of exercises, including riding a stationary bike, using a rowing machine and lifting free weights.
“I try to get a little bit of cardio and a little bit of weight resistance training each day,” Zalzala said.
3. Choosing the right medications
While Zalzala said he is “very comfortable” with medications, they should be prescribed carefully based on each person’s individual health goals.
One medication he regularly takes is metformin, which is used to treat type 2 diabetes and gestational diabetes.
While the aging process can look different for different people, researchers have identified some “common denominators” of cellular and molecular aging.(iStock)
Some studies have shown that metformin could help to promote longevity and better health outcomes, the doctor said.
“I started taking it mostly for prevention, as I’ve always struggled with my weight,” Zalzala said.
The doctor has also recently started taking rapamycin, an immunosuppressive drug that has been heralded for its potential longevity-boosting properties.
“Having some way to measure and monitor sleep is very important.”
Zalzala also sometimes takes acarbose, an anti-diabetic medication that helps to regulate blood sugar.
“When I do eat starches and carbs, I try to take acarbose to limit some of the blood sugar spikes that can occur — and it also helps improve the microbiome,” he said.
While Zalzala said he is “very comfortable” with medications, they should be prescribed carefully based on each person’s individual health goals.(iStock)
Most recently, Zalzala started taking atorvastatin (Lipitor) to help keep his cholesterol at a healthy level.
“I have a family history of heart disease, and I just couldn’t get my LDL cholesterol down with diet and exercise,” he said.
AGING SLOWDOWN COULD BE SURPRISE BENEFIT OF EXISTING MEDICATION, RESEARCH SHOWS
The doctor occasionally takes NAD+ (nicotinamide adenine dinucleotide), which is a coenzyme that helps to regulate metabolism.
“Aging or certain disease conditions can drain the body of NAD+, so I take it here and there when I feel drained and need an energy boost,” he said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“There’s been more and more data showing that keeping youthful energy levels can help with all sorts of things, so I take it as needed for mitochondrial support and also for general longevity.”
4. Supplementing for health
Zalzala has always been an advocate of supplements to promote healthier living.
“Over the years, I’ve tried a bunch of different supplements — I always like to try things on myself, see how I feel, see how it moves the marker.”
AGING SPEEDS UP ‘MASSIVELY’ AT TWO POINTS IN ONE’S LIFETIME, STANFORD STUDY FINDS: ‘ABRUPT CHANGES’
Vitamin D is among the most important supplements, he said.
Studies have shown that vitamin D supplements can help to improve bone health, brain health and immune function, among other benefits.
Studies have shown that vitamin D supplements can help to improve bone health, brain health and immune function.(iStock)
DHEA (dehydroepiandrosterone), a hormone produced in the adrenal gland, is another of his top picks. Some studies have shown that DHEA helps to reduce abdominal fat, improve insulin resistance and reduce inflammation in the arteries.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
The doctor also takes Coenzyme Q10, an antioxidant supplement, to counter the potential downsides of his heart medication.
“If you can’t get your sleep right, very few things matter, because it will throw off your metabolism and all your hormones,” the doctor told Fox News Digital.(iStock)
“As long as somebody is free of any major diseases, I think most supplements won’t do any harm and could have benefit if taken intelligently,” he said.
It’s important to talk with a doctor before starting a new medication, supplement or exercise program, the doctor emphasized.
5. Improving sleep hygiene
One of the most important and overlooked aspects of health, according to Zalzala, is sleep.
“If you can’t get your sleep right, very few things matter, because it will throw off your metabolism and all your hormones,” he told Fox News Digital.
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“So having some way to measure and monitor sleep is very important.”
If someone suffers from sleep apnea or another sleep disorder, it’s essential to talk to a doctor about ways to improve sleep, the doctor advised.
Melissa Rudy is senior health editor and a member of the lifestyle team at Fox News Digital. Story tips can be sent to [email protected].
Ever felt frustrated for having regained your lost weight within a matter of weeks? Blame the fat cells’ memorising abilities, which is significantly contributing to obesity, according to a study. Researchers at ETH Zurich in Switzerland showed that obesity leads to characteristic epigenetic changes in the nucleus of fat cells. They remain the same even after a diet.
The team led by Ferdinand von Meyenn, Professor of Nutrition and Metabolic Epigenetics at the varsity, found that “fat cells remember the overweight state and can return to this state more easily”.
The team first analysed fat cells from overweight mice and those that had shed their excess weight through dieting.
Their findings revealed that mice with these epigenetic markers regained weight more quickly when they again had access to a high-fat diet.
Epigenetic markers play a key role in determining which genes are active in our cells and which are not.
The study, published in the journal Nature, found that the mechanism works in similar ways in humans.
To explore, the team analysed fat tissue biopsies from formerly overweight people who had undergone stomach reduction or gastric bypass surgery. The results were consistent with those of the mice.
Von Meyenn noted that the simplest way to combat the phenomenon, “is to avoid being overweight”, especially for children, youth, and adults.
The researchers for the first time showed that “fat cells possess an epigenetic memory of obesity”. However, fat cells may not be alone with this ability, the team said.
They noted that the findings implied that the cells in the brain, blood vessels, or other organs may also have the ability to remember obesity and contribute to the effect — an area that can be explored next.
(Disclaimer: Except for the headline, this story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is published from a syndicated feed.)
China recently published the Annual Report on Human Rights report (2024), the 14th edition since it was first published in 2011 by the China Society for Human Rights Studies, the largest national academic organization dedicated to human rights research in China.
Based on extensive research, the report uses comprehensive data and various cases to highlight the latest progress in China’s human rights efforts in 2023.
<img src='https://news.cgtn.com/news/2024-11-19/China-releases-annual-report-to-highlight-its-human-rights-efforts-1yESIgf9TQA/img/063a979f88c44119ac54c1134207d1e3/063a979f88c44119ac54c1134207d1e3.jpeg' alt='The cover of the Annual Report on Human Rights (2024). /China Society for Human Rights Studies'
The report comprises 25 sections, including a general report, thematic reports, and case study reports. The general report outlines the overall advancements in China’s human rights development in 2023, focusing on key areas such as improving people’s livelihoods, enhancing the protection of economic, social, and cultural rights and strengthening the rule of law to safeguard civil and political rights.
Thematic reports expand on these topics, analyzing areas such as economic, social, and cultural rights; civil and political rights; specific groups’ rights protection; and international human rights cooperation. Notable subjects include labor rights protection for workers in emerging industries, improving residents’ happiness through urban renewal initiatives, ensuring citizens’ psychological health rights, and safeguarding rural citizens’ democratic participation in village development.
Four of the thematic reports specifically addressed the impact of digital technology on human rights, focusing on new measures to combat cyberbullying, the protection of survival and development rights in the digital economy, the role of digital governance in safeguarding citizens’ rights, and the protection of minors in cyberspace.
For the first time, the report also reviews the progress in establishing national human rights education and training bases, as well as the development of human rights studies and academic systems in the new era.
The case study reports cover topics such as safeguarding the rights of fishermen affected by the “ten-year fishing ban” on the Yangtze River, lessons from Yunnan’s ecological conservation and environmental rights protection efforts, the creation of the first mediation and consultation mechanism in the mining and mineral value chain, and the formulation and implementation of a guideline for Chinese textile and apparel enterprises in performing their social and environmental responsibilities.
Godrej Properties said it has acquired a 53 acre land parcel in Joka, Kolkata, on which it plans a residential plotted development with a potential 1.3 million square feet of saleable area with an estimated revenue potential of ₹500 crore.
The land is strategically located in the fast-developing micro-market of Joka, which is close to the main city and in proximity to Diamond Harbour, a well-known seaside weekend getaway, the company said.
Joka has rapidly transformed into a residential hub in Kolkata, fuelled by infrastructure growth. With IIM-Calcutta as an educational landmark, enhanced healthcare facilities, and commercial centres, Joka offers residents convenience and quality of life, the real estate developer said.
On the back of strategic connectivity through Kolkata Metro’s Line 3 and extensive road networks, Joka is well-connected to key areas across the city, it added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
S DOLASKOM jeseni i nižih temperatura moda na zagrebačkim ulicama doživjela je preobrazbu. Lagane jakne i lepršave haljine zamijenili su slojeviti outfiti s kaputima, toplim jaknama i vunenim modnim dodacima. Kad je obuća u pitanju, tenisice su uglavnom ustupile mjesto čizmama, a na zagrebačkoj špici i ulicama dominiraju UGG modeli, koji su već godinama omiljeni izbor mnogih tijekom hladnijih dana.
Međutim, osim UGG čizama, sve su popularnije i papuče brenda, pa ih se sve češće može vidjeti i na špici kao dio ležernih, svakodnevnih izdanja. Iako su prvenstveno zamišljene kao kućna obuća, mnoge Hrvatice ih biraju i za šetnje gradom ne želeći žrtvovati udobnost ni u dnevnim modnim kombinacijama.
Ističu se modeli Tasman i Tazz
Među najpopularnijima su modeli Tasman i Tazz, koji su se istaknuli svojim jednostavnim, a praktičnim dizajnom, idealnim za svakodnevne kombinacije. Tasman je klasičan model s toplom unutrašnjosti i detaljem uzorka na rubovima, dok je Tazz modernija varijanta s platformom koja donosi suvremeni zaokret. Za oba modela kupci ističu da su udobna i topla.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Vrijedi istaknuti da je trend nošenja UGG papuča izvan kuće postao globalno popularan, a to je nedavno potvrdila i glumica Millie Bobby Brown. Sve češće se mogu vidjeti na ulicama gradova poput New Yorka, Londona i Pariza. Ovi modeli često se kombiniraju s trenirkama, trapericama ili oversized kaputima prateći trenutačni trend među ljubiteljicama mode koje cijene udobnost u svakodnevnim izdanjima.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Spam messages and emails continue to be a major headache for internet users who rely heavily on these communication channels. Google has been toiling hard to mitigate the issue. In this regard, the tech giant is developing a new feature called “Shielded Email”, which will enable users to mask their real email addresses using temporary email aliases.
According to a recent report, the ‘Shielded Email’ feature was initially identified during an APK teardown of Google Play Services 24.45.33. The report, through strings of code, infers that this feature provides a limited-time or single-use email alias. These aliases automatically redirect messages to the user’s primary account.
The report also highlights that the Shielded Email feature was found in the ‘Autofill with Google’ menu under Google in Android’s Settings app. However, tapping on the option led to an empty page, indicating that the feature is yet under the development stage.
As spam messages and emails are an ever-growing issue, the idea of temporary email to shield the personal information sounds feasible. However, details about its implementation remain unclear.
There are some third-party apps that allow users to create a newly formed email address to sign up for a website that is not well known, or users are unsure of. Google’s Shielded Email feature could prove especially useful, as the company’s autofill service works seamlessly across the Android ecosystem and supports almost every app.
An interesting aspect to consider is whether these temporary email aliases will use @gmail.com or any other randomly created email addresses. If the Shielded Email feature uses @gmail.com, it could make it challenging for companies to track personal data, as distinguishing between permanent email addresses and their aliases would not be easy.
In other related developments, Google decided to expand its ‘Help me Write’ feature for web users as well. Earlier, the feature was available only for mobile users. However, it is important to note that the feature is available only for users who have subscribed to Google One AI Premium.
Japan has scrapped plans to build a light railway part-way up Mount Fuji and is instead considering a Chinese-made cross between a bus and a tram, a local governor said Monday. Authorities are now considering a hydrogen-powered transport system developed by China’s state-owned railway company CRRC, as well as alternatives from Japanese firms.
Authorities in Japan are considering a Chinese-made transport system for Mount Fuji instead of a light railway.(REUTERS)
The Chinese Autonomous Rail Rapid Transit (ART) resembles a tram with its different sections but has more in common with a bus, running on rubber tyres and on a road instead of rails. The “Fuji Tram” option would reduce construction cost significantly while still allowing the authorities to control overcrowding during summer and reduce CO2 emissions, Yamanashi governor Kotaro Nagasaki told a press conference, as he unveiled the project.
Mount Fuji set to get eco-friendly ‘Fuji tram’ for tourists
“While paying due respect to the leading company, my wish is for Japanese firms to take up this project and it would be even better if their production base would be located in Yamanashi,” he said. The number of visitors to Japan’s most famous mountain has exploded in recent years and authorities have struggled to reduce the environmental impact.
Crowd control measures and an entry fee of 2,000 yen ($13) succeeded in limiting the number of people climbing up Fuji this summer to around 178,000 climbers, according to preliminary figures, compared to more than 200,000 last year. Authorities in Yamanashi, on the volcano’s most popular side, announced plans in 2021 to build the light rail transit system to the so-called fifth station at 2,305 metres (7,562 feet).
Currently people can drive up a toll road to this point, from where they walk with the crowds to the 3,776-metre (12,388-foot) summit. The cost has been estimated at 140 billion yen ($900 million) while an interim report last month highlighted technical challenges including brakes and batteries that work in cold weather. Some local citizen groups have also highlighted the potential damage to the environment.
The tram, the governor said, would link the volcano with a regional station and is expected to come online in 2034 or later. A feasibility study will be carried out before being officially presented to local residents, Nagasaki said. An unprecedented number of tourists are flocking to Japan, which says it wants to welcome 60 million visitors a year by 2030, around double 2019’s full-year record.
The countdown is on for the launch of open-world survival game STALKER 2 Heart of Chornobyl.
STALKER 2 Heart of Chornobyl has a November 20 release date on Xbox Series X|S and PC via Steam.
According to the official countdown timer, STALKER 2 Heart of Chornobyl has a 4pm GMT release time for players living in the UK. That’s 8am PST for US fans.
The game costs £49.99 for the standard edition, £65.99 for the Deluxe Edition and £89.99 for the Ultimate Edition.
However, if you’re a Game Pass Ultimate subscriber or PC Game Pass member, you can play the new release for free with your membership.
It’s worth pre-loading the game ahead of launch, especially if you want to start playing the moment it goes live.
The different editions come with various in-game bonuses to help you along the way.
This includes weapons such as the PTM pistol, the AR416 Monolith, the Integral-A SMG Riemann, the Lavina SA Assault Rifle, the M701 Sniper Rifle and the M860 Shotgun.
That’s on top of Suits such as SEVA Suit, the SSP-100M SIRCAA Suit and the Ultra Lightweight Mercenary suit.
You’ll also be able to take part in a bonus side quest, and check out the official art book and soundtrack.
The Ultimate Edition contains all of the Deluxe content, as well as additional weapons and suits.
Ultimate Edition owners also receive the Season Pass, which contains at least two additional expansions and upcoming DLC.
If you’re playing on PC, then it’s worth checking the recommended specs above to see if your machine can handle the ambitious open-world adventure.
Indeed, STALKER 2 Heart of Chornobyl takes place in the massive Chornobyl Exclusion Zone, which players can explore in order to hunt for valuable artefacts.
Developer GSC Game World explains more: “Take over a role of the lone stalker and explore photorealistic seamless open world in a 64-km² radioactive zone with a variety of environments that reveal post-apocalyptic atmosphere from different angles.
“Make your way through the Zone to define your destiny as you choose your paths within highly branching epic story.”
A multiplayer mode will be introduced as a free update further down the line. Some of the bonus weapons won’t be available in the multiplayer mode.
Tesla has locked in a 2025 launch for its new V4 Supercharger Cabinet, bring fast charging rates of up to 500kW and support for a wider range of vehicles.
The V4 Cabinet – which can supply power to eight individual Supercharger stalls – ups the maximum charging rate from 250kW to 500kW, while the Tesla Semi truck will now be able to charge at 1.2MW.
At present, Tesla’s V4 Superchargers can only provide up to 250kW, though the electric vehicle (EV) specialist has previously said this would increase to 350kW.
In addition to faster charging, the V4 Cabinet supports vehicles with an electrical architecture ranging from 400 volts to 1000 volts, an upgrade over the V3 Cabinet’s 480-volt limit.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
The changes mean little for Tesla’s current range of Australian-market vehicles, as both the Model 3 and Model Y have a maximum DC charging rate of 250kW, and neither has a battery voltage exceeding the limits of the V3 cabinet.
However, the improvements do have implications for owners of non-Tesla EVs.
Several EVs available in Australia have a maximum DC charging rate exceeding 250kW, including models from Hyundai, Kia, Genesis, Porsche, and Audi, due to their respective 800V battery architectures.
In the US, Tesla claims the V4 Cabinet will allow Cybertruck owners to recharge their vehicle 30 per cent faster.
The rollout of V4 cabinets will commence in 2025, although it’s unclear when the first batch will arrive in Australia.
Tesla started rolling out its first V4 Supercharger stalls in Australia earlier this year, which feature payment terminals to increase accessibility to motorists of all vehicle makes.
Tesla has committed to continuing the expansion of its Supercharger network in Australia despite recent high-profile layoffs, and said projects currently in construction are continuing to be completed and put into operation.
Stock Market Holiday Today: After the Stock market holiday today, the next stock market holiday falls on 25 December, 2024 for Christmas
Stock Market Closed Today?
The National Stock Exchange (NSE) and Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) will remain closed today in observance of the Maharashtra Assembly Election 2024. Accordingly, all the segments including, the equity segment, derivative segment, and SLB segment will be closed.
The public holiday list applies to the capital markets, futures, and options divisions as well.
Investors and market enthusiasts can also refer to the BSE website for the stock market holiday list.
Stock Market Holidays 2024
To avoid any confusion, individuals are encouraged to visit the BSE website at bseindia.com and click on the ‘Trading Holidays’ option at the top. This will display the complete list of stock market holidays for 2024. According to the list, there are three stock market holidays in November 2024. Two of these holidays were on November 1, 2024, for Laxmi Pooja, and November 15, 2024, for Guru Nanak Jayanti. The third holiday falls on November 20, 2024, in observance of the Maharashtra Assembly Election 2024.
According to the original schedule, there were only two stock market holidays in November 2024. However, following the announcement of the Maharashtra Assembly General Elections on November 20, 2024, the BSE and NSE have declared a market holiday on that day. As a result, the Indian stock market will remain closed today in observance of the Maharashtra Election 2024.
After today’s holiday, the next stock market holiday will be on December 25, 2024, in celebration of Christmas.
Indian benchmark indices, Sensex and Nifty50, started higher on Tuesday but eventually gave up all the gains made during the day. As a result, Nifty formed a red-bodied candle with a long upper wick on the daily chart.
The 30-stock BSE Sensex ended the day virtually unchanged, up by 0.31% or 239 points at 77,578.38, while the Nifty50 gained 64.70 points or 0.28%, closing at 23,518.50.
News business » markets Stock Market Holiday: Are NSE, BSE Closed Today For Maharashtra Assembly Election 2024?
Bitcoin is nearing an important Fibonacci level on its price chart, with experts predicting an imminent breakout. Analyst Josh of Crypto World suggests Bitcoin could soon hit resistance at the 1618 Fibonacci extension level, which is between $94,000 and $95,000.
Spot Bitcoin ETFs Seeing Inflows
On the heels of this announcement, the market saw a positive shift, with Bitcoin ETFs experiencing a net inflow of over $400 million. This is a reversal from the previous outflows and could signal a continued upward trend for Bitcoin as more institutional money flows into the market.
Short Squeeze and Bullish Momentum
MicroStrategy, led by Michael Saylor, just made its largest Bitcoin purchase to date, acquiring nearly 52,000 Bitcoin worth over $4.6 billion. Saylor also revealed plans to raise nearly $2 billion more to continue purchasing Bitcoin, which could further drive up the price of the cryptocurrency.
With MicroStrategy’s ongoing purchases and continued ETF inflows, Bitcoin’s price could soon see a short squeeze, particularly if it breaks through key resistance levels. The analyst has observed strong bullish momentum on the weekly and 4-day charts, suggesting the bull market may continue into 2025.
Price Targets: $94K, $102K, and Beyond
Bitcoin’s immediate target is around $94,000 to $95,000. If this level is surpassed, the next target is $102,000, followed by $113,000. These levels align with Fibonacci extensions on the weekly and 3-day charts, further supporting the bullish outlook.
Breaking Key Resistance Levels
Bitcoin is currently breaking out of a symmetrical triangle pattern, hinting at a potential upward movement. If Bitcoin breaks resistance around $92K-$93K, a short squeeze could push prices toward the $97K mark, presenting short-term trading opportunities.
Australian universities are increasingly focusing on India as a prime destination for establishing offshore campuses. According to Monica Kennedy, Head of South Asia for the Australian Trade and Investment Commission (Austrade) in New Delhi, this trend is gaining momentum, with projections of another fully-fledged campus on a large scale within three years.
“We will have at least another university with a full campus in some part of India,” she said.
Currently, two Australian universities, University of Wollongong and Deakin University, have established campuses in India at GIFT City. Kennedy also outlined a vision for a larger campus in the future, capable of accommodating 5,000 to 10,000 students within the next five to 10 years.
These universities aim to offer transnational education or dual awards through twinning arrangements, enabling students to complete part of their studies in India and part in Australia.
She added that institutions are increasingly exploring opportunities in fields such as business, both at the undergraduate and graduate levels in technology-related domains like AI, cybersecurity, fintech, and health tech. These areas, she emphasised, present significant opportunities for Australian universities to engage with the Indian market.
The recent developments in Australian universities coming to India can be attributed to the close collaboration between the two governments. “We have closely aligned ambitions and strengths, making the alignment in our education partnerships critical,” she notes.
Additionally, there is significant interest from Indian universities in partnering with Australian campuses. Indian States are increasingly looking internationally to attract foreign campuses, as this provides students with more variety and the opportunity to stay closer to home. Australian universities are highly enthusiastic about this trend, with many actively exploring such opportunities.
SpaceX Launches Starship Flight Test 6: Everything That Happened in 14 Minutes
All right, we’re now T minus 20 seconds until liftoff of Starship Flight 6. OK OK. Vehicle was pitching downrange. Booster raptor chamber pressure nominal. Booster and ship avionics power and telemetry nominal. I just a little over a minute dynamic. 6 miles away, so all the sounds still hitting us here, hearing good callouts that power telemetry nominal, that’s flying straight and true. We do see all 33 Raptor engines lit up on telemetry screens. At this point we’ve passed through that point of maximum aerodynamic pressure, that max Q. Now coming up in just a little over a minute from now is gonna be hot staging, so we’re gonna see the 6 engines on the ship ignite while still attached to the booster. Just before that, we’ll see all but 3 center engines on the booster shut down in what we call Miko, it’s most engines cut off instead of main engine. Just about 30 seconds away from hot staging. Yeah. And we heard, we heard the tower is go for catch. The return flag is set for true. Ship engine startup. Stage separation. All right, hot staging confirmed. 6 out of 6 lit on the ship. Boos or boost back going. We heard that we are go for catch. Kate, Jesse, take the views. Hopefully I got a booster coming home real soon. Wow, from our view here, Dan, uh, great views of planet Earth behind that super heavy booster. Right now it is performing the boost back burn. Good news there telling us that the, uh, the pressures inside the ship are good. That is the second stage or the upper portion of the vehicle. Follow along with the telemetry on the bottom of your screen. Yeah, booster is currently super heavy, is currently in its boost back burn. This boost back burns and telemetry nominal. This boost back burn lasts just a little bit over 1 minute, so we’ve got a little, approximately 30 seconds left. We’ve had shutdown of that goose back burn. Up next will be Hotage jettison. The view from the camera on the left or from the booster on the left hand side of your screen and then tracking cam there on the right hand side of your screen. We’ll see those grid fins. Booster offshore divert. And we can also see that the uh hot stage has been jettisoned. Yes, visual confirmation of that there on your screen, which is great. Now the next Starship is following a nominal trajectory. The next step for booster is going into that landing burn again, it’ll light up 13 of those engines and then uh pare down to 3 engines right before booster catch. All right, now just real quick, we did hear the call out, uh, boost back, or excuse me, booster offshore divert. Unfortunately that means that we are no go for the catch. Um, as we said before, both the tower and the vehicle, as well as the operators on console, have been actively evaluating the commit criteria for that return to the launch tower, um, and unfortunately we did not have a pass on those commit criteria, so we are no go for tower catch. And we did mention that we’re constantly evaluating the criteria for catch. There’s a lot of things that need to go well in order to line that up. Unfortunately today we will forego booster catch today, but what you’re seeing on your screen is ship, uh, currently making its way towards the Indian Ocean, still looking good so far. Exactly. So views there of the booster on the left hand side of your screen, views of the ship on the right hand side of your screen. Now we said before that it was not guaranteed that we would be able to make a uh a tower catch today. So while we were hoping for it, like we said, it was pretty epic on attempt one, but the safety of the teams and the public and uh and, and the pad itself are paramount. So we are accepting no compromise. in any of those areas exactly and we’re still going to get a lot of good flight data with booster even, but especially with ship again, we have an additional objective today to do an in-space relight of a Raptor engine which again will help us set us up for being able to do deorbit burns, which is phenomenal, which is Which is important for orbital flights and what you’re seeing on your screen is a view from super heavy as it’s making its way back down to Earth. Yeah, once again we are attempting an offshore landing of the super heavy booster. Uh, so we have seen this before, uh, and it is still very fun to watch watching it come down, uh, for a soft splashdown, uh, off the Gulf Coast of Texas. We can see it there reentering. Uh, we saw earlier those grid fins. There are 4 hypersonic grid fins, or we can see that. Has begun on the super booster. Same pattern, 13 engines will light gone down to 3 just as we expected. And what an incredible view of splashdown that we got today. Oh super heavy. Yeah, I’m sure the buoy cam views will be pretty awesome once again. So we’d like to confirm a water landing once again for the super heavy booster. Congrats to the SpaceX team, uh, for making that milestone as well. Now ship continues to look. We can see that it is. While all of that was happening. Crowd here in Hawthorne, uh, continuing to react to all these amazing views that we’re getting. The next milestone is, uh, terminal guidance. Great news there. Uh, uh, Starship terminal guidance referring to what we see here on our screen, the upper stage, uh, at, uh, about 8 minutes 35 seconds or so, we have ship engine cutoff, which will be the cutoff of the, uh, the, the raptor engines. It’s. We can see on our screen ship giving us some incredible views brought to us by Starlink. Uh, this view is also very interesting because we can see basically the receding tile line that we referred to earlier where we mentioned we have removed a number of heat shield tiles in order to test out and push the envelope on the ship and demonstrate what its capabilities are. Ship engine cut off. And there we just heard call out for Sico ship engine cutoff. Great news there, everything continuing to look awesome for ship full view looking at on ship here. Trip FTS is saved. Nominal orbit insertion. There’s that call out we were waiting for confirmation of good orbital insertion for ship today. It has been a very exciting afternoon so far. Uh, we’d like to send it back over to Dan who can give us that, uh, live view experience. Dan, uh, once again, are you OK after witnessing another Starship launch? Yeah, uh, totally fine. Uh, it’s, you guys have to be jealous. This is the only way to do this. This is fantastic. Uh, no, it was really cool to see a lift off 33 out of 33. Uh, didn’t go for the booster catch today. Initially we were good and then we tripped the, uh, commit criteria and did the offshore divert, so we went and did that water landing as everybody saw. Uh, we’ll dig into it a little bit more, uh, but again, this is, we’ve done it once, we’ve now done it twice. We’re going to keep trying to do it as this is just a core capability of starship and what’s going to make it so incredible. Uh, there’s a lot left. We’re just about almost 10 minutes into this flight, so about 50+ minutes still to go. Ship nominal orbit, so it’s on its way around the planet. It’s gonna attempt to do an Space burn. We’re going to light one of those raptor engines, the sea level ones in the middle, uh, just to help demonstrate that we can relight in that microgravity environment, really critical for deorbit burns as we start to do some orbital missions in the not too distant future. Um, and then following that, we’ll see a ship entry, maybe a splashdown, as you guys said, we’re, we’re really going to be pushing ship on this one. we’re pretty much intentionally putting it in places where we expect it might not do so great. And all that’s to try and help us learn, see if we’re a little too conservative, and then maybe that opens up more capability for when we start catching them. But, uh, I’ll check back in with everybody in a little bit. Uh, I’m gonna tune in and watch the ship fly around planet Earth, uh, and hopefully we see it reentering in the not too distant future. And start to call out for startup. There’s some light. There’s that raptor relit. And shut down. All right, there you have it, the first time ever lighting a raptor while in outer space other than our asset burn. Um, so really cool to see that relay. That’s, that’s a pretty critical capability that we’re gonna need, uh, when we’re doing orbital missions in the not too distant future. The ship, as you can see, is beginning to re-enter the Earth’s atmosphere. As a reminder, one of the main goals of today’s flight test is for the ship to make it through the extreme heat of reentry and to do so in a controlled manner. Now, reentry is typically a portion of flight where we don’t have communication capability with the spacecraft because it’s reentering at or around orbital velocity, which is roughly 8 kilometers per second or about 5 miles per second. Now, at those speeds, Yep, pretty fast. Uh, the spacecraft is moving through the atmosphere, uh, rather quickly, and that results in friction, as we can see that starting to happen on our screen, and this creates a plasma field around the vehicle. We’re getting a lot clearer view of the Earth in the background with, uh, the different temperatures that we’re seeing with the different colors, um, of that plasma around the ship, which is really, really cool to see again. Um, we are pushing the limits of ship today, um, but so far everything is looking pretty nominal. Um, we’ll see how the next few minutes goes. Yeah, like we’ve said before, don’t be surprised if this is not. Entirely smooth sailing all the way down to the ocean surface. Similar to Flight 5, we are targeting the same splashdown location in the Indian Ocean, but we are not expecting to recover the vehicle. And there’s that nose down orientation. Now, the uh raptor engines will relight and help flip the booster back up. This is a more severe flip given the orientation. The engines will shut down prior to the water making impact and prior to the vehicle making impact with the water. Our ship is doing great so far. Are relighting? What a great reorientation by Starship. All 3 down to 2. And Star Wow we have down in the Indian Ocean. Some awesome gooey cam action here. Daylight news. Incredible. We really pushed the limits on shipping and made it all the way back down to earth.
Avian influenza A (H5N1), commonly known as bird flu, continues to make its way through the U.S., as Hawaii joins the list of affected states.
The Hawaiian Department of Agriculture (HDOA) reported last week that bird flu was confirmed in a backyard flock of various birds in Central Oahu.
At least 10 birds — including ducks, geese and a zebra dove — were reported dead on the property on Nov. 12 and were then sent for confirmatory testing.
BIRD FLU LEAVES TEEN IN CRITICAL CONDITION AFTER COUNTRY’S FIRST REPORTED CASE
The department stated in a press release that highly pathogenic avian influenza (HPAI) causes “severe illness with a high mortality rate among affected birds.”
At least 10 birds infected with bird flu were reported dead in Oahu, Hawaii.(iStock)
The presence of bird flu was detected through the National Wastewater Surveillance System, marking the first confirmed detection in Hawaii.
The HDOA has issued a quarantine order for the site of infection, requiring all birds on the property to be “depopulated and the premises cleaned and disinfected.”
FIRST CASE OF HUMAN BIRD FLU DIAGNOSED WITHOUT EXPOSURE TO INFECTED ANIMALS, CDC SAYS
It is confirmed to be the same strain that has infected dairy cows and domestic poultry in U.S. mainland states, including California.
As of Nov. 18, California has confirmed 27 human cases of bird flu, according to the California Department of Public Health (CDPH).
The California Department of Food and Agriculture also confirmed bird flu in 335 dairy farms in Central California as of that same date.
“We can’t afford to give this virus more opportunities to spill over into humans.”
These outbreaks have affected more than one-fourth of California’s farms, per reports, boosting the national total in dairy herds to 549 in 15 states.
The CDPH confirmed on its website that the agency is monitoring bird flu in animals and people working closely with poultry and cows, and has distributed protective gear to these individuals.
Bird flu spread can occur by drinking raw milk; touching raw milk, cow or bird feces, and other contaminated surfaces; and handling sick or dead animals infected with the virus.(iStock)
Meanwhile, Arizona reported its first bird flu outbreak on Nov. 15 in poultry at a commercial farm in Pinal County.
The farmers spotted signs of illness in their poultry on Nov. 11. Officials confirmed that any eggs produced after the onset of illness have not entered the food supply.
PIG INFECTED WITH BIRD FLU FOR FIRST TIME IN US, HEALTH OFFICIALS CONFIRM
Experts believe the surge stems from the Pacific Flyway, where birds are heading south for winter. The potential of human infection is less of a threat, according to state agencies.
Hawaii’s Department of Agriculture reassured that Hawaiians are “unlikely to get sick” from bird flu at this time, as human illness is “uncommon.” Symptoms among humans infected in the U.S. have been mild, the agency added.
California’s Department of Public Health has warned that while human infections are rare, it can happen if the virus enters a person’s eyes, nose or mouth.
The CDPH confirmed that the agency is monitoring bird flu in animals and people who work closely with poultry and cows.(iStock)
People can also be infected by drinking raw milk; touching raw milk, cow or bird feces and other contaminated surfaces; and handling sick or dead animals carrying the virus.
Symptoms of bird flu in humans can include eye redness or discharge, cough, sore throat, runny or stuffy nose, diarrhea, vomiting, muscle or body aches, headaches, fatigue, trouble breathing, high fever, pneumonia and seizures, according to medical experts.
Expert calls for ‘decisive action’
Sam Scarpino, PhD, director of AI and life sciences at Northeastern University in Boston, said he considers the increased H5N1 influenza cases “quite concerning.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
“From ducks and geese in Hawaii and dairy cows in California to human cases in the U.S. and a severe human infection in Canada, it’s clear that the avian influenza outbreak is getting worse, not better,” he told Fox News Digital.
“We can’t afford to give this virus more opportunities to spill over into humans — and the economic costs on the agricultural side are piling up.”
A researcher collects samples of wildlife where the H5N1 bird flu virus was detected at Chilean Antarctic territory in Antarctica.(Reuters/Instituto Antartico Chileno)
Scarpino suggested that the federal government must take “decisive action” regarding testing and serosurveillance (estimates of antibody levels) of missed infections and wastewater, as well as vaccinating dairy cows against the virus.
“We also need to ensure that farm workers are protected and should strongly consider offering them access to H5N1 vaccines,” he said.
“It’s clear that the avian influenza outbreak is getting worse, not better.”
The expert added that it will be more difficult to differentiate bird flu cases from non-bird flu cases during the seasonal influenza season.
“We need investment from the federal government to ramp up public health laboratory test capacity and educate physicians and hospitals around the need to test influenza A positive samples for H5N1,” Scarpino said.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
Dr. Jacob Glanville, CEO of Centivax, a San Francisco biotechnology company, urged people to “stay away from any dead birds and sick birds, pigs or cows” as a preventive measure, and to keep pets away from wild animals.
“This H5N1 has proven extremely lethal in ferrets and primates, and many of the infected birds have been found dead,” Glanville told Fox News Digital. “Researchers have shown it to be capable of airborne transmission between mammals.”
“Stay away from any dead birds and sick birds, pigs or cows,” an expert cautioned.(iStock)
Among the 52 Americans who have been infected with bird flu, Glanville noted that almost all of them were farm workers who had contact with cows or birds.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“Historically, from 2003 to 2024, 261 H5N1 infections have killed about 50% of the infected, being very lethal but not easily transmissible from human to human,” he said.
“Scientists don’t understand why this current strain is causing only mild infections so far, or how many mutations it would take to make it human-human transmissible and more lethal.”
Angelica Stabile is a lifestyle reporter for Fox News Digital.
Many people frequently pop painkillers or over-the-counter medicines when having a headache or any kind of body ache. In some cases, you might be sick and would need to consume a dose of doctor-prescribed painkillers. In any case, it is important to note that consuming painkillers may come with certain side effects, which may negatively impact your kidneys. In a recent Instagram video, integrative lifestyle expert Luke Coutinho explains that chronic overuse of painkillers can lead to kidney failure or chronic kidney disease.
“The kidney produces a chemical called prostaglandins which is used to protect the kidney. It is also a hormone that helps you with blood clotting and several other functions. As you use more and more painkillers, these prostaglandins start to reduce and that reduces the protective mechanism of your kidneys, leading to kidney disease,” he explains in the video.
Also Read: Why Is Chewing Food Thoroughly So Important For Digestion?
If you need to be on a painkiller because of any pain or treatment you are going through, there are certain things you can do to manage the side effects, as shared by Luke Coutinho.
Here Are 7 Diet And Lifestyle Changes To Follow While Taking Painkillers:
1. Increase Your Water Intake
When you are on painkillers, increasing your water intake can help protect your kidneys. Drink plenty of water throughout the day, unless you have been put on a water restriction by a doctor.
2. Increase Calcium And Vitamins Intake
Most painkillers will deplete calcium, magnesium and vitamin D from your body, shares the expert. It is important to get those essential nutrients back into your diet through supplements or food, based on your doctor’s advice.
3. No Smoking Or Drinking Alcohol
It is important to stop smoking and drinking alcohol, especially when you are on painkillers, as this can worsen the side effects.
Also Read: Say Goodbye To Period Bloating! 4 Everyday Foods To Ease Discomfort
4. Eat Nuts And Veggies
Consume a diet rich in vegetables, especially green leafy veggies. Eat lots of nuts because the healthy fats will also help protect your kidneys when you are on painkillers.
5. Moderate Protein Intake
Make sure you are eating protein-rich foods. However, it is best to consume a moderate amount of protein and not too much, explains Coutinho. Too much protein may put a load on the kidneys. Continue with moderate protein intake when you are continuously on painkillers.
6. Get Adequate Sleep
Sleep is essential for recovery from your illness as well as kidney protection. Make sure you are sleeping deeply because it is when we sleep that the body goes through its natural repair and detoxification protocols.
7. Manage Stress
Avoid taking stress and try to calm down. If you are feeling stressed, try to relax your mind and body. Your overall relaxation takes the burden off all of your vital organs.
If you need to be on painkillers, make sure you are eating the right foods and making the right lifestyle changes. Do not misuse painkillers and always take these as per your doctor’s prescription and direction.
Disclaimer: This content including advice provides generic information only. It is in no way a substitute for qualified medical opinion. Always consult a specialist or your doctor for more information. NDTV does not claim responsibility for this information.
ComplexCon, held this year in Nevada and “curated” by Travis Scott, is a mutant hybrid of a sneaker mall, a fashion show and a music festival. And the kids just love it.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
HMD GLOBAL, poznat po proizvodnji pristupačnih i retro telefona, sprema se predstaviti novi preklopni model nazvan HMD Icon Flip 1. Specifikacije i slike ovog uređaja procurile su u javnost i otkrivaju što možemo očekivati od ovog klasičnog, ali moderniziranog telefona.
Klasičan mobitel za jednostavne zadatke
HMD Icon Flip 1 bit će klasični preklopni telefon, a ne pametni uređaj. Dolazi s unutarnjim zaslonom od 2.8 inča i vanjskim zaslonom od 1.7 inča, koji je idealan za provjeru obavijesti ili sata bez otvaranja telefona. Na poleđini uređaja nalazi se kamera od 2 MP. Telefon ima izmjenjivu bateriju od 1.500 mAh.
Korisnici X-a (Twittera) rekli su da ih podsjeća na Nokiju 2660 Flip iz 2022., što ne čudi jer je HMD proizvođač Nokia mobitela. U pitanju je klasični uređaj koji je namijenjen korisnicima koji vole jednostavne mobitele ili tek traže dodatni uređaj za osnovnu komunikaciju.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
HMD Icon Flip 1 koristi Unisoc T127 čipset u kombinaciji s 48 MB RAM-a i 128 MB interne memorije. Ovaj telefon nije zamišljen za zahtjevne zadatke, već za jednostavne funkcije poput poziva, poruka i upotrebe osnovnih aplikacija.
Dodatne značajke uključuju podršku za 4G LTE, Bluetooth 5.0 i 3.5-milimetarski utor za slušalice. HMD Icon Flip 1 bit će dostupan u tri boje: ružičastoj, plavo-zelenoj i crnoj.
Trenutno nije poznato kad će HMD Icon Flip 1 biti dostupan na tržištu ni kolika će mu biti cijena.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
In an era when parents keep moving their sons looking for something (exposure, playing time, free shoes), let’s salute two four-year starters in football whose high school careers are over. They will leave their neighborhood schools as hometown heroes.
Linebackers Weston Port and Noah Mikhail became stars from their freshman year through senior seasons and never wavered in betting on themselves It was important they stay with friends and in their community. Port leaves San Juan Hills with a scholarship to UCLA and Mikhail will depart Bonita High for Texas A&M.
Weston Port of San Juan Hills was a four-year starter at linebacker. He has committed to UCLA.
(Eric Sondheimer / Los Angeles Times)
They and their families stuck it out, ignoring people telling them to go to a flashy private school. They achieved individual and team success, and attracted attention through their hard work, character and commitment.
They will serve as an example for future families wondering if they should chase the trend that saw more than 17,000 athletes in California last school year transfer or stay at a place that has good coaches, good academics and place trust in one’s own ability to be seen. …
Murrieta Valley has reached the semifinals of the Division 2 playoffs because its offense is rolling. Since quarterback Bear Bachmeir returned from a knee injury on Oct. 25, the Nighthawks have scored 57, 56, 49 and 49 points. They host Oaks Christian on Friday. …
When Garfield opens its new football field next season, it will have one of the City Section’s best running backs in Ceasar Reyes to test out the new turf. Reyes finished his sophomore season with 1,520 yards and 22 touchdowns. …
Former Servite basketball player Andrew Cook went to an NAIA school, Carroll College, after high school, became a standout and transferred to Eastern Washington, where he became the Big Sky Conference player of the week after scoring 24 points against Missouri and 25 points against Seattle. …
Former St. John Bosco quarterback Caleb Sanchez, a freshman at Columbia, was named the Ivy League rookie of the week after passing for 241 yards and three touchdowns in his first career start. …
There’s a terrific opening game of the Westchester tournament on Tuesday: Chatsworth vs. Westchester at 8 p.m. Sons of former NBA players Gilbert Arenas and Trevor Ariza will face off.
This is a daily look at the positive happenings in high school sports. To submit any news, please send to [email protected].
Tecno Pop 9 launch date confirmed: Tecno is all set to launch another device under its Pop Series – the Tecno POP 9 4G. The company has confirmed the launch date of this smartphone and has shared some details as well.
Tecno Pop 9 launch date
Tecno has said that the smartphone will be launched on November 22.
“Designed for those who love to explore, express, and excel, the POP 9 breaks free from the ordinary with vibrant design, unmatched entertainment features, and exceptional performance—all at an unbeatable value. It’s the perfect companion for young users looking to “Live Limitless” with style and substance,” the company said.
Tecno Pop 9 Features
According to the company, the smartphone will come with a 6.67-inch HD+ dynamic punch-hole display with a 90Hz refresh rate.
This smartphone’s performance is backed by India’s first MediaTek G50 processor.
It will be powered by a 5000mAh Li-Polymer battery built for endurance. According to the company, it will be capable of a solid 840 hours of standby on 4G, up to 32 hours of talk time, 9.5 hours of video playback, and 100 hours of music playback.
“In addition to vibrant style, POP 9 provides durability with IP54-rated dust and splash resistance, rare to find in this price segment. This ensures everyday protection, making it a companion for those who value solid reliability. Whether it’s for enjoying immersive entertainment or multitasking effortlessly, TECNO’s POP 9 redefines what it means to stay connected in style,” the company said in a release.
Earlier, the company launched the POP 9 5G. The smartphone features the segment’s first 48MP Sony AI camera and the segment’s first 5G with NFC along with 4+ years lag-free experience. The POP 9 5G is now available at a limited-time launch price starting at Rs 8,499.
Is Goa all about beach and party? No, as Sara Ali Khan shows a whole new side to Goa in the new Airbnb wellness retreat as a host.
Sara Ali Khan tapped into her hosting side as she joined Airbnb for an exclusive wellness retreat in Goa, alongside Bollywood stars like Jhanvi Kapoor and Shah Rukh Khan. Although it’s not her property, unlike the others, this collaboration is significant as guests get the exclusive opportunity to enjoy a yoga session guided by her. As a fitness enthusiast, Sara Ali Khan’s affinity for yoga makes this partnership even more special.
Sara Ali Khan, a fitness enthusiast is especially exhilarated to host a property that is centred on a meditative gateway.(PC: Airbnb)
ALSO READ: Man shares experience of staying at Sridevi’s ‘AirBnB’ home, meeting Janhvi Kapoor. Watch
More about the property
The property features a tropical landscape with tall coconut trees and a pool.(PC: Airbnb)
The booking for this tranquil Airbnb property will commence on November 27 at 10 AM. The serene, yoga gateway is open for a lucky group of up to four people. With a backdrop of lush, green landscape, this place is the ideal gateway for those seeking a moment away from the daily hustle and unwind. Sara at the announcement event especially talked about the open veranda with pretty views of the sky. The guests will also get a glimpse of Sara Ali Khan’s wellness rituals and secrets.
ALSO READ: Sara Ali Khan defends her girl-next-door image and relatable fashion: ‘I am just who I am’
What did Sara wear?
For the announcement, her ensemble too reflected the meditative speciality of the retreat. She showed her flair for method dressing, but this time for a mega announcement. Sara Ali Khan wore white, quite apt for the event. White is associated with calmness and tranquillity. Sara promises this peace at the serene Airbnb in Goa. Her classic ensemble was timeless as she dazzled in monochrome white featuring a white sequin knitted cardigan and skirt. Matching the gold buttons on her cardigan, she wore dangling gold earrings. Putting up her hair in a high pony and going for a subtle makeup look, her look is grounded in luxurious simplicity much like the AirBnB property.
The entire cardigan and skirt set was from Maje Paris. On the official website eu.maje.com, the cardigan is listed at 315€ which is roughly Rs. 28, 097 while her skirt is 255€ on placedestendances.com which is 22,737.
ALSO READ: Ananya Panday reveals why she was terrified of ‘muhfat’ Sara Ali Khan in school; leaves netizens divided
More about her work
Sara Ali Khan was last seen on-screen in the Netflix murder mystery Murder Mubarak and as Usha Mehta in Prime Video’s Ae Watan Mere Watan. As of now, she’s gearing up for the release of her upcoming movie Metro… In Dino.
ALSO READ: Airbnb users to play gladiators in Rome’s Colosseum, sparking mixed reactions over $1.5 million deal
Catch every big hit,…
See more
Catch every big hit, every wicket with Crick-it, a one stop destination for Live Scores, Match Stats, Quizzes, Polls & much more. Explore now!.
Catch your daily dose of Fashion, Taylor Swift, Health, Festivals, Travel, Relationship, Recipe and all the other Latest Lifestyle News on Hindustan Times Website and APPs.
News / Lifestyle / Travel / Meditate with Sara Ali Khan at the new Airbnb wellness retreat in Goa, booking starts November 27
Netflix has unveiled the first tantalising glimpses of a new action-packed thriller featuring Tom Hardy, set to hit our screens in 2025.
The esteemed actor from Venom and Legend is at the helm of what’s shaping up to be an adrenaline-fueled ride, portraying a detective embarking on a perilous quest to execute a bold rescue.
His journey takes him into the treacherous depths of the criminal underworld, where he stumbles upon a sprawling conspiracy lurking at the heart of his metropolis.
The film, titled Havoc, is slated for release in 2025 and is directed by Gareth Evans, the mastermind behind the critically lauded martial arts epics The Raid and The Raid 2.
Freshly released stills showcase Hardy’s character springing into explosive action, alongside a glimpse of co-star Jessie Mei Li, who rose to fame with Shadow and Bone, reports the Mirror.
Joining the cast are Timothy Olyphant and Forest Whitaker, with Justin Cornwell, Quelin Sepulveda, and Luis Guzman also on board.
The official synopsis teases: “After a drug deal gone wrong, a bruised detective must fight his way through a criminal underworld to rescue a politician’s estranged son, while unravelling a deep web of corruption and conspiracy that ensnares his entire city.”
Evans’ The Raid movies have been hailed as some of the finest martial arts showcases this century.
The Guardian has lauded The Raid as “a stone-cold masterpiece”, hailing it as “one of the best action flicks ever made” and noting that “in a little over a decade, The Raid has established itself as an action movie classic.”
The sequel to the hit action franchise has been met with a strong reaction from Empire, who noted: “There is an astonishing amount of violent action here, doled out in hearty portions and captured with such an unflinching gaze that even the strongest stomach might spasm.
“Legs snap. Throats and knives interact. Heads are pulped into sausage-meat. Evans is a director who never knowingly underkills.”
The film series hasn’t just impressed critics but has built a fervent fanbase as well, with one avid Redditor hailing the original as “my favourite action film”.
“The story flows really well. With sinister overtones, and things going from bad to worse, teetering between doom and victory,” they continued.
“The fights are super human, making really good use of camera angles and top rate fight-o-graphy.”
Another fan voiced their preference, responding: “I personally thought the second one is actually better if you can get 2 and a half hours free for it. Both are my top two action movies of all time though, no doubt.”
Under the guidance of a visionary like Evans, expectations are high that Havoc will become one of the next year’s most talked-about and explosive blockbusters.
The design language of Kia’s new electric vehicles (EVs) is continuing to trickle down to petrol-powered models, and the Seltos will be the next vehicle from the Korean brand to get a more EV-like look.
We’ve seen this recently on the new K4 (Cerato replacement) and Sportage, and now the next-generation Seltos is set to get a design inspired by the similarly sized EV5.
Videos uploaded to social media and YouTube by South Korean spy photographer Shorts Car show the upcoming Kia Seltos covered in camouflage, though the black coverings can’t hide its distinctive new shape.
That includes a boxier and more squared-off front and rear design, again with inspiration seemingly taken from the recently launched EV5.
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Elements from the current Seltos such as its integrated roof rails continue to feature, though wider wheel-arch mouldings suggest Kia will be going for a tougher look with the new SUV.
Reportedly due to enter production in 2025, it’ll replace the now six-year-old Seltos, which debuted in 2019 and is one of Kia’s most popular models in Australia.
As previously reported by South Korean publication ET News, the next-generation Seltos will offer a choice of petrol or hybrid powertrains.
The new Seltos Hybrid is expected to feature the same powertrain as the Hyundai Kona Hybrid, but offer the option of an electronic all-wheel drive (E-AWD) system.
The front-wheel drive-only Kona Hybrid combines a 1.6-litre naturally aspirated petrol engine with a 32kW/172Nm electric motor, a 1.32kWh battery pack, and a six-speed dual-clutch automatic transmission.
Total system outputs are 104kW and 265Nm.
Kia already has a similarly sized hybrid SUV in the Niro, which also offers the option of an electric powertrain.
That sees the Niro overlap with the electric EV3, due here in 2025, but Kia has said it sees room for both the electric Niro and EV3.
Much as the EV3 appears to cannibalise the Niro EV, the next-generation Seltos could steal sales away from the Niro HEV.
2024 Kia Seltos
The current Niro measures 4385mm long, making it only marginally larger than the 4420mm Seltos, which is expected to grow in its next generation.
Kia confirmed at its Investor Day earlier this year that it plans to expand its hybrid lineup from six models in 2024 to eight in 2026 and nine in 2028, with next-generation hybrid powertrains to offer improved performance, torque and fuel efficiency.
In Australia, Kia sold 4048 hybrids across the Sportage, Niro, Sorento and Carnival model lines between January and September 2024.
This placed it seventh out of the 11 brands that sell hybrids in Australia, well behind market leader Toyota (88,919 sales) and with less than half the total of Hyundai (9062 sales).
Indian travellers can now make cashless, seamless payments abroad through the Paytm app at destinations where UPI is accepted
Paytm’s UPI International service allows travellers to make cashless payments at renowned destinations.
One97 Communications Limited, which owns the brand Paytm, the payments and financial services distribution company, has enabled Paytm users to make UPI payments at select international locations. Now travellers can make seamless payments abroad through the app where UPI is accepted.
Paytm Launches UPI International for Seamless Global Payments
Indian travellers can now make cashless, seamless payments abroad through the Paytm app at destinations where UPI is accepted, including popular locations in the UAE, Singapore, France, Mauritius, Bhutan, and Nepal. This enhancement allows users to pay effortlessly for a wide range of services such as shopping, dining, and local experiences overseas.
Quick Setup and Activation for International Travel
Setting up UPI International on the Paytm app is simple and can be done with a one-time activation linked to the user’s bank account. When scanning a UPI-enabled QR code abroad, the app will prompt activation for easy access. Users can select a usage period from 1 to 90 days based on their travel duration. The service can be deactivated anytime to ensure that payments are only made when intended, offering greater control and preventing accidental transactions after returning to India.
Transparency and Control Over Currency Conversion
During payment, users can view real-time foreign exchange rates and any conversion fees applied by their bank. This ensures full transparency, helping travellers understand the cost of their purchases before completing the transaction.
Cashless Convenience at Iconic International Destinations
Paytm’s UPI International service allows travellers to make cashless payments at renowned destinations. Whether shopping in Dubai, dining at vibrant eateries in Singapore, exploring beach markets in Mauritius, or visiting artisanal craft shops in Bhutan and Nepal, users can enjoy seamless UPI payments wherever accepted.
Innovative Features for Financial Management
Paytm recently launched the UPI statement download feature, enabling users to track and manage their spending with detailed transaction records. This tool is especially useful for budgeting during and after international travel.
A Paytm spokesperson shared, “As the pioneer of mobile payments in India, we are consistently innovating to bring greater convenience to our users. With UPI International, we’re thrilled to extend this ease to Indian travellers, enabling them to make secure, cashless payments in countries like the UAE, Singapore, France, Mauritius, Bhutan, and Nepal. With the upcoming holiday season, we are sure that this launch will make foreign travel even more convenient for users. This expansion reflects our commitment to leveraging technology that empowers our users, wherever they are in the world.”
The HBAR price has achieved a $5 billion market cap with its recent price surge. Reportedly, this altcoin has outperformed top cryptocurrencies with its weekly gains of over 150% in valuation.
With the recent price pump, the Hedera price has reclaimed the psychological mark of $0.13. This further hints at a high possibility of this altcoin recording a new 52-week high. Will this altcoin maintain its bullish rally? Or will the market experience a correction in the coming time?
HBAR Price Soars over 150% in Days!
With a trading volume of $3.447 billion and a jump of 20.86% in the past 24 hours, the Hedera price has maintained its bullish rally this week. Moreover, with a market capitalization of $5.28B, it has claimed the 25th rank in the business.
hbar price analysis 19th nov
The Relative Strength Index (RSI) continues hovering above the overbought range in the daily time frame, highlighting a positive outlook for the altcoin in the coming time.
Moreover, the EMA 50/200-day records a significant rise in the Hedera price chart. This suggests a high possibility of a Golden Cross during the upcoming time.
How High Can HBAR Price Go?
If the market favors the bulls, the Hedera price will retest its resistance level of $0.156. Furthermore, if the bullish sentiment sustains, this could push the price of HBAR toward its upper resistance level of $0.182 this month.
Conversely, if a trend reversal occurs, the HBAR price will drop toward its low of $0.131. Moreover, if the bulls fail to regain momentum at that point, this could pull this altcoin toward its lower support trendline of $0.107.
Wondering if the HBAR price will hit $1? Read our Hedera Price Prediction to find out the long-term possibilities and also subscribe to us to get the latest news first!
FAQs
Is Hedera a good buy?
With a weekly return of over 150%, the HBAR price is presently under the limelight and is closely watched by many investors.
Can HBAR ever reach $10?
For the Hedera price to hit $10, it will require a jump of 7,094.24% in its valuation.
How much will Hedera be worth in 2025?
If the bullish sentiment sustains, the HBAR price may hit $0.80.
“Visionaries see a future of telecommuting workers, interactive libraries and multimedia classrooms. They speak of electronic town meetings and virtual communities. Commerce and business will shift from offices and malls to networks and modems. And the freedom of digital networks will make government more democratic.
Baloney. Do our computer pundits lack all common sense? The truth is no online database will replace your daily newspaper, no CD-ROM can take the place of a competent teacher, and no computer network will change the way government works.”
Today, that pronouncement sounds incredibly naïve — and online posts ridicule the author for not seeing what transformational power the internet would bring.
But later in that same article, Stoll writes:
“[W]hat the Internet hucksters won’t tell you is that the internet is one big ocean of unedited data, without any pretense of completeness. Lacking editors, reviewers or critics, the internet has become a wasteland of unfiltered data.”
He then concludes his piece by saying:
“a poor substitute it is,this virtual reality where frustration is legion and where — in the holy names of Education and Progress — important aspects of human interactions are relentlessly devalued.”
Stoll was wrong about the plot. But I think he nailed the story. One might rightly argue that the modern web is one big “wasteland of unfiltered data” and that human connection is increasingly devalued.
Don’t confuse plot for story
In the context of any moment of innovation, people cling to the familiar. Author and philosopher Marshall McLuhan called this the “rear-view mirror:“
“We tend always to attach ourselves to the objects, to the flavor of the most recent past. We look at the present through a rear-view mirror. We march backward into the future.”
Yet marching backward into the future often gives us a good understanding (consciously or otherwise) of how the past informs the future.
In other words, we might get the future plot (events) wrong but get the story correct.
Consider the apocryphal story of Netflix’s triumph over Blockbuster. It’s too simplistic to say Blockbuster failed because it ignored the rise of streaming. Blockbuster recognized the shift in consumer preferences and behavior (the story), but the constraints of legacy systems and shareholder expectations slowed its response to change (the plot).
The company’s leaders weren’t wrong about digital vs. physical — they were wrong about the speed and format of the transformation.
Consider the total story
Today, marketers face a similar challenge. We stand at the cusp of an internet-sized disruption in how we reach, engage, convert, and serve audiences and customers. And that raises many questions about how to proceed. Here are a few:
Will AI completely upend the content creation process? Which content pieces should we hand off to generative AI, and which merit human writers?
Should we finally abandon PDF files as a delivery mechanism for lead-generation content? Can we predict what format will replace it?
Are websites even needed anymore? Will AI-generated answers and other zero-click search results box out owned media (including websites and blogs)?
Is there any future for e-commerce, or is it just a matter of time before all businesses get “Amazoned?”
One of my favorite books on marketing theory is The Marketing Imagination by Harvard Business School professor Theodore Levitt. In it, Levitt describes his “total product” concept, which offers a practical lens for balancing marketing plot predictions with our understanding of the story.
The “total product” concept is that consumers don’t buy a product or format — they choose the complete experience that best fits their current needs and context.
Apply that concept to cars, for example. The car’s features matter to the consumer, but so does the whole ownership experience (a nearby service center, a great warranty, and even digital content and ownership tools).
What does this have to do with content or marketing?
Think about aging formats like PDFs or PowerPoint presentations. They’ve been the norm in digital marketing for years.
Are they still serving your audience effectively? Content needs to be integrated, interactive, and engaging today. Do those formats deliver on those expectations?
But how do you predict a better format when one may not yet exist?
One answer (but not the only one) is to look at the digital experiences and marketing content you create as a total product — or a total story if you will.
For example, consider these options:
Don’t abandon PDF files entirely. Instead, try to understand all the contexts that apply to your audience and address them. You could create structured content hubs to answer questions and provide thought leadership. Then, add a PDF as a downloadable, adjacent piece that offers a more visual layout or the functional interactivity of a form or template.
Don’t worry about whether you should kill your website or blog. Figure out how to evolve your website into something else. For example, perhaps your corporate website evolves from that thousand-page online billboard to a simple hub designed to direct customers to apps, social media, or other owned media content brands. You can see this in action on Coca-Cola’s corporate site.
Embrace multiple iterations of where your website might live. For example, you may decide that a partner for e-commerce for your products/services on third-party shops makes sense. They may be less profitable than your own shop, but customers may appreciate the more relevant context. For example, the entire buyer’s journey for Red Hat Linux’s complete educational platform can take place on the Amazon Web Services site.
Instead of looking at generative AI as a way to create more efficiency in doing the things you already do, think about how it might prompt even greater wisdom and creativity in a human team.
Backing into the future
Content and marketing professionals are in precisely the same place Clifford Stoll was in 1995 — no more or less knowledgeable, talented, or prescient.
Focus on the story and allow the plot to unfold in uncertain ways. That’s how you’ll thrive.
Learn to see the past and use it to understand the story of the future without getting hung up on the details of the plot.
You’ll still be walking into the future backward. That’s inevitable. But you can use what you know to help you understand what you don’t — and prepare for whatever comes next.
It’s your story. Tell it well.
Subscribe to workday or weekly CMI emails to get Rose-Colored Glasses in your inbox each week.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
The Indraprastha Institute of Information Technology, Delhi (IIIT-Delhi), Delhi Research Implementation and Innovation Foundation (DRIIV) and Bharti Institute of Public Policy (BIPP) at Indian School of Business (ISB) have signed an MoU to establish a Centre of Excellence on Aerial and Water Robotics for Development and Sustainability (CoE-AWRDS).
“We will be focussing on enhancing autonomy, sensing, and navigation capabilities. Further, our strategic partnerships with communities, academia, industry, government, and civil societies will lead the Centre to facilitate the comprehension of research outcomes into practical robotic solutions,’‘ Ashwini Chhatre, Associate Professor and Executive Director, Bharti Institute of Public Policy, ISB said in a release.
Also read: Sowing the seeds of change: A new academy reimagines agricultural education
“These solutions will target diverse applications such as natural resource monitoring, measurement and management, disaster management, environmental monitoring, socio-economic sensing, agriculture optimisation, healthcare delivery in remote areas, and efficient infrastructure inspection,’‘ he added.
As part of the MoU, the Bharti Institute of Public Policy will provide its expertise in public policy, impact assessment, policy recommendations, and partnership facilitation.
Pankaj Vajpayee, Dean of Corporate Relations & Entrepreneurship and Director of IIITD Innovation & Incubation Center, IIIT Delhi, said, “One of the key aspects of our collaboration is the nurturing of the next generation of technology experts representing tribal and rural communities through comprehensive educational programmes and hands-on training opportunities.’‘
In agriculture, drones can assess crop health, monitor irrigation efficiency, and detect pests and diseases, contributing to zero hunger SDG. Similarly, for SDG 6 pertaining to clean water and sanitation, drones can survey water bodies, monitor pollution levels, and assess the effectiveness of sanitation interventions. In the context of sustainable cities and communities (SDG 11), drones can map urban areas, monitor infrastructure, and assess disaster risks.
According to Shipra Misra, Managing Director & CEO, DRIIV Foundation, the CoE stands to empower communities and foster sustainable development.”
Also read: Australian universities target India for offshore expansion
Those bright lights works best when paired with a camera with a high resolution that can capture a lot of detail. A 1080p will get the job done, but for the best clarity for these (often high-mounted) cameras, we prefer 2K resolutions, like a couple of our top picks.
Brightness and customization
Lumens is a great indicator of visible brightness (don’t try to compare it to watts, especially with LEDS), and a few thousand lumens is a guarantee of bright lights that can fully light up a larger area. But we also like to see customization options for brightness, shade of light and scheduling. That helps keep lights from waking you up at night or angering the neighbors, allowing you to make adjustments as you need.
Smart home support
Smart home support with existing platforms is always nice to have, especially when setting routines with other smart lights or cams. We look for support for both Google Home and Amazon Alexa. Apple support is much harder to find for security cameras at this time, although as the Matter standard continues to progress we hope that will change.
Power options
While careful use of batteries can lead to good power management for wireless floodlight cams, those floodlights do tend to take up some extra juice. They are also often mounted in high locations where getting them down for battery recharging can be a pain. Consider carefully if you prefer wireless placement or the no-charge wired option, which may take extra installation work. Please keep in mind that wired floodlight cams often need to be connected to a junction box.
Motion detection
Motion detection and object recognition are especially important for floodlight cams, because they help the floodlights to turn on only when there’s a reasonable cause like a detected human figure. We favored a couple of cameras that offer object recognition for free on this list, but you may have to pay a subscription fee for advanced features.
Eufy offers three LED panels to boost your brightness.
Eufy
Night vision
Night vision isn’t quite as important with broad floodlights, but it can help improve clarity at the edges of the image when things are dark out. For the best clarity, consider looking for a camera that has color night vision too.
Two-way audio and sirens
Audio options can be very important if you want to question a stranger (or shout out to a friend) or sound a siren to scare off trespassers. They aren’t quite as valuable on floodlight cameras as they are on video doorbells, for example, but it’s still an important feature. Fortunately, most floodlight cameras now have these audio options.
Plus special access to select articles and other premium content with your account – free of charge.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
COVID-19 can cause a long list of health issues, including flu symptoms, respiratory problems and even organ damage, according to medical experts — but a new study suggests that the virus could have a surprising impact on cancer.
The study, which was published in the Journal of Clinical Investigation on Friday, found that COVID infection was linked to cancer regression, which could serve as a foundation for new cancer treatments in the future.
The SARS-CoV-2 virus — which causes COVID — is made up of RNA (ribonucleic acid), a molecule that is found in all living cells.
VACCINES FOR FLU AND COVID: SHOULD YOU GET BOTH AT THE SAME TIME?
In the study, RNA was found to “trigger the development of a unique type of immune cell with anti-cancer properties,” according to a press release from the Northwestern Medicine Canning Thoracic Institute in Chicago.
Dr. Ankit Bharat’s research team is pictured at the Northwestern Medicine lab.(Northwestern Medicine)
The newly created immune cells were able to move into the blood vessels and tumors — something typical immune cells cannot do.
“These killer cells then swarm the tumor and start attacking the cancer cells directly, helping to shrink the tumor,” noted senior author Ankit Bharat, MD, chief of thoracic surgery at Northwestern Medicine, in the release.
BREAST CANCER VACCINE UPDATE FROM CLEVELAND CLINIC: ‘A NEW ERA’
This effect was activated by severe COVID-19, the researchers found, and was specifically seen to be effective against melanoma, lung cancer, breast cancer and colon cancer.
“This discovery opens up a new avenue for cancer treatment,” Bharat said in the release.
“It offers hope that we might be able to use this approach to benefit patients with advanced cancers who have not responded to other treatments.”
Early findings warrant more research
This finding has so far only been seen in animal models.
“We are in the early stages, but the potential to transform cancer treatment is there,” Bharat said in the release.
“Our next steps will involve clinical trials to see if we can safely and effectively use these findings to help cancer patients,” the study author said.(iStock)
“Our next steps will involve clinical trials to see if we can safely and effectively use these findings to help cancer patients.”
“The presumed mechanism is that a major inflammation event like an infection can tip the scales toward activating the immune system against a cancer.”
Dr. Marc Siegel, clinical professor of medicine at NYU Langone Health and senior medical analyst for Fox News, pointed out that while this is “not a cancer cure and was only seen in mice,” the study does have some significance.
“It reminds us that viruses cause inflammation and rev up the immune system, which can either increase your risk of certain cancers or, paradoxically, cause certain cancers to shrink by activating immune cells against them,” Siegel, who was not involved in the study, told Fox News Digital.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
Dr. Jacob Glanville, CEO of Centivax, a San Francisco biotechnology company, also was not involved in the study but said he wasn’t surprised by the findings.
“There’s a known history of this phenomenon of ‘spontaneous regression’ following an infection with a high fever in multiple illnesses, dating back as far as doctors have been identifying cancer,” he told Fox News Digital.
In the study, RNA was found to “trigger the development of a unique type of immune cell with anti-cancer properties,” according to a press release.(Northwestern Medicine)
“Normally, the immune system can tell there’s something wrong with cancerous tissue, but cancers develop various mutations to hold the immune system back from attacking them,” Glanville went on.
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
“The presumed mechanism is that a major inflammation event like an infection can tip the scales toward activating the immune system against cancer.”
The Northwestern Medicine building is pictured in Chicago, Illinois.(Northwestern Medicine)
Studies have shown that COVID-19 vaccines could have the same effect, he added, but it’s likely more common for an actual infection to cause this, as the immune system is more “riled up” by the infection.
Even so, Glanville added, “The rate of this happening likely isn’t yet high enough to justify it as a reliable therapy.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
The study was funded by the National Institutes of Health and Canning Thoracic Institute.
Fox News Digital reached out to the researchers for additional comment.
Want to boost your memory as you age? Eating eggs may help maintain cognitive function, particularly semantic memory, among women, according to a study. While eggs contain high levels of dietary cholesterol, they also provide nutrients beneficial for cognitive function, said the team from University of California San Diego. They examined the effects of egg consumption on change in cognitive function among 890 ambulatory adults (357 men; 533 women) aged over 55 years. The results, published in the journal Nutrients, showed that women who ate more eggs experienced a smaller decline in verbal fluency over four years. Further, women who ate more eggs maintained their ability to name categories of items, like animals, better than those who ate fewer or no eggs. These benefits were seen even after accounting for various lifestyle and health factors. The cognitive benefits of eggs are due to choline which can help with brain function, memory, and communication between brain cells. Eggs also contain vitamins like B-6, B-12, and folic acid, which may help prevent brain shrinkage and delay cognitive decline. While the study did not find any significant impact on cognitive function in men, it also showed no detrimental effects of egg consumption in both sexes. The finding is significant, said the researchers, given the rising concern over cognitive decline as people live longer. Overall, the findings suggest that eggs could be a cost-effective and accessible way to support cognitive health in women, said Donna Kritz-Silverstein, Professor at UC San Diego, who led the study. Previous studies have shown that eggs also provide essential protein that can protect against osteoporosis among women. Eggs are rich in high-quality protein, vitamin B12, phosphorus, and selenium. The vitamin A, vitamin B12, and selenium in eggs are key to keeping the immune system healthy.
(Disclaimer: Except for the headline, this story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is published from a syndicated feed.)
Fractional ownership platform hBits has launched a new asset in Thane, offering ₹54.66 crore investment opportunity.
The Grade A commercial asset located in Ashar IT Park at Wagle Estate, has a leasable area of 1.1 million square feet and is leased out to a French listed tech multinational. The asset has an entry yield of 8.75 per cent and an expected internal rate of return of 15.16 per cent.
This is the 16th property of hBits. Key tenants in that micro market include Raymond, Cipla and DHL.
Also read: Adani Realty plans big realty push in Mumbai, to rival Jio Convention Centre
The location has proximity to Eastern Express Highway, Thane Railway Station and the soon-to-be operational Wagle Circle Metro Station, indicating long-term growth for the area.
“The BFSI sector, especially fintech, is thriving in the country, accelerating the demand for commercial real estate across key metros,” said hBits Founder & CEO, Shiv Parekh. “India’s leading office rentals have also witnessed an annual increase of about 4-8 per cent. Our new asset is a testimony to our strategy of acquiring properties in premium locations to offer lucrative investment opportunities to our investors,” he added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
TIKTOK je ponovno poludio za jednim modnim komadom. Ovog puta riječ je o zimskoj jakni iz Zare koja je sve oduševila svojim izgledom, ali i pristupačnom cijenom od 49.95 eura.
Topla, vodootporna jakna
Riječ je o vodootpornom i vjetrootpornom anoraku s toplinskom izolacijom koji je idealan za hladne zimske dane. Jakna ima podignut ovratnik i podesivu kapuljaču s elastičnim vezicama. Tu su i bočni džepovi s flis podstavom te jedan unutarnji džep sa skrivenim zatvaračem.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Mnoge podsjeća na poznati Uniqlo model
“Kupila sam je prošle godine, samo je bila duža, stvarno je topla”, piše jedna korisnica na TikToku. Mnogi su primijetili da ih podsjeća na poznati Uniqlo model, no ističu kako je ova puno pristupačnija.
“Kupila sam je prošle godine, odlična je. Ima i džep s unutarnje strane za telefon”, pohvalila se još jedna zadovoljna vlasnica.
S obzirom na cijenu i sve pozitivne komentare, čini se da je Zara pogodila još jedan jesensko-zimski hit koji će se rado nositi i ove sezone. Možete je vidjeti ovdje.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Not much is known about the next statue the Lakers plan to have erected outside Crypto.com Arena.
But it is almost certain that sculpture will be well-dressed and have impeccable hair.
The team announced Monday that Showtime-era coach Pat Riley will be the next Lakers legend to be honored with a statue on Star Plaza outside the arena.
“Pat is a Lakers icon,” Lakers controlling owner Jeanie Buss said in a statement released Monday by the team. “His professionalism, commitment to his craft and game preparation paved the way for the coaching we see across the league today.”
Buss added that her father, Lakers owner Jerry Buss, “recognized Pat’s obsession and ability to take talented players and coalesce them into a championship team. The style of basketball Pat and the Lakers created in the 80s is still the blueprint for the organization today: an entertaining and winning team.”
As an NBA player, Riley spent five of his 10 seasons with the Lakers, winning a championship with the organization in 1972. After retiring, Riley became an assistant coach with the Lakers in the 1979-80 season and was promoted to head coach after Paul Westhead was fired early in the 1981-82 season.
Known for his slicked-backed hair and Armani suits, Riley coached the Lakers to NBA titles in 1982, 1985, 1987 and 1988 before stepping down after the team lost to the Phoenix Suns in the 1990 Western Conference semifinals. He went on to win another NBA title as head coach and team president of the Miami Heat in 2006 and won two others in his executive role with the Heat in 2013 and 2014.
Riley will be joining three players that he coached with statues outside Crypto.com Arena — Magic Johnson and Kareem Abdul-Jabbar, both members of the Showtime Lakers, and Shaquille O’Neal, who won a championship with Riley’s Heat in 2006. Riley’s former Lakers teammate Jerry West and broadcast partner Chick Hearn are also honored with sculptures in the plaza, as are Kobe Bryant and Elgin Baylor.
The Riley statue is scheduled to be completed in 2026.
After launching the Gemini AI app for Android phones several months ago, Google has now unveiled it for iPhones. Notably, the development comes after Apple introduced ChatGPT integration for iPhones in its iOS 18.2 beta, sparking speculations regarding Apple’s potential ChatGPT integration into Siri next month.
Announcing the Gemini AI app for iPhones, Google stated in a blog post, “Now, you’ll be able to have easy access to Google’s personal AI assistant, right on your iPhone, free of charge.” The app is now available for download by iPhone users.
Google says, “Gemini can help use write the perfect email or text, create stunning images, and brainstorm fun new ideas.” It also enhances learning, making it easier for students to ask questions on any subject. Google adds, “Gemini can also provide custom, step-by-step guidance that adapts to your learning style, and you can even test your knowledge with quizzes.”
iPhone users can now interact with Gemini in a conventional manner, allowing them to interrupt, ask questions, or change topics seamlessly. Users can also personalise Gemini’s voice with 10 distinct voice options. Currently, Gemini’s Live can be accessed in 10 languages by iPhone users. Additionally, users can also have access to Imagen 3, which is Google’s image generation model. It assists users by transforming text descriptions into AI images.
Highlighting Gemini’s compatibility with Google’s apps and services, Google says, “With Extensions, Gemini can find and show you relevant information from the Google apps you use every day like YouTube, Google Maps, Gmail, Calendar and more — all within a single conversation.”
The app includes features such as intelligent searches, live voice conversations, and integration with Google’s services. These features make it a compelling tool for those looking to enhance productivity or explore the possibilities of conversational AI.
With Google continuing to refine its AI capabilities, iPhone users are likely to get even more sophisticated features in future updates.
Dosa is iconic for its vast fanbase—a versatile South Indian dish that can be a meal anytime, from breakfast to dinner. It has a wide range of flavours, from the traditional dosas with rawa to more contemporary, experimental variations. Whatever kind of dosa lover you are, whenever you’re in Bangalore, don’t forget to set aside a day for the ultimate ‘Dosa Trek.’ @Lambu_Atta on Reddit has ranked some of the best places to enjoy dosa in Bengaluru.
Dosa is a staple South Indian delicacy.(Shutterstock)
ALSO READ: 5 healthy South Indian recipes you can easily make at home
By2coffee
The Redditor declared this eatery the winner of their ranking, calling it the “hidden gem of dosas.” They were so enamoured by the quality of the dosa that they likened its immaculate texture to an ad, picture-perfect. The dosa was crisp yet soft, with a neat golden finish, while all the chutneys were perfectly balanced in taste. Overall, they graded By2Coffee a total of 26/30, awarding 9/10 for the batter, 8.5/10 for the masala, and 8.5/10 for the chutney.
Bangalore Thindies
Bangalore Thindies was awarded the sweet second spot, which came a ‘surprise’ to the Redditor. They gave this restaurant a solid 25.5/30. The dosa masala, in particular, stood out, with an undertone of curry leaves and chillies. The nice balance of thick and thin dosa texture earned the batter an 8.5/10, while the masala scored 9/10. The chutneys—especially the coconut chutney—received a respectable 8/10.
19 Galli Foods
And finally, the bronze goes to 19 Galli Foods. The Redditor tried Devenegere Benne Dosa which was so butter-laden, that it was a true delight to feast on it. This dosa was ‘drenched’ in butter and the creamy, rich taste makes it a delight. This eatery scored 24.5/30 with the buttery batter getting 8/10, spicy masala another 8/10 and the star of the show, the chutney a decent 8.5/10 due to its spiciness. Overall, this place is for those dosa lovers who have a daring spice tolerance with a soft spot for rich buttery goodness.
Umesh Dosa Point/Refreshments
Earlier known as Umesh Dosa Point, now Umesh Refreshment, the dosa aced the texture with its crispy yet soft bite, earning the batter an 8/10. The masala delighted the Redditor, especially the red chutney, which had a garlicky undertone. However, the chutneys didn’t live up to expectations—they were underwhelming, and the Redditor felt that the chutney was overpowered by the dosa, failing to achieve a complementary balance. This resulted in the chutney receiving only a 6/10, with an overall score of 22/30.
Rameshwaram Café
The Redditor described Rameshwaram Cafe as overhyped. The dosa’s texture felt overcooked, with some bits crumbling, resulting in the batter receiving a 7/10. The masala had good flavour but was nothing exceptional, earning a 6/10. The chutneys were average overall, but one had a minty taste that didn’t work well, adding to the disappointment.
Mulbagal Dosa Corner
The dosa’s texture was particularly unique and intriguing, reminding the Redditor of an unusual combination. They wrote, “Like an appam and benne dosa had a bastard child.” It was pillowy on the inside and crispy on the outside, earning an impressive 9/10 for texture. The masala, though regular, had a sweet and spicy flavour with plenty of podi (South Indian spice mix) sprinkled over it, scoring 7.5/10. However, the biggest letdown was the chutneys, which received an abysmal 3.5/10. The Redditor bashed the coconut chutney, calling it extremely bland, while the other chutneys also failed to impress. They wrote, “This is something you can expect to find at a North Indian place, not a South Indian place.” It received 20/10 overall.
So anytime you’re in Bangalore, head out for the Dosa Trek, to taste buttery, pillowy dosas and everything in between.
ALSO READ: Bored of eating coconut chutney with your dosas? Try these unconventional pairings with your benne dosa this winter!
The latest game in Microsoft’s surprisingly popular Flight Simulator series is about to make its debut on Xbox Series X, Xbox Series S and PC.
Microsoft Flight Simulator 2024 has a November 19 release date on PC and consoles. For UK players, Microsoft Flight Sim 24 has a 4pm GMT release time on all platforms. This means US fans can start playing at 8am PST.
While you can pre-load the game now, the development team has announced plans to release a day-one patch that will need to be downloaded before you can start playing.
It’s also worth remembering that Microsoft Flight Simulator 2024 is available for free as part of your Xbox Game Pass subscription, but only for the Ultimate tier. It certainly beats the games coming to PS Plus Extra in November 2024.
Indeed, if you’re playing on Xbox Series X or Xbox Series S, then you’ll need to subscribe to Xbox Game Pass Ultimate in order to access the game at launch.
As a reminder, Xbox Game Pass Ultimate costs £14.99 a month, and provides access to hundreds of console, PC and cloud games, as well as day-one access for first-party games, online multiplayer access, exclusive deals and EA Play membership.
If you’re exclusively playing on PC, then you can get day-one access to Microsoft Flight Simulator 2024 with a PC Game Pass subscription for £9.99 a month.
Be warned, Microsoft Flight Simulator 2024 isn’t available as part of Xbox Game Pass Core or Xbox Game Pass Standard on consoles.
Of course, you can also purchase the game outright on Xbox consoles, and for PC via the Microsoft store or Steam.
The Standard Edition costs £69.99 on consoles and PC, while the Deluxe Edition is available for £99.99. There’s also a Premium Deluxe Edition for £129.99, as well as an Aviator Edition for a whopping £199.99.
The Standard Edition contains 70 aircraft and 150 airports, compared to 80 aircraft and 155 airports for the Deluxe Edition.
The Premium Deluxe Edition comes with 95 aircraft and 160 airports, while the Aviator Edition contains 125 aircraft and 160 airports.
Outside of vastly improved visuals, Microsoft Flight Simulator 2024 features a wide range of new activities.
This includes Aerial Firefighting, Search and Rescue and Medevac, as well as multiplayer-focused modes such as Challenge League, Rally Races and Precision Landing.
You’ll even be able to compete in Red Bull and Reno Air Races, and for the first time ever in the series, exit aircraft and explore areas on foot.
According to Microsoft, players will be able to explore 27 “highly detailed biomes with hundreds of species of vegetation”.
The Ford Ranger is already Australia’s best-selling vehicle, but the Blue Oval wants to give buyers even more choice by offering a beefed-up Super Duty version of the popular ute.
Announced today, Ford will launch the Ranger Super Duty in 2026, with the ute to boast figures that rival its F-150 showroom-mate and other large American pickups such as the Ram 1500, Chevrolet Silverado 1500 and Toyota Tundra.
It’ll be built in Thailand alongside other Australian-market Rangers, however local engineering input has come courtesy of Ford’s 1500-strong IMG Product Development team based in Melbourne.
“Ranger Super Duty further strengthens our commercial vehicle portfolio, with an offering for all kinds of work,” said Ford Australia president and CEO Andrew Birkic.
“As we move closer to launch, we will continue to work closely with fleets and vehicle modifiers across Australia to be sure that Ranger Super Duty does everything they expect it to, and so much more.”
100s of new car deals are available through CarExpert right now. Get the experts on your side and score a great deal. Browse now.
Ford has only shared a dimly lit teaser image of the Ranger Super Duty, however it appears the tougher flagship will feature a bespoke grille and wider wheel arches than the current dual-cab.
The revised grille and bonnet design could also preview the Ranger’s upcoming facelift, which is expected soon given the ute’s late-2021 unveiling.
When fitted with an optional 70mm tow ball, the Ranger Super Duty will be capable of towing up to 4500kg braked – a one-tonne upgrade on the existing Ranger’s 3500kg figure (fitted with a 50mm tow ball), and a full two tonnes more than the Ranger Raptor (2500kg).
That figure is also on par with 70mm tow ball-equipped versions of the F-150, all Ram 1500s, the Toyota Tundra and the Chevrolet Silverado 1500 LTZ.
Ranger Wildtrak
Ford isn’t just increasing the Ranger’s braked towing capacity, with the Super Duty set to feature a gross vehicle mass (GVM) of 4500kg – right on the limit of what can be driven on a full passenger vehicle licence.
The existing Ranger lineup has a maximum GVM of 3350kg (Wildtrak V6), while the Ranger Raptor yet again has the lowest figure of 3130kg.
According to Ford, the Ranger Super Duty will have a gross combined mass (GCM) – the maximum recommended weight of what’s in the ute and what it’s towing – of 8000kg.
Ford is yet to detail what’s under the Ranger Super Duty’s bonnet, though we can expect an engine with more power and torque than what’s in the current lineup.
Ranger V6 turbo-diesel
Flagship versions of the Australian-market Ranger are powered by a 3.0-litre turbo-diesel V6 engine, which produces 184kW of power and 600Nm of torque.
The performance Ranger Raptor’s twin-turbo 3.0-litre petrol V6 puts out 292kW and 583Nm.
It’s unclear whether either of these engines will be used in the Super Duty, or if Ford will raid its parts bin for another powerplant.
The larger Ford F-150 uses a 3.5-litre version of the Ranger Raptor’s 3.0-litre EcoBoost V6 engine, which produces 298kW and 678Nm.
F-150 twin-turbo V6
In the US, the popular pickup has previously been offered with the same 3.0-litre turbo-diesel V6 as the Ranger, suggesting there can be some crossover between the two platforms.
Ford will launch the Ranger Super Duty in Australia after the local debut of its plug-in hybrid (PHEV) ute in 2025.
More information about the Ford Ranger Super Duty is expected closer to its 2026 launch.
Stocks to watch: Shares of firms like Waaree Energies, Airtel, NTPC, SpiceJet, Bajaj Fin, Zee, and others will be in focus on Tuesday’s trade
Stocks To Watch
Stocks To Watch On November 19: The Indian market continued their downward trend, slipping nearly half a percent. In today’s trade, shares of Waaree Energies, Ashoka Buildcon, Shilpa Medicare, Tilaknagar Industries among others will be in focus due to various news developments.
Waaree Energies: Waaree Energies reported a 17 per cent rise in consolidated net profit at Rs 375.6 crore in the July-September quarter as compared to Rs 320.1 crore profit a year ago.
NTPC: State-owned NTPC paid Rs 2,424 crore as an interim dividend to its shareholders. The company paid its first interim dividend of Rs 2,424 crore for the financial year 2024-25 on November 18, representing 25 per cent of the company’s paid-up equity share capital, NTPC said in a statement.
SpiceJet: Two more insolvency petitions were filed by Sabarmati Aviation and JetAir 17 against budget carrier Spicejet at the National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) on Monday. The NCLT issued a notice to the airline over the plea by operational creditor Sabarmati Aviation while asking another complainant, JetAir 17, to file additional documents in support of its claims of $27 million.
Bajaj Finance: Bajaj Finance reported a 21 per cent growth in its Fixed Deposit (FD) book to Rs 66,131 crore as of September 30, 2024.
Adani Green Energy: As per reports, the company is planning on raising around $2 billion through a mix of international bonds and loans over the coming months.
ITI: The company bagged a contract worth Rs 95 crore for mining digital transformation and surveillance systems (MDTSS) in Uttarakhand.
Airline stocks: Domestic air passenger traffic crossed 500,000 for the first time in a single day on Sunday, reflecting strong travel demand amid festive and wedding seasons.
Reliance Power & Reliance Infrastructure: Reliance Group companies have realigned their boards by elevating four senior officials to the board of directors.
Godrej Agrovet: Agribusiness firm Godrej Agrovet has formed a partnership with US-based Provivi to introduce sustainable pheromone-based pest control solutions for India’s rice and corn farmers.
GMR Airports: The company in its October update reported an increase in handling passengers by 9.2 per cent year-on-year (Y-o-Y) to over 10.7 million. This includes both domestic and international traffic.
PG Electroplast: The company through its subsidiary, PG Technoplast Pvt. Ltd., has signed a definitive agreement with Spiro Mobility. The primary responsibility of PG Technoplast Pvt. Ltd. will be setting up and managing the manufacturing facilities for Electric vehicles, Lithium-Ion batteries, and related components and for procurement of parts and raw materials for the same as specified by Spiro.
GVK Power: The company is now in the corporate insolvency resolution process (CIRP) and has released a tentative list of potential resolution applicants (PRAs) as part of its continued efforts to seek a resolution under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code, 2016. The provisional list includes significant industry firms including Vedanta Ltd, Jindal Power Ltd, Shyam Sel and Power Ltd, JSW Energy Ltd, and Zeal Global Opportunities Fund.
Shilpa Medicare: The company’s subsidiary, Shilpa Pharma Lifesciences Limited, received a certificate of suitability (CEP) from EDQM (European Directorate for the Quality of Medicines & Healthcare) for API, Octreotide.
Zee Entertainment: Punit Goenka asked the board of ZEE Entertainment Enterprises Ltd (ZEEL) to relieve him from the position of managing director of the company as he wants to focus on the operational responsibilities as the chief executive officer (CEO), the media, and entertainment firm said in a statement.
Bharti Airtel: Bharti Global, the parent company of Bharti Airtel, completed the acquisition of 24.5 per cent of the issued share capital of BT Group plc from Altice UK. In August 2024, Mittal’s conglomerate announced it would buy a 24.5 per cent stake in BT Group for about $4 billion to become the single largest shareholder in Britain’s biggest broadband and mobile company.
Disclaimer:Disclaimer: The views and investment tips by experts in this News18.com report are their own and not those of the website or its management. Users are advised to check with certified experts before taking any investment decisions.
News business » markets Stocks To Watch: Waaree Energies, Airtel, NTPC, SpiceJet, Bajaj Fin, Zee, And Others
A few weeks ago, Ripple Labs CEO Brad Garlinghouse made headlines by stating that it’s “inevitable” that the company’s XRP cryptocurrency will eventually be offered through an exchange-traded fund (ETF). This bold claim gained further attention after the U.S. presidential election, which saw pro-crypto candidate Donald Trump win, sparking more speculation about the future of XRP and its potential ETF launch.
However, according to pro-XRP lawyer Jeremy Hogan, there are still significant hurdles ahead. In Bitwise’s October filing with the SEC for an XRP ETF, the company pointed out that the biggest risk to buyers of the ETF is… the SEC itself. This suggests that regulatory uncertainty remains a key challenge, with the SEC’s stance on XRP still unresolved. Hogan believes this section of the filing may need to be amended soon to reflect evolving circumstances.
In the October Bitwise XRP ETF filing with the SEC, Bitwise states that the biggest risk factor to buyer’s of the ETF would be…the SEC itself.
After the approval of the Ethereum ETF, the price of Ether soared. Many believe an XRP ETF could follow, and some say it’s inevitable. We might not know the exact timeline, but other crypto ETFs, including one for XRP, seem likely to happen.
According to Hogan, the typical timeline for an ETF approval is around 6 to 12 months, which means we could be looking at a potential XRP ETF launch sometime next summer—assuming everything goes smoothly with ongoing legal appeals and regulatory developments.
Conclusion:
The ongoing legal battle with the SEC has made it difficult for Ripple to operate at its full potential. If we look ahead a year, though, and if we see positive developments in the legal space, XRP could really take off. Once the SEC lawsuit is behind them, we could witness a huge surge in XRP’s use and value. Some speculators even think that big changes like SEC Chairman Gary Gensler stepping down could help reveal it’s true potential.
The Indian School of Business (ISB) has unveiled a refreshed logo, marking a step in its mission to develop leaders equipped with the knowledge and character to drive global transformation.
ISB’s updated logo is a manifestation of its strategic direction and symbolises the institution’s innovative and forward-thinking approach. It builds on ISB’s core elements while incorporating a modern, forward-thinking design with a bold, clean sans-serif wordmark.
Dean Madan Pillutla remarked, “Our new brand embodies ISB’s relentless pursuit of excellence. We are firmly committed to nurturing leaders who drive impactful change in a complex world. We are already on a path of evolution this year with a revised curriculum and a new programme for young leaders. Our new brand identity reflects our belief that the future belongs to those who create it.”
Brand consultancy Landor partnered with ISB to bring this vision to life.
Also read: ISB ranked first in India by Financial Times in Executive Education Custom Ranking 2024
If you’re an Amazon Alexa user looking for something cheap, then Sengled leads the way with a smart floodlight that can pair directly with the Echo Plus or the Echo Show — if you don’t have one of those, you’ll need the Sengled hub plugged into your router. You’ll find those bulbs on Amazon in a two-pack that costs $22.
Sengled makes floodlights that change colors, too (and obviously, so does Philips Hue). But if it’s a color bulb that you want, I say it’s worth it to go with Lifx, an Australian startup that routinely aces our color quality tests with bold, bright shades that look terrific. The company’s lights all use your Wi-Fi network to talk directly to your router, so they don’t need a hub, they come with an excellent, full-featured app and they’re compatible with Siri, Alexa and Google Assistant (and IFTTT) right out of the box.
A color-changing Lifx floodlight costs $30 at Amazon. That’s not cheap, but Lifx floodlights are also a few hundred lumens brighter at peak settings than any competitor we’ve tested to date. Couple that with the color quality, and you’re looking at a very worthy upgrade pick.
You have reached your maximum number of articles. Log in or create an account FREE of charge to continue reading.
By entering your email and pushing continue, you are agreeing to Fox News’ Terms of Use and Privacy Policy, which includes our Notice of Financial Incentive.
Please enter a valid email address.
Since President-elect Donald Trump tapped Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., to lead the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) last week, there has been a heightened focus on Kennedy’s initiative to “Make America Healthy Again” (MAHA).
One of Kennedy’s widely reported goals has been to reduce kids’ consumption of ultraprocessed foods.
“We have a generation of kids who are swimming around in a toxic soup right now,” Kennedy previously told Fox News. “We’re letting these industries corrupt our agencies and mass poison them.”
ULTRA-PROCESSED FOOD CONSUMPTION IN US POSES RISK FOR KIDS
Dr. Marc Siegel, senior medical analyst for Fox News, joined “Fox & Friends” on Monday to discuss the HHS Secretary nominee’s plans to reduce ultraprocessed foods, which have been shown to make up 73% of the country’s food supply.
One of the biggest dangers associated with the current food supply is food dyes, Siegel said.
“Food coloring is a problem,” he said. “Red Dye No. 3 has been banned in Europe. They’re banning it in California. It’s been associated with cancer in animals.”
Food dyes have been associated with hyperactivity in children, Siegel warned.
TIPS FOR PARENTS TO REDUCE ULTRA-PROCESSED FOODS IN KIDS’ DIETS
Democrats and Republicans alike have pushed for banning food dyes, the doctor noted, but the food industry and food lobbyists have fought back.
“There’s a concern here that if this ends up with more regulations, that will drive prices up — and food grocery store prices are already a problem,” Siegel added.
Some of the most harmful additives include MSG and high-fructose corn syrup, the latter of which “directly causes obesity,” according to Siegel.(iStock)
In terms of ultraprocessed foods, Siegel said he agrees with Kennedy’s claims that kids are “swimming in a toxic soup.”
Some of the most harmful additives include MSG and high-fructose corn syrup, the latter of which “directly causes obesity,” according to Siegel.
“We’ve got to go back to a healthier lifestyle, and then we’ll have less money spent on being ultra sick.”
Nitrates are also a concern, as they have been shown to cause cancer in animals, the doctor said, as well as excess sugar and salt.
“People just get drawn in to eat and eat and eat, and they gain weight,” Siegel said.
CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP
“When they gain weight, they get high blood pressure, they get diabetes, they get heart disease, and they have a risk for cancer.”
Siegel pointed to some significant regulatory obstacles that Kennedy will need to overcome.
“We have a generation of kids who are swimming around in a toxic soup right now,” Kennedy previously told Fox News. “We’re letting these industries corrupt our agencies and mass poison them.”(iStock)
“There’s pressure being put on the FDA (Food and Drug Administration) by the food industry, by the pharmaceutical industry, by the lobby groups in Congress,” he said.
“They have so much power, they pretty much dwarf the FDA.”
CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP FOR OUR HEALTH NEWSLETTER
The goal isn’t to “squash big pharma,” however, Siegel said, pointing out that pharmaceutical companies are “doing great things,” such as coming up with “tremendous new treatments” and personalized solutions through artificial intelligence and other biotechnologies.
However, he noted, the health care system tends to operate like a “sick care system,” making money from people’s illnesses.
“People just get drawn in to eat and eat and eat, and they gain weight,” Siegel said. “When they gain weight, they get high blood pressure, they get diabetes, they get heart disease, and they have a risk for cancer.”(iStock)
“They should give tax incentives for going on the treadmill or taking a walk in the morning or eating farm-to-table food or having more produce,” Siegel said.
“We’ve got to go back to a healthier lifestyle, and then we’ll have less money spent on being ultra sick.”
For more Health articles, visit www.foxnews.com/health
Overall, Siegel said, Kennedy is “on the right track” with his plans to fight ultraprocessed foods.
“Whether he can accomplish it is a different story,” he added.
Delhi is famous for its Chole Bhature, and for good reason! A cultural staple in the national capital, Chole Bhature is served at countless eateries across the city, each offering its own unique twist on this irresistible combination of spiced chickpeas and deep-fried bread. One iconic spot that has been serving this mouthwatering dish for over six decades is Radhe Shyam Subhas Kumar Chole Bhature in Paharganj. A video recently went viral, posted by a food vlogger, showing the fascinating process behind the preparation of this delicious meal at the 60-year-old establishment. The shop, famous for its signature Chole Bhature, has earned the admiration of countless customers, and the video offers a glimpse into the steps that make the dish so special. The price? A plate of Chole Bhature with two fluffy bhatures costs just Rs 90 – available from morning to night.
Also Read: After Watching The Making Of Malai Chaap, Internet Says “Waah”
The video begins by showing a large utensil filled with boiled chickpeas. A worker, using his bare foot to hold down the edge of the container, carefully strains the excess water, pouring it into a separate container. Once the water is drained, the chickpeas are marinated with a secret mix of spices and fried in oil, transforming them into the perfect chole.
In another part of the kitchen, a worker is seen mixing dough in a massive container. The dough is so abundant that it stocks up to his elbows as he kneads it with his bare hands. The dough is then divided into small balls and lined up neatly on trays. The next step sees these dough balls rolled out and deep-fried to perfection, creating soft, pillowy bhatures that are golden brown on the outside and fluffy on the inside.
Finally, the dish is served with a side of achaar (pickle). “Most Famous Chole Bhature of Delhi,” the caption of the video read.
Also Read: Chocolate Rasgulla-Making Video Goes Viral, Internet Asks “But Why?”
Take a look at the viral video here:
Also Read: Unhygienic Process Of Making Soan Papdi Goes Viral, Internet Reacts
The Internet, however, has criticised the behind-the-scenes video, particularly highlighting the unsanitary conditions in which the dish is prepared.
A user commented, “More than half of the flavour is of hand and foot.”
“Was it necessary to put foot on the tub?” another asked.
Someone wrote, “food poisoning.”
“Hygiene crime in India,” a comment read.
What do you think of this video? Let us know in the comments below!
A reader seeks advice on choosing the right socks for an outfit. Our fashion critic suggests a different approach altogether to styling the essential accessory.
Hi, I’m Christopher! Read my introduction to learn more about me and my silly Russian Blue cat, Olga.
Cats’ hunting instincts influence how they play with toys, but their play sessions involve more than evolutionary advancements. House cats are predators, and we often assume their behavior is predetermined by genetics. It’s hard to dispute that they love hunting and playing, but most cats are intelligent enough to distinguish between them.
Olga the Hunter
My cat has only hunted and killed insects in my home; a few years ago, she chased down an anole (Anolis carolinensis), pinned it to the floor, and prevented it from scurrying under my dryer. She didn’t bat it around or bite it in half. Olga is occasionally aggressive but doesn’t have a strong prey drive or desire to torture and eat a small lizard.
I’m not claiming that she’s more peaceful than most cats since I haven’t let her outside to chase birds or rodents. She could be a ruthless killer of small animals, but I’ll never know since I think her play behavior isn’t a good indicator of her hunting skills.
Olga hits her toys and attacks them, but she also snuggles up to them and sometimes falls into a deep trance. If I let her outside and she treated mice and birds the same way, the animals would injure her and possibly suffocate after she fell asleep on them.
Can you see the tag from the catnip mouse hiding in my belly fur?
The Toy-Induced Trance
When she’s purring and stretched out with a toy nestled against her head, I can rub her belly without getting my hand ripped up. She purrs louder when cuddling with her toys, and I think she enjoys it more than petting. Without a toy, she would latch on to my hand and sink her fangs into it. Except for the Siamese cat I owned, most felines hate it when anyone touches their gut.
I used to think that only her plastic plant holder sent her to another world. However, catnip mice, paper balls, and silvervine sticks also calm Olga down and make her less protective. She doesn’t always do it but seems to enjoy sleeping on her toys. In the morning, I sometimes see a paper ball or plush mouse at the foot of my bed.
You’re playing with fire, Christopher!
Olga’s Comfort Blanket
When she was younger, she used to drag her plant holder around the house and drop it at my feet to encourage me to play with it. She acted like Linus with his ragged blue blanket; like him, her favorite inedible object comforted her. When she’s in a toy trance, I can inspect her belly for parasites and bumps, but she eventually gets annoyed and doesn’t allow me to brush her.
After Olga’s dental surgery, I thought about giving her a toy to distract her while I squirted the antibiotic into her mouth with a syringe, but I decided against it. She wasn’t very cooperative when she saw the oral medication in my hand, but I didn’t want her to associate one of her toys with a traumatic experience. She’s happy when she’s in a trance, and since she’s generally a grumpy cat, I like seeing her in a good mood.
I can’t place this fragrance. Is it sandalwood?
This article is a part of Christopher and Olga’s series.
After a lull in H1, real estate players are gearing up for a revival with multiple launches in the second half of FY25. Major realty players based in Bengaluru outlined their expansion plans in the post-earnings conference call.
Key players like Prestige Estate Projects, Puravankara, Sobha and Brigade Enterprises are ramping up with new launches. Prestige has confirmed plans to launch projects worth ₹52,000 crore by March next year. This includes projects in Bengaluru, Chennai, Hyderabad, Goa, and Delhi-NCR, totalling 53 million square feet (msft), expected to generate a sales bookings value of ₹52,114 crore.
Large-scale launches
The planned launches for H2 are approximately five times the scale of those in H1 for Prestige. During the first half, Prestige launched a total of 10 msft across five projects. The gross development value (GDV) of these H1 projects stood at ₹10,000 crore, with Q2 launches contributing ₹8,600 crore. This pattern is reflected across the industry, with other realty players also preparing for large-scale launches in the second half.
Mirroring this, Puravankara launched 1.80 msft of developable area in H1, including new phases in existing projects and one new project. For H2, the company looks to launch 12.27 msft of new projects and 3.44 msft in additional phases. This brings the total developable area for H2 to 15.70 msft, with a potential GDV of ₹13,000 crore, marking a substantial ramp-up compared to H1.
Meanwhile, Sobha Limited, which posted a PAT of ₹26.1 crore for Q2FY25, has announced a robust pipeline of 19.29 msft of residential area over 18 projects, with 5.5 msft planned for H2. The company launched 3.53 msft across five projects in H1, shared Jagadish Nangineni, Managing Director, Sobha Ltd, during the conference call.
Likewise, Brigade Enterprises, which launched 4.35 msft in H1, has set its sights on launching 16 msft in H2.
Factors driving growth surge
The surge in H2 launches is largely attributed to delays in approvals and deferrals caused by election-related disruptions that redirected officials to other duties,” explained Irfan Razack, Chairman and Managing Director of Prestige Group, during an investor call.
“I believe after the elections in Maharashtra this November, there should be no further issues. Over the last year, these distractions have impacted timelines, but hopefully, things will now fall into place,” he added.
Pri kreiranju rubrike Index Shopping nastojimo izdvajati odlične proizvode koji se i nama sviđaju te odlične akcije i popuste. Ne objavljujemo proizvode koje i sami ne bismo kupili ili smatramo da njihova promocija nije u skladu s profesionalnim standardima. Neki proizvodi u rubrici Index Shopping mogu biti sponzorirani.
JAPANSKI proizvođač elektronike Casio podjednako je poznat po satovima i po kalkulatorima. Prvi stolni kalkulator izradili su 1954., a 1972. lansirali su prvi osobni kalkulator, Casio Mini. Samo dvije godine kasnije Casio je zakoračio u svijet satova s modelom CASIOTRON, koji je bio prvi sat s automatskim kalendarom. Danas je Casio jedan od najvažnijih igrača u industriji satova i kalkulatora.
Kalkulator, sat, alarm i više
Zacementiranom statusu unatoč, Casio nastavlja s inovacijama. Sada se brend vraća u prošlost i odaje počast modelu Casio Mini s tri nova dizajna modela CA-53WB. Satove su predstavili na svojim društvenim mrežama.
Reakcije na Instagramu brenda mahom su pozitivne: “Ova 3B boja”, “Trebat će mi ovo”, “Najbolji satovi”, “Lijepi su”, “Postalo vas je teško pratiti”, “Casio je brend vrhunskih satova.”
Sat ima LCD zaslon i tipkovnicu s originalnim Casio fontom, što mu daje funkcionalnost i retro izgled. Osim osnovnih funkcija kalkulatora, ovaj sat ima i funkcije prikaza dvostrukog vremena, štoperice, alarma i više.
Tekst se nastavlja ispod oglasa
Novi modeli dolaze u tri boje inspirirane retro stilom: mliječno bijeloj, crnoj i tirkiznoj. Ekran sata može prikazati do osam znamenki.
Casio CA-53WB modeli su dostupni u odabranim trgovinama, a početna cijena im je otprilike 34 eura. Više informacija potražite ovdje.
Znate li nešto više o temi ili želite prijaviti grešku u tekstu? Kliknite ovdje.
Ovo je .
Homepage nacije.
Imate važnu priču? Javite se na [email protected] ili klikom ovdje. Atraktivne fotografije i videe plaćamo.
Chargers tight end Will Dissly is spun in the air after a reception on the tackle of Bengals cornerback Cam Taylor-Britt.
(Robert Gauthier / Los Angeles Times)
When Will Dissly signed with the Chargers, the tight end was coveted for his physical blocking that would help set the perfect tone under Harbaugh. What the Chargers didn’t anticipate was just how large of a role he could play in the passing game.
With four catches for 80 yards and one touchdown Sunday, Dissly has already set career highs in receptions (37) and receiving yards (352). He is second on the team in catches and fourth in yards, just two yards behind receiver Quentin Johnston.
“He’s sneaky good in the passing game,” offensive coordinator Greg Roman said of Dissly this week.
Roman admitted he didn’t expect Dissly to establish such a strong connection with Herbert so quickly. The coach credited Dissly’s feel for the game. A two-way star player in high school when he was named Montana’s Gatorade player of the year as a senior, Dissly began his college career as a defensive lineman at Washington before transitioning to tight end. He brings the same versatility to his sole offensive position for the Chargers.
“We ask him to catch passes, run block, pass block and he’s able to do everything,” Herbert said.
Herbert also makes it easy for his receivers. Comparing the quarterback to Lakers legend Kobe Bryant, Dissly said: “When Kobe passes you the ball, you better make that shot and give him an assist.”
The quarterback spread the ball well among his teammates Sunday. Along with Dissly, Ladd McConkey reached a career high with a team-best 123 yards receiving on six catches. It was the rookie’s second 100-yard performance and the most for a Chargers rookie in a game since 2013.
On the game-winning drive, McConkey made two standout plays. He hauled in an acrobatic 28-yard catch over a defender, followed by a 27-yard reception that pushed the Chargers into Bengals territory.
“We’ve got play-makers all around,” McConkey said. “So just get the ball in their hands and let them go to work.”
Samsung is slated to launch its next smartphone, the Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra; however, the official launch date is yet to be announced. This flagship device is being seen as the brand’s bet against other notable contenders in the segment, including the iPhone 16 series and Google Pixel 9.
Reports emerging in South Korea indicate a probable launch date of January 22 for the Galaxy S25 Ultra. While the launch date is likely to fluctuate between January 22 and 23 depending on the country, it is speculated that the device may make its India debut on January 22 itself. If this rumoured launch date stands true, it would mark a departure from Samsung’s usual launch schedule, which has traditionally been a few weeks later.
The Samsung Galaxy S25 lineup is expected to include Galaxy S25, S25 Plus and the S25 Ultra. Additionally, there is speculation that Samsung might introduce its Galaxy S25 Slim model as well, though later in the year.
The speculation regarding the launch date gets bolstered by the fact that the Android 15-based One UI 7 version is delayed until 2025, and Samsung might want to integrate its S25 lineup with the latest software, potentially giving it an edge over competitors, given that Google has not been able to offer the latest software with its Pixel 9 models.
Furthermore, the Snapdragon 8 Elite chipset, set for a broader release in upcoming weeks, may be leveraged by Samsung to power its latest devices. However, several other reports suggest that Samsung might opt for its Exynos SoC for the regular S25 model.
In related news, the Samsung Galaxy S25 Ultra is expected to get a more capable ultrawide camera, upgraded to 50MP from 12MP. Additionally, speculations also suggest that telephoto lens may provide fixed focal lengths. The device is likely to come with the same battery as the Samsung Galaxy S24 Ultra, while upgraded processors and RAM may give it an edge in terms of battery efficiency.
Vienna will splash the cash on lighting up its famed Christmas markets to bring festive cheer to struggling retailers. Chandeliers, glittering stars and sparkling red globes are among the designs illuminating 31 Viennese streets since Friday, with the capital boosting spending on its end-of-year light displays as Austria’s economy flounders.
People look at the illuminations at the Wiener Chritkindlmarkt in front of Vienna’s city hall, one of Vienna’s most popular Christmas markets, in Vienna, Austria.(AP)
“It’s just beautiful. It makes the city a bit more beautiful as a whole,” Kateryna Baranovska, a 23-year-old student, told AFP. With local businesses increasingly unable to fork out the sums needed to keep the Christmas lights on, Vienna and its economic chamber will cover 75 percent instead of 50 percent of this year’s costs, or some 700,000 euros ($740,000) for the lighting alone.
Vienna lights up Christmas markets amid economic struggles
The small Alpine nation’s economic outlook has been gloomy since mid-2022, particularly as it is exposed to the difficulties of neighbouring Germany, its main trading partner. “We want to have a beautifully lit city and it is becoming increasingly difficult for entrepreneurs to cover these costs,” Dieter Steup, a representative of the Vienna economic chamber, told AFP. “It is very important because the pre-Christmas period is a really important time for retailers,” he said, adding people enjoyed shopping more under the Christmas lights.
Green lighting
Stored in a large warehouse on Vienna’s outskirts, workers began putting up the massive Christmas light motifs weeks before the on switch was flicked. In an effort to lessen the impact on the climate, Vienna introduced LED lights in recent years, while the electricity needed to keep the displays twinkling from November until January comes from renewable sources. That energy is roughly equivalent to what one 14-apartment building uses in a year.
“The costs are actually relatively low for what you get in return, namely a good ambiance and a great atmosphere for shopping,” Steup added. Activist group Greenpeace also said consumer behaviour, including buying unneeded gifts, was a greater contributor to the Christmas season’s carbon footprint, with lights “hardly significant”.
In a 2022 survey, 64 percent of Austrians said the festive light displays created “a pleasant, Christmassy atmosphere” for them. In 2022, when energy costs shot up because of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, the Christmas lights were turned off two hours earlier to save electricity. But since 2023, the displays have again sparkled bright until midnight.
Alarms on and wallets at the ready, because the brand new Steam Deck OLED White Edition is about to go on sale.
Featuring a rather striking white and grey colour scheme, this stylish new Steam Deck handheld is only available in limited quantities, so you’ll need to be quick off the mark to get your hands on one.
Priced at £599, the Steam Deck OLED Limited Edition White console has a November 18 release date and an 11pm GMT on sale time for customers living in the UK.
You can add a reminder to your calendar by visiting the Steam Deck OLED Limited Edition White website and clicking the link for Apple, Google or Outlook. This will automatically adjust to your local timezone for the worldwide simultaneous release.
According to official shipping estimates, successful customers should receive their new unit within 3-5 working days.
This means your white Steam Deck console will be in your hands by this weekend at the latest.
Of course, there’s no guarantee you’ll manage to secure a unit, because stock will be allocated proportionally across each region.
This means there will be fewer consoles available in the UK compared to the US and Canada, for example.
Valve explains more: “This model will only be available in limited quantities, with stock allocated proportionally across each region.
“This means separate availability for US, CA, UK, EU, AU, and the Komodo regions. To ensure that as many customers who wish to purchase a Steam Deck OLED: Limited Edition White can get their hands on one, we are restricting purchases to 1 unit per account.
“Accounts must have made a Steam purchase before November 2024 and be in good standing to be eligible.”
Outside of the new colour scheme, the new Steam Deck OLED features the same specs as the regular version, including an ultra-fast 1TB SSD.
That’s on top of a 1280 x 800 HDR OLED display with premium anti-glare etched glass.
It has a gorgeous 7.4-inch screen with a 90Hz refresh rate, as well as a trackpad, Wi-Fi 6E and 3-12 hours of battery life.
This particular version also comes with a matching white carry case, not to mention a white microfiber cleaning cloth.
Now is the perfect time to pick up a new Steam Deck, because Valve is about to hold a massive Steam Sale for autumn.
The console is also about to face stiff competition from the Nintendo Switch 2, which is expected to launch in 2025. Likewise, Microsoft has suggested that an Xbox handheld could also be released in the coming years.
My partner drove the Toyota Camry SL hybrid tested here and didn’t want to give it back. She’s not a car person, but she is exposed to more new cars than most – and when I asked her what she thought it was worth, she answered with a guess of “about $70,000?”
WATCH: Paul’s video review of the 2025 Toyota Camry Ascent Sport
Right. That gives you an idea of how good this new-generation Camry SL ‘HEV’ is, and what it feels like… that is, it feels far more expensive than it is.
And it’s not cheap. At $53,990 plus on-road costs, it’s the most expensive new Camry ever sold in Australia.
So does it really live up to the price tag? I’ll give you the actual car-person qualified-expert review, so read on!
How does the Toyota Camry compare?
View a detailed breakdown of the Toyota Camry against similarly sized vehicles.
Toyota
Camry
How much does the Toyota Camry cost?
All Camry variants in the new-generation range are petrol-electric hybrids, but Toyota has moved away from ‘hybrid’ as the marketing term, towards the term ‘HEV’ (for hybrid-electric vehicle), as is popular in Europe.
But no matter which way you look at it, the new-generation Camry line-up – slimmer, and HEV-only – is more expensive than ever before. It’s also better equipped, too, especially in this high-grade SL trim.
Model
Price before on-road costs
2025 Toyota Camry Ascent
$39,990
2025 Toyota Camry Ascent Sport
$42,990
2025 Toyota Camry SL
$53,990
To see how the Toyota Camry stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
What is the Toyota Camry like on the inside?
It certainly looks and feels a bit more special than the lower-grade versions. I had direct context for that, having jumped from the entry-level Ascent into this flagship SL.
The panoramic glass roof is welcome, and despite the fact it has a structural pillar intersecting the glass, it does add a lot of light to the cabin. In the lower grades, the black headlining can make it feel a bit gloomy in there.
And while the leather seat trim is hardly adventurous in terms of the finishing and trim design, the seats are comfortable, easily adjustable, and the driver’s seat memory settings will be welcome for those who share with a shorty.
It maybe doesn’t quite feel as special inside as some other vehicles for this kind of money. The finishes are a bit safe, but it’s a Camry, so I guess that’s okay?
The 12.3-inch touchscreen media system is fine, but I’m still not convinced it has the best menu structure compared with rival systems. There are some hidden controls (like the audio settings, which aren’t where you’d expect them to be), and the fact the car has connected services means there are often ‘Notifications’ popping up, which can be frustrating.
If you’re like me, and you’re likely to just rely on wireless Apple CarPlay to pick up your phone each time you get back in, you should be happy. It worked flawlessly for me for a week.
And there’s a physical volume knob, as well as simple steering wheel controls, too.
Below the media screen is also a bank of buttons (hallelujah) for climate controls, seat heating and cooling, and steering wheel heating. I was so happy that these carried over, and weren’t relegated to an on-screen display.
On the topic of displays, there’s a 12.3-inch driver information screen that changes ‘character’ with the drive mode (red for Sport, grey for Normal, and green for Eco), and otherwise there’s a wealth of information on screen including digital speedo, safety tech controls and more.
Charge ports abound, with five USB-C jacks across the two rows, and there’s a wireless phone charger in this top Camry grade.
There is good storage up front, including large bottle holders in the doors, a pair of cupholders that are just about perfect for a take-away coffee, and a small caddy alongside the wireless charge pad, too.
Backseat space is ample for a six-foot/182cm adult like me to sit behind their own driving position with reasonable foot, knee and headroom. Three across might be a touch squeezy as there’s still a large transmission tunnel in the way.
There are ISOFIX child seat anchors in the window seats, and three top-tether points across the parcel shelf. And while it’s barely a big issue, I found it very difficult to unlatch a seat, because of the shape of the attachment point.
Amenities are great in the second row, with directional air vents, the aforementioned charge points, map pockets on the seatbacks, and large door pockets. And there are well positioned LED lights in the rear, too.
Now, when it comes to the Camry’s boot, it’s big – 524 litres of cargo capacity with the rear seats in place, and that’s easily enough to cop a week’s worth of luggage for a small family.
However, if you want to load longer and wider items in, you’ll need to be mindful of the limitations of the cargo area, as it’s not as practical as a boxy SUV.
It really made me wish the new Camry came as a wagon like those of old. It would be so much more practical with a liftback and that extra load height and width.
However, there are still shopping bag hooks, and you can lower the seat backs using the trigger pulls in the boot – but they don’t fold the seats down for you.
Thanfully, there is a space-saver spare tyre under the boot floor.
What’s under the bonnet?
As in the previous model, Toyota doesn’t state a combined torque figure for its 2.5-litre four-cylinder petrol-electric powertrain, but there have been some changes.
Indeed, this is Toyota’s first model in Australia with the brand’s fifth-generation HEV system, which is more powerful, and offers better claimed efficiency than its predecessor.
Specifications
Toyota Camry
Engine
2.5L 4cyl hybrid
Engine outputs
138kW 221Nm
Electric motor outputs
100kW 208Nm
System outputs
170kW
Battery
4.0Ah li-ion
Transmission
CVT
Driven wheels
FWD
Weight
1625kg (kerb)
Fuel economy (claimed)
4.0L/100km
Fuel economy (as tested)
4.6L/100km
Fuel tank capacity
50L
Fuel requirement
95 RON
CO2 emissions
91g/km
Emissions standard
Euro 6
Braked tow capacity
400kg
On test, over a few hundred kilometres of mixed driving – city, urban, highway, freeway and open roads – I saw an average of 4.6 litres per 100km on the driver info display.
The big consideration here, though, is that it requires 95RON premium unleaded this time around, which does add some extra cost at the servo.
It has a 50-litre fuel tank capacity, which means – based on my consumption – it should clear 1080km per fill!
To see how the Toyota Camry stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
How does the Toyota Camry drive?
The new-generation Camry range refines what was already a very good drive experience.
It’s a low-slung sedan, and that in itself is a bit of a peculiar element to the way it drives. You slink into the driver’s seat, and there were more than a few instances when I thought the bumpers would bottom out on speed humps and driveways, but they didn’t.
There are many impressive facets to the drive, but I particularly liked the ride comfort and body control.
Over mixed surfaces and at different speeds, it never felt flummoxed or uncomfortable, and the way the suspension composes itself after a big lump or small sharp-edged bump is really impressive.
The steering is well-suited to this type of car, too. It’s not super fast or ultra intentful, but it is accurate, nicely judged in terms of weighting, and fun enough for it to be a bit of a laugh on a windy stretch of road, or even just weaving through roundabouts.
The extra power is noticeable from the powertrain. I spent a lot of time in the last Camry over the years, and you can feel the extra oomph from the hybrid powertrain when you really get into it.
But what’s more impressive is its ambitious use of EV mode – typically in previous-gen Toyota hybrids, the engine would kick in loudly when I reversed out of my driveway and down the hill before taking off at home, but in this instance, it could do it all in EV mode.
Toyota is still the benchmark for hybrid powertrain management, too – the engine, transmission, electric motor and battery all work together seamlessly, with a smooth yet still potent experience when you need it. And it’s all quieter than it was in the previous model, too.
Honestly, there’s not a whole lot to complain about when it comes to the drive experience, apart from a little bit of road noise intrusion at freeway speeds on coarse-chip surfaces.
And even the safety systems are pretty good. There’s a driver monitoring system that doesn’t get it wrong and a lane-keeping system that isn’t overzealous. And the digital rear-view mirror camera system is a lovely addition, too.
Maybe the only criticism is that the adaptive cruise control is a bit too cautious with its gaps; it even brakes to let people merge in that are a long way ahead of you. How dare it be so courteous?!
What do you get?
This section will help you figure out whether this SL model is the one to go for, or not.
Toyota Camry Ascent highlights:
17-inch alloy wheels
LED headlights and tail-lights
Power-folding exterior mirrors
Black cloth interior trim
Manual front seat adjustment
60/40 folding rear seat back
7.0-inch digital instrument binnacle
8.0-inch touchscreen infotainment system
Wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto
Satellite navigation
Bluetooth connectivity
DAB+ digital radio
Dual-zone climate control
Six-speaker sound system
Five USB-C ports
Ascent Sport adds:
High-grade LED headlights
LED front fog lights
8-way powered driver’s seat
Power driver seat lumbar
Leather-accented steering wheel and gear knob
Auto-dimming rear-view mirror
Wireless smartphone charger
12.3-inch touchscreen display
SL adds:
18-inch alloy wheels
Heated exterior mirrors with memory
Front and rear camera washers
Rear/side rear privacy glass
Panoramic glass sunroof
Leather seat trim
Eight-way powered passenger seat
Driver’s seat memory
Heated and ventilated front seats
Paddle shifters
12.3-inch digital instrument cluster
Digital rear-view mirror
Automatic rain-sensing wipers
Power-adjustable heated steering wheel
Head-up display
Nine-speaker JBL sound system
To see how the Toyota Camry stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
Is the Toyota Camry safe?
You bet it is. It has a five-star safety rating from ANCAP, based on testing conducted in 2024.
In that testing it received an adult occupant protection rating of 95 per cent, a child occupant protection rating of 87 per cent, a vulnerable road user protection rating of 84 per cent, and a safety assist rating of 81 per cent.
All versions have a reversing camera, and a surround-view camera system, as well as front and rear parking sensors. If you spend up to the SL you get camera washers front and rear, too.
There are eight airbags fitted – dual front, driver’s knee, front centre, front side, and full-length curtains
How much does the Toyota Camry cost to run?
It runs on the smell of an oily rag, in terms of petrol consumption. Just remember that it has to be the good gas…
But in terms of the other ongoing ownership considerations, it promises a reliable experience. This hybrid tech has stood the test of time and terror over the years, and Toyota backs its models with good warranty cover.
There’s a five-year, unlimited-kilometre warranty plan for private buyers, and if you service the vehicle on time (at Toyota, or elsewhere), you’ll get seven years of powertrain warranty cover as well.
Plus, if you do decide to service with Toyota, you’ll get 10 years of high-voltage battery warranty cover, too.
There is a capped-price servicing plan for the Camry, with the first five visits covered at an impressively low rate:
Service interval
Price
12 months/15,000km
$255
24 months/30,000km
$255
36 months/45,000km
$255
48 months/60,000km
$255
60 months/75,000km
$255
Total
$1275
The only thing that you don’t get with Toyota is roadside assistance, which you can pay extra for if you want.
The other cost you might want to consider is the Toyota Connected Services program.
There’s a smartphone app that can show you info like odometer, fuel gauge, distance to empty, last-known vehicle location, recall info, and more, but if you’d like the advantage of stolen vehicle tracking, remote vehicle locking and unlocking for the doors/boot, plus remote engine start, you’ll need to pay extra for it after your first 12 months of ownership ($9.95 per month!).
There’s also an online sat-nav system with an online-connected voice assistant, which is free for 12 months, but costs $12.50 per month thereafter. Rude.
To see how the Toyota Camry stacks up against its rivals, check out our comparison tool
CarExpert’s Take on the Toyota Camry
It’s hard not to be impressed by the latest Camry, and if you are the sort of buyer who wants an efficient, well equipped and enjoyable car, the SL makes a rock-solid case.
It is more mature, comfortable, considered and confident in terms of its specs and tech, and for those who can live with the sedan body style, it’s a winner.
Interested in buying a Toyota Camry? Get in touch with one of CarExpert’s trusted dealers here
On inflation, FM Nirmala Sitharaman says a set of three or four perishable commodities is driving the headline inflation, currently, and the rest of it, the core items, are at manageable levels of three or four per cent.
Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman speaks at an event organised by SBI.
Union Finance Minister Nirmala Sitharaman on Monday urged banks to make loans affordable and added that the current interest rates are “very stressful”. She was speaking at an event organised by SBI.
At present, India requires industry to ramp up and invest in new facilities, and added that lowering lending rates can help achieve the “Viksit Bharat” aspiration, she added.
“What is important is when you look at India’s growth requirements, and you can have so many different voices coming out and saying the cost of borrowing is really very stressful, and a time when we want industries to ramp up and move (to) building capacities, bank interest rates will have to be far more affordable,” Sitharaman said.
Union Commerce Minister Piyush Goyal last week urged the Reserve Bank of India (RBI) to cut interest rates to boost economic growth. He also suggested looking through food prices while deciding on monetary policy.
It can be noted that most of the commercial banks are tied directly or indirectly to the RBI’s calls on interest rates, with the majority of loans using the repo rate as an external benchmark to which loan prices are pegged.
The consumer price inflation overshot the RBI’s comfort level of 6 per cent, with the 6.2 per cent reading for October dashed hopes of a rate cut soon.
Sitharaman said a set of three or four perishable commodities is driving the headline inflation, currently, and the rest of it, the core items, are at manageable levels of three or four per cent.
The finance minister also made it clear that she does not want to get into the debate of whether food prices should be considered while constructing the inflation indices or to take calls on rates by the RBI’s monetary policy committee.
Inflation is a complex issue which affects The common man, she said, adding that the government has been working on the supply side measures, including edible oils and pulses.
However, she was quick to add that India “cyclically” suffers from supply issues and the government efforts are mainly focused on improving the storage facilities to lessen the volatilities.
Meanwhile, amid widespread concerns about a slowdown in growth, Sitharaman assured that the government is fully aware of the domestic and global challenges and added that there is no need to have “undue concerns”.
She said that a slew of high-frequency indicators are pointing to strong activity on the ground.
Acknowledging that there are voices wondering if the government’s fiscal consolidation is hurting economic activity, the finance minister denied any such thing, saying that growth is a priority for the government.
She also pitched for a rating upgrade, saying it is time for independent rating agencies to take a call on it.
Speaking at the annual business and economic conclave organised by SBI, Sitharaman also asked banks to concentrate on their core function of giving loans while stressing that the “misselling” of insurance products also indirectly adds to the cost of borrowing for an entity.
This is very important from the point of view of increasing people’s trust in the banking sector.
“Trust should be built by the way you offer your portfolios, by the way you offer your service, and by the way you look at each customer’s requirement without clubbing them into one class,” she said.
While banks’ distribution of insurance has led to a deepening of insurance penetration, it has also raised concerns about the misselling of products.
“Misselling…has added or contributed in indirect ways of increased cost of borrowing for the customers. So, banks will have to look at it with a lot more emphasis on their core banking activities and not burden the customers with insurances which they don’t require,” the minister said.
To earn the trust of people, banks must prioritise transparency, ethical practices and clear communication strategies, she added.
Meanwhile, Sitharaman said, small business loans are very important and set an MSME lending target of Rs 6.12 lakh crore for FY26 and Rs 7 lakh crore for FY27, on top of the Rs 5.75 lakh crore she has asked them to do in FY25.
Having achieved the goal of account opening, the next aim for the banking system should be to channelise the savings into risk capital formation as investments, giving insurance covers and also offering wealth management solutions.
Sitharaman expressed her dismay at countries withdrawing from climate change negotiations, terming it as a “worrying” development and reminding all that climate change impacts all. Unilateral measures on promoting conscientious behaviours like the ones imposed by the European Union are also “very worrying”, she said, stressing that the need is to have global agreements.
(With PTI Inputs)
News business » economy Bank Interest Rates Have To Be Far More Affordable, Current Rates Stressful: Nirmala Sitharaman FM
MicroStrategy (MSTR), the world’s largest corporate Bitcoin (BTC) holder, once again gathered significant attention from crypto enthusiasts. On November 18, 2024, Michael Saylor, the founder and chairman of MSTR made a post on X (formerly Twitter) that the firm had acquired a significant 51,780 BTC, worth $4.6 billion.
MicroStrategy’s $4.6 Billion Bitcoin Purchase
This acquisition took place when BTC was trading near $88,627. As of now, MicroStrategy’s BTC holding increased to 331,200 with an average price of $49,874.
MicroStrategy has acquired 51,780 BTC for ~$4.6 billion at ~$88,627 per #bitcoin and has achieved BTC Yield of 20.4% QTD and 41.8% YTD. As of 11/17/2024, we hodl 331,200 $BTC acquired for ~$16.5 billion at ~$49,874 per bitcoin. $MSTRhttps://t.co/SRRtRrB2jO
MicroStrategy’s recent acquisitions will potentially attract whales, investors, and retailers, as they presented a potential buying opportunity despite BTC’s price.
At press time, BTC is trading near $89,770 and has experienced a price drop of over 1.10% in the past 24 hours. During the same period, its trading volume increased by 22%, indicating heightened participation from traders and investors despite the price consolidation.
Bitcoin Technical Analysis and Upcoming Level
According to expert technical analysis, BTC has been consolidating in a very tight range between $86,000 and $91,870 for the last six days. However, technical indicators such as the 200 Exponential Moving Average (EMA) and Relative Strength Index (RSI) suggest a potential upside rally in the coming days.
Source: Trading View
Based on recent price action, a breakout from the consolidation zone will determine BTC’s direction in the coming days.
If the asset breaches the upper level of the consolidation zone and closes a daily candle above the $91,870 level, we may see notable upside momentum. Conversely, if BTC breaches the lower boundary of the consolidation zone and closes a daily candle below the $86,000 level, we may see a price decline to $80,000 or even lower.
What happens when search-related data shows your organization’s content isn’t delivering?
You dig deeper into data.
That’s what Brian Piper does as director of content strategy and assessment at the University of Rochester. At the Marketing Analytics & Data Science Conference, he explained what his team’s done and how it has expanded that SEO work in the era of artificial intelligence.
Seeing organic traffic drop to almost zero
At one point, a new article on the University of Rochester’s NewsCenter, which was promoted in a newsletter and on social media, attracted traffic the first week before plummeting to almost zero.
That traffic boost was good for the university’s business goal — to generate awareness — and the content’s primary KPIs — page views and new visitors. But Brian and his team knew those one-time traffic bumps wouldn’t be enough.
So, they analyzed the audience, developing a strategy to create and optimize content so future visitors asking similar questions would see the University of Rochester in their search results.
Their data-informed strategy worked. Organic search traffic page views from July 1, 2022, to June 30, 2023, increased 540% over July 1, 2017, and June 30, 2018.
Boosting rankings and organic search traffic
If you are like many marketing analytics and data analysts, SEO remains a top KPI for your organization. Yet, today’s SEO world is even less predictable than it has been (and it’s always been somewhat of a mystery).
Investigating little things could have a significant impact on your organic traffic. Brian says the process starts and ends with data. Analyze the current metrics against your strategy and goal. Then, make changes and measure the impact of those changes. Let’s look at several ways the University of Rochester does that and how you can, too:
Meta descriptions: The data showed that the University of Rochester ranked well for several high-volume search terms, but searchers didn’t click on their content. Brian optimized the meta descriptions by adding the specific program names (e.g., the Simon Admissions Team) and searchers started clicking and visiting the programs’ sites.
Images and social media: Conventional wisdom says don’t publish images with text in them because search engine crawlers don’t read the text. But that conclusion is no longer true, Brian says.
His team now advises schools and programs within the institution to put their logos into their published images. Now, when their images show up in search, users can see the institution name, Brian says.
The same text-in-image advice holds true for social media visual assets, including covers, banners, and headers.
Not only do social media images show up, but your social accounts may appear in search, too. Brian says that makes it even more important to include the right keywords in your profiles.
Voice search: Since more people, especially Gen Z and Gen Alpha, use voice search more frequently, Brian spends time testing voice platforms to see if the answers include branded search terms and strategic keywords.
“The trick with voice search is there’s one result,” Brian says. The university’s strategy to be included in that answer is to become a featured snippet within the text-based search results. Then, it massages that content to include its branding within the voice search results.
Brian explains, “When someone asks a question about good research universities in New York, we want it to say that the University of Rochester is one of those schools.”
Community search: Data also tells Brian that traditional search engines aren’t enough for the University of Rochester to attract organic audiences. Gen Z and Gen Alpha frequently prefer to search on community sites such as Reddit. So, Brian monitors those communities.
“We’re trying to figure out how to get our subject matter experts to participate in those communities, to add value in those communities, and go in and answer questions and help solve problems without pitching or selling anything in those channels,” he says.
ADVERTISEMENT
Learn How a CMS
Can Simplify Your Content Strategy
New to content management? Perplexed about organizing your brand’s content? Learn how a CMS (Content Management System) simplifies creating, organizing, and sharing content—all in one place. Gain valuable tips, tools, and insights.
Start Learning
Optimizing content for AI-generated results
Voice and community-related searches aren’t the only modern search traffic differences. These days, it’s also important to have data about where your content and brand appear in generative AI results, chatbots, and search engines.
Brian and his team see where the University of Rochester shows up for its targeted keywords — branded and unbranded — in ChatGPT and Gemini. “We’re searching on those within these different tools and seeing what content comes back and seeing how we can change that and influence that,” he says.
For example, the University of Rochester published an article titled Why Did the U.S. Enter World War I?” It featured insights from Hein Goemans, an associate professor of political science and author of War and Punishment: The Causes of War Termination and the First World War.
The title should work well for people asking this question in search — most likely high school students writing a paper for their history class and the ideal customer profile for the university. Expecting search-related traffic, Brian adds calls to action on the page for visitors to learn more about the history program at the University of Rochester.
But when Brian prompted ChatGPT with “Why did the U.S. enter World War I,” the answer didn’t obviously mention the University of Rochester article.
“The nice thing about using ChatGPT is you can just ask it, ‘Well, what are the sources? Where are you getting your information from this?’ And it’ll tell you,” Brian says.
It turns out that ChatGPT search did cite the article, but the ChatGPT response didn’t show it.
Next, the team looked at the cited content to see how it could tweak the university’s content to have a bigger impact on the AI-generated answer.
After Brian’s presentation, I did a Google search, asking, “Why did the U.S. enter WW1?” The Google AI overview featured the University of Rochester’s article as a source.
It also appeared as the fourth source listed when the question was posed through Google’s Gemini:
Though the University of Rochester article isn’t yet shared in a ChatGPT response, the article is cited for the same search by Perplexity, an AI search engine:
Using AI to help with SEO analytics
Designing content to turn up in generative AI prompt answers and search results isn’t the only way artificial intelligence can help your marketing analytics. It can do some analysis.
Brian says that while Google Search Console contains a wealth of useful data, it doesn’t present it in a way that’s easy to consume. “You can’t see the page URL and the keyword in the same view. And when you export from Google Search Console, it only gives you a portion of the actual data,” he says.
So, Brian got an assist from Google’s Looker Studio (free). He connected Looker Data Studio to their Google Search Console account so he could access all the data in one dashboard view. It shows the data for the university’s NewsCenter content: search query, URL, impressions, clicks, and average ranking position for the content.
“You can actually put in the URL at the top and it’ll tell you all the different terms that you rank for on that page. So, when you’re looking to optimize your content, this is a great resource. We use this all the time, and it [analyzes] 929,000 results on our NewsCenter site.”
But the AI assist doesn’t stop there. Brian exported the Looker Studio dashboard metrics into a spreadsheet and uploaded the CSV file to ChatGPT.
He crafted a prompt using Trust Insights’ Christopher Penn’s RACE framework — role, action, context, execute.
Role: “You are a content marketing expert.”
Action: “You will be coming up with strategic recommendations on new content we could create that would support our strategic priorities and be relevant for prospective undergraduate students, graduate students, or knowledge seekers.”
Context: “Use the attached search console data to see areas where we currently have search potential and compare those to the general interest of our target audience and determine which content might also support our strategic priorities at http://boundless.rochester.edu.”
Execute: “Create 20 new content ideas, please. Take your time.”
ChatGPT immediately returned content ideas strategically relevant to the topic areas for which the University of Rochester already ranks. “That will help us establish our expertise and authority in certain areas so that we’ll start ranking for even more terms, which will add extra search power for us,” Brian says.
Experimenting with AI, SEO, and AI SEO
The opaque nature of AI engines means that, like Brian, marketers and data analysts will need to explore, observe, and experiment.
Make some data-driven recommendations. Try some things and measure whether they work. If they don’t, try something else. If they do, know that it might not last when the search formula changes.
All tools mentioned in this article were suggested by the author. If you’d like to suggest a tool, share the article on social media with a comment.
Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI.
HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT:
Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute
Salam Kisan, an agri-tech platform under PRYM Group, has signed a memorandum of understanding (MoU) with Dr Balasaheb Sawant Konkan Krishi Vidyapeeth (DBSKKV Dapoli). This partnership focuses on facilitating a research-backed, tech-driven transformation within the agricultural ecosystem.
A media statement said that Salam Kisan strengthens its existing features and creates additional value for the entire agricultural community with this partnership. Established for a period of five years, the partnership provides a stable foundation for long-term initiatives, it said.
The goals of this partnership include strengthening the crop calendar by utilising data-driven AI and machine learning solutions to optimise agricultural planning, allowing for more precise planting and harvesting schedules. It also aims to develop drone standard operating procedures (SOPs) for the safe and effective use of drones in agriculture, addressing a current industry gap as only a few such government SOPs exist.
Real-time solutions
It said the collaboration will deliver real-time pest and disease management solutions, offering farmers on-the-ground support to protect their crops. The partnership will focus on formulating and promoting natural farming practices to encourage sustainable, eco-friendly methods that support environmental health and long-term agricultural resilience.
Quoting Dhanashree Mandhani, Founder and CEO of Salam Kisan, the statement said, “This partnership is critical for the future of sustainable agriculture in India. Known for its excellence in agricultural research, the state agricultural university brings invaluable knowledge to this collaboration. By combining DBSKKV’s rigorous research expertise with Salam Kisan’s advanced technological capabilities, we can deliver impactful, scalable solutions that uplift the agriculture sector as a whole. This alliance represents a meaningful step towards our commitment to transforming agriculture through accessible, sustainable technology. Together, we aim to drive substantial improvements in farming productivity and resilience, enhancing livelihoods and supporting rural entrepreneurship across the nation.”
CNET editors independently choose every product and service we cover. Though we can’t review every available financial company or offer, we strive to make comprehensive, rigorous comparisons in order to highlight the best of them. For many of these products and services, we earn a commission. The compensation we receive may impact how products and links appear on our site.
That time of year is almost here: the time to start pondering what to buy your loved ones for Christmas.
As the years go by, ideas can run thin, and finding that perfect gift can be a challenge.
If anyone you are shopping for this holiday season loves spending time in the gym, working out at home, playing a sport or training for an athletic event, consider buying them something revolving around their love for fitness this December.
FITNESS CLASS TOO LOUD? WHAT TO KNOW ABOUT PROTECTING YOUR HEARING HEALTH
Check out these 20 gift ideas for the fitness guru in your life.
Barbell squats can become even harder than they need to be, with the bar digging into your shoulders as you’re trying to focus on strengthening your legs.
Shoulder pads can help solve this problem.
These pads slip right around the barbell and provide comfort to your shoulders while you are completing your set.
Barbells pads can provide an extra layer of shoulder support during workouts. (iStock)
You can also use the barbell pad when doing hip thrusts for an extra layer of cushioning.
This is an inexpensive Christmas gift that is sure to bring intensity to any fitness routine.
The most difficult challenge to overcome as the giver of a weighted jump rope is figuring out the best way to wrap it. A festive bag may be the way to go with this item.
A traditional jump rope is a great addition to a workout, and a weighted one adds even more of a challenge. (iStock)
With many free instructional videos available today, it’s never been easier to find your center, practice deep breaths and focus on calming your body with a yoga session.
Whether someone in your life practices at home, at a studio or a gym, they need a good yoga mat.
HOLIDAY GIFT GUIDE FOR THE PHOTOGRAPHER IN YOUR LIFE THAT WON’T BREAK THE BANK
Another gift idea that can be paired with a mat is a set of yoga blocks.
A chilling ice bath is a popular way to recover from a grueling workout.
An ice bath can be purchased right on Amazon and set up in the backyard, filled up and ready for use.
There are several different shapes and sizes of ice baths you can purchase.
An ice bath can be set up right outside. Don’t put the bath too far from the house, though, or the long walk back inside after a chilling dip can be grueling. (iStock)
This product is one that can broadly range in price, depending on the one you decide to buy.
If you know someone who works from home, a walking pad is the perfect present.
A walking pad can be placed right under a standing desk, so your loved one can do some cardio while simultaneously getting work done.
Walking pads aren’t only for those who work from home. They are also a great alternative to a treadmill, as they cost less and don’t take up as much space.
A walking pad is the perfect gift for someone who works from home. (iStock)
A smartwatch easily tracks workouts, sleep data and more.
There are so many different smartwatches on the market that have different capabilities.
For more Lifestyle articles, visit www.foxnews.com/lifestyle
One of the most popular is the Apple Watch. These are great for the gym, because they attach to your phone, so you can switch to music, see text messages, answer phone calls and track workouts without ever taking your phone out of your backpack.
Fitbits are another great option. Many models have similar capabilities to an Apple Watch, while others are simpler in their design and functionality.
The Oura Ring has also grown in popularity. Oura Rings attach to your phone, and provide wearers with a slew of information about their bodies.
The Apple Watch is a popular choice for tracking fitness, as well as its many other capabilities. (Rasid Necati Aslim/Anadolu via Getty Images)
McDonald’s Corp. is spending $100 million in an effort to revive sales and support franchisees after a severe E. Coli outbreak spooked diners away, local media reported.
In a memo sent to employees and franchisees, McDonald’s said Quarter Pounder burgers topped with slivered onions were now back on menus nationwide and that the company was investing $35 million into marketing and ads, reports Xinhua quoting Bloomberg News on Friday.
Additionally, the company is spending 65 million dollars on programs that support franchisees, like deferrals on rent and royalties.
Foot traffic and sales have taken a beating since the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention said in October that it was investigating an E. Coli outbreak linked to the fresh slivered onions that top McDonald’s Quarter Pounder burgers.
In response to the outbreak, which killed one and sickened more than 100 people, the chain pulled Quarter Pounders from 20 per cent of its more than 13,000 US stores.
(Disclaimer: Except for the headline, this story has not been edited by NDTV staff and is published from a syndicated feed.)